10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________

Commission file number: 001-34867

UniTek Global Services, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware	75-2233445
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1777 Sentry Parkway West

Gwynedd Hall, Suite 302

Blue Bell, Pennsylvania 19422

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(267) 464-1700

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.00002 per share	NASDAQ Stock Market
(Title of Class)	(Name of Exchange on which Registered)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the last reported sale price on June 28, 2013, was $15,084,976.

As of March 17, 2014, 19,227,041 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.00002, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None

UNITEK GLOBAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Annual Report on Form 10-K

Table of Contents

		Page No.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS		ii
PART I
Item 1.	Business.	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors.	6
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments.	12
Item 2.	Properties.	12
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings.	12
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures.	13
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.	14
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data.	15
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.	15
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.	35
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.	35
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.	35
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures.	35
Item 9B.	Other Information.	38
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.	39
Item 11.	Executive Compensation.	43
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.	51
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.	53
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services.	54
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.	55
SIGNATURES		60

i

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to UniTek Global Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

The information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act,” and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” the attainment of which involves various risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Annual Report are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “anticipate,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “schedule,” “continue,” or similar terms, variations of those terms or the negative of those terms. They may include comments about liquidity, potential transactions, competition within our industry, concentration of customers, loss of customers, long-term receivables, availability of capital, legal proceedings, fluctuation in interest rates, governmental regulations, and other statements contained herein that are not historical facts.

These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry in which we operate, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. As you read and consider this Annual Report, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. They involve risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and assumptions. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial condition or results of operations and cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. These factors include, among other things:

• our continued ability to generate sufficient cash to service our long-term debt, which carries a higher interest rate than our previous debt agreements;

• our ability to comply with the increasingly challenging financial covenants under our debt agreements, including maintaining certain ratios between earnings and debt;

• our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet the capital requirements of the business and the uncertainty regarding the adequacy of our capital resources;

• our reliance on three customers, who have the right to terminate our contracts or reduce our work on relatively short notice, for a substantial portion of our revenues;

• our ability to replace potentially lost business from one of our major customers;

• our ability to grow our systems integration business;

• our ability to execute our organic growth strategy;

• the outcome of legal proceedings to which we are or may become a party;

• the potential for additional litigation and governmental enforcement action resulting from the improper accounting practices identified by the internal investigation conducted by the Audit Committee in 2013 (the “Audit Committee Investigation”);

• our ability to establish and maintain adequate and effective internal control relating to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which are described further in Part II, Item 9A. “Controls and Procedures”;

• our use of the percentage of completion method to account for revenue is subject to assumptions, and variations of actual results from our assumptions may impact our profitability;

• our success of converting unbilled receivables to invoices and collecting on such invoices;

• our success in negotiating our insurance premiums and/or collateral requirements;

• general economic or business conditions nationally and in our primary markets;

• the consolidation of our vendors, customers and competition;

• potential credit risk arising from unsecured credit extended to our customers;

• our ability to generate future revenues and/or earnings and our ability to manage and control costs;

• the actions of competitors within our industry;

• our ability to meet changing technologies;

• our reliance on subcontractors to perform certain of our services;

• our ability to negotiate successful collective bargaining agreements; and

• the retention of key employees including skilled technicians and financial staff.

This list is only an example of the risks that may affect the forward-looking statements. If any of these risks or uncertainties materialize or fail to materialize, or if the underlying assumptions are incorrect, then actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

It is important not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our analysis, judgment, belief or expectation only as of the date of this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation to publicly revise these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date of this Annual Report.

ii

PART I

Item 1. Business.

Overview

We are a full service provider of technical services to customers in the wireless telecommunications, public safety, satellite television and broadband cable industries in the United States and Canada. Our principal lines of service, or segments, and their relative importance to our operations, based upon contribution to consolidated revenues, are:

• Comprehensive installation and fulfillment services (“Fulfillment”), whereby we deploy skilled technicians to install our customers’ equipment, such as television receiver units, into homes and businesses. This segment makes up approximately two-thirds of our business; and

• Wireless telecommunication construction, project management and systems integration (“Engineering and Construction”), whereby we assemble project teams of engineers and technicians to design and build large wireless infrastructure projects for our customers. This segment makes up about approximately one-third of our business.

Our customers are primarily satellite television, broadband cable and other telecommunications companies, their contractors, and municipalities and related agencies. Our customers utilize our services to build and maintain their infrastructure and networks and to provide residential and commercial fulfillment services, which is critical to their ability to deliver voice, video and data services to end users.

Our principal executive offices are located at 1777 Sentry Parkway West, Gwynedd Hall, Suite 302, Blue Bell, Pennsylvania 19422, and our telephone number is (267) 464-1700. Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “UNTK.”

Development of our Business

We are organized as a Delaware corporation and were originally incorporated in 1987 as Adina, Inc. Following a series of corporate actions, mergers and acquisitions, we took the name UniTek Global Services, Inc. in 2010. We operate through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, which are described as follows:

DirectSat USA, LLC (“DirectSat”) provides installation and fulfillment services for DIRECTV, LLC (“DIRECTV”), the largest satellite television provider in the United States, and certain satellite internet providers. DirectSat operates primarily in the mid-Atlantic and mid-west regions of the United States;

FTS USA, LLC (“FTS”) provides installation and fulfillment services to broadband cable telecommunications companies such as Comcast, Charter Communications and Time Warner Cable. FTS operates primarily in the eastern and southern United States;

Wirecomm Systems, Inc. (“Wirecomm”) provides installation and fulfillment services to Rogers Communications, Inc., the largest broadband cable provider in Canada. Wirecomm operates primarily in Ontario, Canada; and

Pinnacle Wireless USA, Inc. (“Pinnacle”) provides wireless telecommunication construction, project management and systems integration services for wireless telecommunication carriers, municipalities and related agencies. Pinnacle operates in various regions throughout the United States with significant presence in the northeastern United States and New York metropolitan area.

The following summarizes material developments to our business during the last three years:

• In April 2011, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Pinnacle Wireless, Inc., a company that specialized in large-scale communications projects for transportation, public safety, entertainment, hospitality and enterprise-grade commercial real estate. The acquisition of the assets of Pinnacle Wireless, Inc. expanded our presence into the two-way radio and wireless communications systems integration markets.

• In September 2012, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Skylink LTD (“Skylink”) relating to its business of conducting video, internet and multi-dwelling unit fulfillment and installation for satellite television companies in various markets in Indiana, Ohio and West Virginia.

• In December 2012, we sold substantially all of the assets of our wireline telecommunications business unit to NX Utilities, LLC. The closing occurred in two stages; the first stage occurred on December 28, 2012, and the second stage occurred on March 2, 2013.

1

• On July 10, 2013 the Company entered into a Revolving Credit and Security Agreement and Amended and Restated Fee Letter, both dated as of July 10, 2013 and amended on July 25, 2013 (collectively, the “Revolving Credit Agreement”), by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries thereof, and Apollo Investment Corporation. The Revolving Credit Agreement provides for a $75.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Loan”). Availability under the Revolving Loan is tied to a borrowing base that is calculated based on a percentage of eligible receivables, less the maximum amount of all outstanding standby letters of credit, less such reserves as the agent may reasonably deem necessary, plus an amount not to exceed the “Additional Borrowing Base Amount” (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement). At December 31, 2013, subject to certain limitations, the “Additional Borrowing Base Amount” was $20.0 million, where it remains as of the date of this Annual Report. See Note 10 of Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for further information.

• Effective July 25, 2013 the Company entered into a Second Amendment and Limited Waiver to Credit Agreement (the “Amended Term Loan”). See Note 10 of Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for further information.

Principal Services and Markets

We manage our business based upon the types of services that we provide to our customers: (i) Fulfillment; and (ii) Engineering and Construction.

Fulfillment — We are a full-service provider of comprehensive installation and fulfillment services. We deploy skilled technicians to install our customers’ equipment, such as television receiver units, in their customers’ homes and businesses. Our fulfillment services include inventory warehousing and logistics, customer service and call center management, fleet management, and risk and safety compliance. We have developed innovative, leading-edge technologies and processes to manage our daily operations and to improve upon existing work processes. In many of our markets, we are the exclusive provider of installation and fulfillment services to our customers; in other markets, we compete with other service providers for our customers’ business. Our Fulfillment segment consists of the DirectSat reporting unit and FTS and Wirecomm, which comprise our Broadband Cable reporting unit.

Engineering and Construction — We are a full-service provider of construction, project management and systems integration services to customers in the wireless telecommunication and public safety industries. We assemble project teams of engineers and technicians to design and build large wireless infrastructure projects for our customers. Our construction and project management services are designed to improve our customers’ wireless telecommunications infrastructure and include site acquisition, tower construction, equipment upgrades, radio frequency and network design and transmission base station installation and modification. Our systems integration services are tailored to large-scale communications projects for transportation, public safety, entertainment, hospitality and enterprise-grade commercial real estate projects. We provide turnkey solutions that integrate radio system design, the in-building antenna network, and the command and control systems for all subsystems such as spectrum, fiber networks, voice logging and GPS. We are designing and constructing a number of projects that are critical to public safety including the World Trade Center Transportation HUB Site project, which is intended to let police, fire and other emergency personnel talk to each other in the event of a major catastrophe, such as a terrorist attack or an earthquake. Our Engineering and Construction segment in 2013 consisted of the Wireless reporting unit.

2

Our services are provided by a workforce of skilled technicians that is regionally and locally based throughout the United States and Canada. Our operations include approximately 80 field offices as illustrated in the following map:

Competition within our Industry

The outsourced infrastructure services industry in which we operate is competitive and highly fragmented. In many markets, we compete with a number of companies ranging from small local companies to large national companies. In some cases, we also face competition from the in-house service organizations of our customers. In some markets we are the exclusive provider of services to our customers, but our customers may choose to assign our markets to a competitor in the future. We believe that we are well positioned to compete based on our nationwide presence, our industry experience, our technical expertise and our commitment to developing and executing fully-integrated, technology-enabled solutions for our customers.

In the Fulfillment segment, we compete with national providers such as Dycom Industries, Inc., MasTec, Inc. and Goodman Networks, our customers’ in-house service organizations and various smaller local and regional providers. In the Engineering and Construction segment, we compete with national providers such as Dycom Industries, Inc., MasTec, Inc., Goodman Networks Inc., Bechtel Corporation, General Dynamics Corporation and Black and Veatch Corporation, in addition to smaller local and regional providers. We compete based on many factors such as experience, expertise, financial and operational resources, nationwide presence, brand and customer service. While we believe our customers consider a number of factors when selecting a service provider, most of their work is awarded through a bid process.

Principal Suppliers and Vendors

Under many of our contracts, our customers supply the necessary equipment for installation. We provide necessary ancillary materials. Under certain contracts, we acquire materials from third parties. Generally we have not experienced any significant difficulty in obtaining an adequate supply of equipment or materials. We do not rely upon on any individual vendor to supply a significant portion of our equipment or materials.

We utilize independent subcontractors to supplement our in-house workforce, to manage seasonal workflow and to augment our scale and geographic reach. Our independent subcontractors are typically small business entities that provide their own personnel, vehicles, tools and insurance coverage. We believe that our relationships with independent subcontractors provide us the ability to scale our operations in response to new projects or seasonal changes in workflow. We are not reliant on any individual source for a significant portion of our outsourced labor.

Principal Customers

Our customers are primarily satellite television, broadband cable and other telecommunications companies, contractors, and municipalities and related agencies. Included among our customers are leading media and telecommunication companies such as DIRECTV, AT&T, Comcast, Clearwire Communications, Ericsson, Sprint, T-Mobile, Charter Communications, Time Warner Cable and Rogers Communications.

We have longstanding relationships with many of our customers, and a large portion of our revenue is derived from work performed under master service agreements or other such service agreements. Work performed under master service or other service agreements is typically generated by work orders that we perform for an agreed-upon price per unit of service. The majority of work performed by

3

our Fulfillment segment is done pursuant to such service agreements, as well as certain maintenance work performed by our Engineering and Construction segment. The terms of our master service agreements or other such service agreements vary as do the rights of our customers to terminate these agreements, with or without cause, or to reduce future work orders.

The remainder of our work is generated pursuant to contracts for specific projects that may require construction, engineering or management services for a variety of broadband cable and wireless telecommunications projects. Customers are billed with varying frequency: weekly, monthly or upon attaining specific milestones.

The following provides information about our largest three customers with respect to revenues:

DIRECTV is the largest provider of satellite television services in the United States. Our relationship with DIRECTV is based upon a Home Service Provider (“HSP”) Agreement to provide installation and service of DIRECTV video programming for DIRECTV subscribers. These video subscribers are owned and billed by DIRECTV, and we function as a fulfillment arm for DIRECTV in the specific markets specified in the HSP Agreement. The current HSP Agreement was signed in October 2012 and has a four-year term. The contract provides that DIRECTV may terminate its contract upon 180 days’ notice to us with or without cause. On May 16, 2013, we announced that DirectSat had received a letter from DIRECTV providing the requisite 180-day notice of the termination of the HSP Agreement, effective November 8, 2013. Shortly following receipt of the notice, DirectSat entered into an agreement with DIRECTV providing that the 180-day notice of termination would be automatically withdrawn upon our refinancing, by July 31, 2013, of our debt on terms that satisfied certain conditions. As a result of the refinancing transactions we consummated in July 2013, these conditions were satisfied, and on July 25, 2013, DIRECTV formally withdrew its notice of termination.

AT&T is one of the largest wireless telecommunications carriers in the United States. Our relationship with AT&T is based upon construction and installation contracts under a master service agreement covering specified geographic regions located in the Northeast U.S. (the “Northeast Turf Agreement”). Under the Northeast Turf Agreement, we provide project management services to evaluate sites, construct towers, install equipment and perform quality control services for AT&T’s wireless infrastructure. The Northeast Turf Agreement has a three-year term expiring in August 2014. Although the contract provides that notice must be given before cancellation in the event of a breach of contract, the contract does not mandate any level of work orders, and we have experienced reductions in the estimated amount of services relating to tower modification that we would provide under the contract.  During 2013 we were notified by AT&T that they would reduce the amount of wireless construction work that we would perform for them under the contract, the impact of which we expect will substantially reduce our revenue earned from the Northeast Turf Agreement directly for AT&T from the amount we earned in 2013, which accounted for 17.8% of our consolidated revenue during the year. Currently, we are concluding projects previously awarded under this contract. The Company continues to provide work for AT&T through various other prime contractors and in 2014 has entered into contracts with AT&T for other services.  Additionally, the Company believes that it has other opportunities to perform construction and related services for other carriers. 

Comcast is the largest provider of video programming, broadband Internet, telephone and home security systems in the United States. Our relationship with Comcast is based upon historical multiple regional contracts to provide fulfillment services, primarily to residents of single family homes. These video subscribers are customers of and billed by Comcast, and we function as a fulfillment arm for Comcast in the specific markets specified in the agreements. In these markets, Comcast also utilizes other contractors and their own technicians to provide these services. Our agreements range in duration from one to two years and typically are renewed each year with Comcast having the right to terminate the contracts, with or without cause, with 30 days notice.

Regulation

Our operations are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws and regulations including: (i) licensing, permitting and inspection requirements applicable to electricians and engineers; (ii) building codes; (iii) permitting and inspection requirements applicable to construction projects; (iv) federal regulations related to the licensing of radio frequency spectrum; and (v) regulations relating to worker safety and environmental protection.

We believe that we have all the licenses required to conduct our operations and that we are in substantial compliance with applicable regulations. Our failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating licenses.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 3,200 employees, substantially all of which were full-time. We maintain a nucleus of technical and managerial personnel to supervise all projects and add employees and subcontractors as needed to complete specific projects.

4

2013 Audit Committee Investigation

On April 12, 2013, we announced that we would need to restate the financial results for the interim periods ended March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012 and September 29, 2012, the interim period and fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and the interim period ended October 1, 2011. Restated financial information as of and for those periods was included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (the “2012 Annual Report”), which we filed with the SEC on August 12, 2013.

In our April 12, 2013 announcement, we noted that, as a result of the Audit Committee Investigation, which was conducted with the assistance of outside independent counsel and a forensic accounting firm, we had determined that several employees of our Pinnacle division had engaged in fraudulent activities that resulted in improper revenue recognition.

In addition to necessitating the restatement of the above-listed financial results, as a result of revenue recognition issues identified we assessed the internal control deficiencies that compromised our ability to prevent or detect the revenue recognition issues. Specifically, as identified in “Part II, Item 9A, “Controls and Procedures” in the 2012 Annual Report, we identified deficiencies in the processes, procedures and controls related to (i) entity level monitoring controls over the Pinnacle division; (ii) internal audit monitoring controls for the investigation and reporting of significant matters to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors; (iii) revenue and cost recognition under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting; and (iv) maintaining sufficient experienced accounting personnel. These deficiencies, which prevented the timely detection of misconduct by certain Pinnacle division employees, the correction of accounting misstatements and the reporting to our Chief Executive Officer and other members of the Board of Directors of the revenue recognition issues, constituted material weaknesses.

Management evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based on the framework in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” (1992 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of Treadway Commission (COSO). While we have made and continue to make substantial efforts to remediate these material weaknesses identified in the 2012 Annual Report, we concluded that as of December 31, 2013, the material weaknesses identified above had not yet been remediated fully.

For further information regarding the material weaknesses identified by management and management’s plan to remediate the material weaknesses, see “Part II, Item 9A, “Controls and Procedures” in this Annual Report.

Where You Can Find More Information

Our Internet address is www.unitekglobalservices.com. The information contained on our website is not included as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report. Copies of this Annual Report, as well as our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are available free of charge on the Internet at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these reports with, or furnish these reports to, the SEC. You may also inspect reports and other information concerning us at the offices of the NASDAQ Stock Market at 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and such other periodic reports as we may determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law. Our reports filed with the SEC may be read or copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Alternatively, you may access these reports at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

5

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

The risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report, should be carefully considered in evaluating our business and prospects. The risks and uncertainties described below could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition and cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements made by us. Although we believe that we have identified and discussed below the key risk factors affecting our business, there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known or that we do not currently believe to be significant that may adversely affect our future performance or financial condition.

Risks Related to Investing in our Common Stock and to our Business

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial profile.

As of December 31, 2013, our total indebtedness, including capital lease obligations, was $189.9 million, compared to our indebtedness at December 31, 2012 of $172.2 million. Our indebtedness also bears interest at rates significantly higher than it had prior to our July 2013 refinancings. See Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our significant indebtedness could have important consequences to our stockholders. It will require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. In addition, it could:

• increase our vulnerability to and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

• place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;

• prevent us from engaging in acquisitions, internal expansion efforts or other strategic and business development initiatives;

• limit our ability to borrow additional funds; and

• make us more vulnerable to a general economic downturn than a company that is less leveraged.

An event of default under either of our credit facilities could result in, among other things, the acceleration and demand for payment of all the principal and interest due and the foreclosure on the collateral. As a result of such a default or action against collateral, we could be forced to enter into bankruptcy proceedings, which may result in a partial or complete loss of your investment.

Our debt agreements contain financial covenants that may be difficult to satisfy.

In July 2013, we entered into new debt agreements that contain financial covenants requiring us to satisfy (i) certain levels of Adjusted EBITDA; (ii) ratios concerning Adjusted EBITDA compared to total debt; and (iii) ratios concerning Adjusted EBITDA to fixed charges. The financial covenants become more challenging over time. Satisfying such covenants may be difficult if our operations do not generate sufficient cash and earnings. If we do not satisfy the covenants, it would result in an event of default and we may not be able to cure the default, which could have material adverse impact on us, including without limitation the acceleration and demand for payment by our lenders of our indebtedness. (See Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations- Key Indicators of Financial Condition and Operating Performancefor a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA.)

We may not be successful in generating the additional Adjusted EBITDA needed to satisfy our financial covenants.

We need to generate additional Adjusted EBITDA to satisfy our financial covenants or reduce our debt. Due to our limited financial resources, we will likely need to grow revenues through organic growth instead of through acquisitions. If we are unable to execute our growth strategy, which includes growing our systems integration business and expanding our wireless business nationally, we will not be able to generate sufficient revenue to satisfy our financial covenants.

We may be unable to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet the capital requirements of the business and we may not be able to obtain additional financing.

We have limited availability under our debt agreements and limited cash on hand. We anticipate that our primary uses of cash will be to pay our employees and sub-contractors, service our debt, fund our lease and other contractual obligations, and fund expenditures necessary to run our business, such as investing in working capital to support our business requirements, providing collateral for our insurance policies in the form of standby letters of credit, and periodic capital expenditures. We expect various trends to affect our liquidity, including without limitation:

• The need to improve our management of working capital within our Engineering and Construction business, which if not managed well could require us to borrow additional amounts, which could reduce our profitability, or cause us to become ineligible for new borrowings or default on our debt, or both;

6

• Our ability to remain listed on a public stock exchange, which can allow us to access equity and debt capital on more favorable terms than in private markets;

• Our ability to pay our vendors timely and retain key subcontractors for future work; and

• The timing of our payment of the final portion of an earn-out in connection with a previously completed acquisition, pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement and an ancillary agreement.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to borrow as necessary under our revolving credit agreement, nor that any other additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all, nor that any additional financing will satisfy our requirements. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, our ability to fund our business, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance services or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited. Our operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected by these limitations.

Our future revenue is subject to reduction and potential cancellation.

Our future revenue consists of uncompleted portions of services to be performed under job-specific contracts and the estimated value of future services that we expect to provide under master service agreements and other contracts, which in most cases can be terminated or cancelled on short notice, with or without cause. We include in our estimate of future revenue the amount of services projected to be performed based on our historical experience with customers and our experience in procurements of this type. In many instances, our customers are not contractually committed to procure specific volumes of services under a contract. Our estimates of future revenue and a customer’s requirements during a particular future period may not prove to be accurate. If our estimated future revenue is significantly inaccurate, this could adversely affect our financial results and the price of our common stock.

We generate a substantial portion of our revenue from a limited number of customers and, if our relationships with such customers were harmed, it is unlikely that we could continue in business.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, our three largest customers accounted for over 74% of our revenues. Our contracts with our major customers give our customers the right to either terminate their contract, or reduce the amount of work that we will perform under their contract, on relatively short notice, with or without cause.

We may not be successful in replacing potentially lost business from a major customer.

Our Northeast Turf Agreement with AT&T will conclude in August 2014. Although we expect to be able to retain some of this business through subcontract arrangements, if we are not successful in replacing this potentially lost business, or if our other major customers terminate their contracts with us or reduce the amount of work that we will perform under their contracts, it could materially impact our operating results.

Our business may be adversely affected by increased employee expenses.

We depend on our management team and the loss of certain team members could negatively affect our ability to execute our business strategy. Although we have entered into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers, we may need to implement additional programs, including stock-based compensation, to motivate and retain our management team that may dilute current shareholders or increase our administrative costs. Such increased costs could have a negative impact on our financial results.

We also depend on our skilled workers to implement our business strategies. Recently 31 of the 47 technicians at a DirectSat location voted to be represented by a labor union. We have over 1,079 DirectSat technicians. If a significant number of our technicians voted to be represented by a labor union and if we were unable to negotiate satisfactory collective bargaining agreements, our financial results could be negatively impacted.

We have had a history of losses.

We experienced net losses of $52.1 million, $77.7 million, $9.1 million and $30.6 million in 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We cannot predict if we will ever achieve profitability, and if we do, whether we will be able to sustain such profitability. Further, we may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including due to the other risks described in this Annual Report, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. Accordingly, we may not ever be able to achieve profitability.

7

We may experience significant fluctuations in our quarterly results relating to our ability to generate additional revenue and manage expenditures and other factors, some of which are outside of our control, which could cause rapid declines in our stock price.

Our quarterly operating results have varied considerably in the past, and may continue to do so, due to a number of factors. Many of these factors are outside of our control and include, without limitation, the following:

• our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers and increase sales to such customers;

• the commencement, progress, completion or termination of contracts during any particular quarter;

• the cyclical nature of the telecommunications industry;

• the effect of inclement weather on our operations;

• the cost of raw materials we require for our projects; and

• satellite television, broadband cable and wireless telecommunications market conditions and economic conditions generally.

Due to these factors and others, our results for a particular quarter, and therefore, our combined results for the affected year, may not meet the expectations of investors, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline significantly.

Legal proceedings and other claims could reduce our profitability, cash flows and liquidity.

There has been a consolidated class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania against us and certain of our current and former officers entitled In Re Unitek Global Services, Inc. Securities Litigation, Civil Action No. 13-2119. The case alleges that we made misstatements and omissions regarding our business, our financial condition and our internal controls and systems in violation of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 thereunder. While we expect that this matter will be resolved in the near future and that we have adequate reserves for this matter, we may incur significant expense relating to litigation with one or more our former employees stemming from events and circumstances relating to the Audit Committee Investigation. We also reported to the SEC the results of the Audit Committee Investigation. We may be subject to enforcement actions as a result of such events, which may impact us adversely.

Our construction and construction-related contracts, and the accounting for those contracts, depend upon significant judgments and estimates that may differ from actual results in future periods.

The pricing of our construction and construction-related contracts is established, in part, based on cost and scheduling estimates. Such estimates, in turn, are based on a number of other assumptions, including future economic conditions, prices and availability of labor, prices of equipment and materials and other variables. These assumptions can be difficult to ascertain because of the wide fluctuation in prices for equipment, fuel and other costs associated with our services. If pricing or cost estimates prove to be incorrect, we may incur cost overruns and incur losses on contracts which would reduce our profitability.

Our accounting for those contracts relies heavily upon those same estimates and judgments, as well other judgments and estimates, including estimates of progress toward completion, judgments about whether we can recover costs related to change orders from our customers, and estimates of the fair value of non-construction related products or services that may be bundled into a construction contract. If our accounting estimates ultimately prove to be incorrect, our profitability could be more volatile during the contract period or be reduced, or both.

We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. However, because management estimates, by their nature, involve judgment regarding future uncertainties, actual results may differ from those estimates if conditions change or if the assumptions used in making these estimates ultimately prove to be incorrect. As a result of the Audit Committee Investigation, certain of our estimates related to revenue recognition were identified as containing significant errors and materially reduced our results of operations. Our results of operations could be materially reduced again if future changes in our estimates and judgments are required.

If we are unable to meet our customer’s billing requirements, or if our customers delay or default on their payments to us, we may be unable to cover our expenditures related to those projects.

Because of the nature of some of our contracts, we commit resources to projects prior to receiving payments from our customers in amounts sufficient to cover expenditures as they are incurred. Delays in customer payments may require us to make a working capital investment or obtain advances from our line of credit. If a customer defaults in making its payments on a project or projects to which we have devoted significant resources, it could have a material negative effect on our results of operations and negatively impact the financial covenants with our lenders.

8

If we are unable to maintain effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Based on our management’s assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2013, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective. The specific material weaknesses are described in Part II, Item 9A, “Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” These material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting result in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements would not be prevented or detected.

We cannot assure you that our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses will be successful or that additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. Any failure to maintain or implement required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we encounter in their implementation, could result in additional material weaknesses, or could result in material misstatements in our financial statements. These misstatements could result in a restatement of our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, leading to a decline in our stock price.

For more information relating to our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, and remediation efforts undertaken by us, see Part II, Item 9A of this Annual Report.

We may incur additional goodwill and other intangible impairment charges in the future which could reduce our profitability and adversely affect our shareholders’ equity.

During the past two years, we have recorded significant impairment charges. The testing of goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment requires us to make significant estimates about our future performance and cash flows, as well as other assumptions. These estimates can be affected by numerous factors, including changes in economic, industry or market conditions or changes in business operations. While impairment charges are non-cash, if we are required to record additional impairment charges in the future, it could have an adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations and stockholders’ equity.

If we are unable to “close-out” our projects, we are unable to bill our customers.

Our business requires us to expend substantial amounts of money on a project prior to being paid by our customers. In order to receive payment, we are required to comply with a “close-out” process which can be time-consuming and complex. If we are unable to timely “close-out” our projects, we are unable to bill our customers for costs that have already been expended, which negatively impacts our liquidity situation.

If we are unable to recruit and retain key managers and employees, our business may be adversely affected.

In addition, the services we deliver to our customers could be delayed or interrupted if we are unable to attract, train and retain highly skilled employees or subcontractors, particularly fulfillment installation and wireless technicians. Competition for these technicians is intense. Because of the complex and technical nature of some of our services, any failure to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees could materially harm our business.

We maintain a workforce based upon current and anticipated workloads. If we do not receive future contract awards or if these awards are delayed, we may incur significant costs in adjusting our workforce demands.

Our estimates of future performance depend on, among other matters, whether and when we will receive certain new contract awards. While our estimates are based upon good faith judgment, they can be unreliable and may frequently change based on newly available information. In the case of larger projects, where timing is often uncertain, it is particularly difficult to project whether and when we will receive a contract award. The uncertainty of contract award timing can present difficulties in matching workforce size with contractual needs. If an expected contract award is delayed or not received, we could incur significant costs resulting from retaining more staff than is necessary or redundancy of facilities. Similarly, if we underestimate the workforce necessary for a contract, we may not perform at the level expected by the customer and harm our reputation. Each of these may negatively impact our operating performance and financial results.

We are increasingly dependent on information technology systems to operate our business and a cyber-attack or other breach of our systems, or those of third parties on whom we may rely, could subject us to liability or interrupt the operation of our business.

We are increasingly dependent on information technology systems to operate our business. A breakdown, invasion, corruption, destruction or interruption of critical information technology systems by employees, others with authorized access to our systems or unauthorized persons could negatively impact operations.  In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store and transmit confidential information and it is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such

9

information.  Data breaches of our information technology systems, or those of our third party vendors, may pose a risk that sensitive data may be exposed to unauthorized persons or to the public.  There can be no assurance that our protection efforts will prevent breakdowns or breaches in our systems, or those of our third party vendors, that could adversely affect our business.

We rely on subcontractors and their failure to perform may adversely impact our operations.

We utilize subcontractors to perform many of our services. If subcontractors do not perform their obligations to our customers or their employees, we may be adversely impacted by claims from our customers and others.

If our customers perform more tasks themselves, our business will suffer.

Our success also depends upon the continued trend by our customers to outsource their network design, deployment, project management and fulfillment service needs. If this trend does not continue or is reversed and telecommunication service providers and network equipment vendors elect to perform more of these tasks themselves or provide kits for their customers to self-install, our operating results may be adversely affected due to the decline in the demand for our services.

Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our Company or changes in our management and, as a result, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or Charter, and our Amended and Restated Bylaws, or Bylaws, contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our Company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our Company may deem advantageous. These provisions:

• establish a classified Board of Directors so that not all members of our Board are elected at one time;

• authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our Board of Directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares and to discourage a takeover attempt;

• establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings: and

• provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, or to alter or repeal our Bylaws.

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, which, subject to some exceptions, prohibits “business combinations” between a Delaware corporation and an “interested stockholder,” which is generally defined as a stockholder who becomes a beneficial owner of 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock, for a three-year period following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder. Section 203 could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control that our stockholders might consider to be in their best interests.

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our Company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those you desire.

The nature of our construction businesses exposes us to potential liability claims and contract disputes that may negatively affect our results of operations.

We engage in construction activities, including engineering and oversight of engineering firms. Design, construction or systems failures can result in substantial injury or damage to third parties. Any liability in excess of insurance limits at locations constructed by us could result in significant liability claims against us, which claims may negatively affect our results of operations. In addition, if there is a customer dispute regarding performance of project services, the customer may decide to delay or withhold payment to us. If we are ultimately unable to collect on these payments, our results of operations would be negatively impacted.

In addition, we are subject to various claims, lawsuits and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. These actions may seek, among other things, compensation for alleged personal injury, workers’ compensation, employment discrimination, wage and hour disputes, breach of contract, property damage, consequential and punitive damages, civil penalties, or injunctive or declaratory relief. In addition, we generally indemnify our customers for claims related to the services we provide. Claimants may seek large damage awards.

If not covered by insurance, defending claims against us can involve significant legal costs. When appropriate, we establish reserves for litigation and claims that we believe to be adequate in light of current information, legal advice and professional indemnity insurance coverage, and we adjust such reserves from time to time according to developments. If reserves are inadequate, insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or unavailable, or there is an increase in liabilities for which we self-insure, we could experience a

10

reduction in our profitability and liquidity. An adverse determination on any such claim or lawsuit could have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Separately, claims and lawsuits alleging wrongdoing or negligence by us may harm our reputation or divert management resources away from operating our business.

We maintain high-deductible liability insurance policies, which exposes us to a substantial portion of the costs of claims and lawsuits.

We maintain high-deductible insurance policies for workers’ compensation, general liability, automobile, medical and dental claims. Because most claims against us do not exceed our deductibles, we are effectively self-insured for substantially all claims. We establish insurance reserves for estimates of the loss that we will ultimately incur on reported claims and claims that have been incurred but not yet reported. Our insurance reserves incorporate historical loss experience and judgments about the present and expected levels of cost per claim. Trends in actual experience are a significant factor in the determination of such reserves. We update our estimates and the appropriateness of our reserves quarterly based upon known facts, historical trends and our judgments regarding future claims.

Insurance claims may take several years to completely settle. Consequently, actuarial estimates are required to project the ultimate cost that will be incurred to fully resolve the claims. A number of factors can affect the actual cost of a claim, including the length of time the claim remains open, trends in health care costs and the results of related litigation. Furthermore, claims may emerge in future years for events that occurred in a prior year at a rate that differs from previous actuarial projections. We believe that our estimated reserves for such claims are adequate, but actual experience in claim frequency and/or severity could materially differ from our estimates and affect our results of operations and liquidity.

Increases in our insurance premiums or collateral requirements, such as construction bonds or standby letters of credit, could significantly reduce our profitability, liquidity and availability under our credit facilities.

Because of the financial covenants in our debt agreements, we have a limited ability to issue standby letters of credit to our insurance carriers. Because of factors such as a worsening of our financial condition or increases in claims, insurance carriers may be unwilling to continue to provide us with our current levels of coverage without a significant increase in insurance premiums or collateral requirements to cover our deductible obligations. An increase in premiums or collateral requirements could significantly reduce our profitability and liquidity as well as reduce availability under our credit facilities.

We may not be able to renew our casualty insurance coverage after September 30, 2014 on satisfactory terms.

Our casualty insurance coverage expires on September 30, 2014. If our financial position worsens, we may not be able to obtain a policy that will provide coverage after October 1, 2014 on satisfactory terms. If we need to access the secondary market for such insurance, it may result in a significant increase in premiums or usage of liquidity.

Government regulations may adversely affect our business.

Our customers are subject to various regulations of the FCC and other international regulations. These regulations require that networks meet certain radio frequency emission standards and not cause interference to other services, and in some cases accept interference from other services. FCC regulations could cause our customers to slow down or delay development and deployment plans for network build outs, which could impact our financial results.

Significant shortages in fuel supply or increases in fuel prices will increase our operating expenses and therefore adversely affect our results of operations.

The price and supply of fuel are unpredictable, and can fluctuate significantly based on international, political and economic circumstances, as well as other factors outside our control, such as actions by OPEC and other oil and gas producers, regional production patterns, weather conditions and environmental concerns. Recently, the costs of gasoline, diesel fuel and other petroleum based fuel products have been volatile. We purchase fuel to run our fleet of trucks and equipment used in our operations, and as fuel prices increase, our operating expenses increase. We may implement a fuel surcharge program or receive additional fuel charge concessions from our customers designed to offset increased fuel expenses; however, these are not guaranteed and may not fully offset the increased costs associated with rising fuel prices. We do not currently engage in fuel hedging transactions or purchase gasoline or fuel future contracts in an effort to mitigate the risk of future fuel price increases. While we may in the future initiate such programs, there can be no assurances that we will be able to do so or that any such programs will be successful.

11

Our operating results can be negatively affected by weather conditions.

We perform most of our services outdoors. Adverse weather conditions may affect productivity in performing services or may temporarily prevent us from performing services for our customers. The effect of weather delays on projects that are under fixed-price arrangements may be greater if we are unable to adjust the project schedule for such delays. A reduction in productivity in any given period or our inability to meet guaranteed schedules may adversely affect the profitability of our projects.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Changes in technology or consumer preferences and demand could weaken our competitiveness in the marketplace

We are dependent upon meeting the demands of our customers and the public. New technologies are rapidly being developed to enhance the public’s entertainment experience. There can be no assurance that our major customers’ products will continue to be popular or if our major customers adopt new technologies, that we will have the skill set to be able to deploy such technologies.

Competition in the industries we serve could reduce our market share and impact operating results.

We serve markets that are competitive and highly fragmented and in which a large number of multinational companies compete for large, national projects, and an even greater number of small, local businesses compete for smaller, one-time projects. Many of our competitors are well-established and have larger and better developed networks and systems, longer-standing relationships with customers and suppliers, greater name recognition and greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we have. These competitors can often subsidize competing services with revenues from other sources and may be able to offer their services at lower prices. These or other competitors may also reduce the prices of their services significantly or may offer backhaul connectivity with other services, which could make their services more attractive to customers. Competition may place downward pressure on contract prices and profit margins. Intense competition is expected to continue in these markets and, if we are unable to meet these competitive challenges, we could lose market share to our competitors and experience an overall reduction in our operating performance and financial results.

We are vulnerable to the cyclical nature of the telecommunications industry and, specifically, the capital expenditures of the major telecommunications providers.

The demand for our outsourced infrastructure services is dependent upon the existence of projects with engineering, procurement, construction and management needs. The wireless telecommunications market, which is one of the industries in which we compete, is particularly cyclical in nature and vulnerable to downturns in the telecommunications industry. During times of economic slowdown, some of our customers reduce their capital expenditures. Further, customers, primarily in our wireless communications subsidiaries, sometimes defer or cancel pending projects. As a result, demand for our services may decline during periods of economic downturns and could adversely affect our operations and financial performance.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

As of December 31, 2013, our corporate headquarters are located in Blue Bell, Pennsylvania where we lease 24,882 square feet of office space. Our Engineering and Construction segment is headquartered in Fair Lawn, New Jersey where we lease 76,790 square feet of office and warehouse space. In addition, we own 0.9 acres of property, including office and warehouse space, in Arlington, Texas. We lease other smaller locations throughout the United States and Canada.

We believe that our properties are adequate to meet our current needs and that additional facilities, if needed, are available to meet our expansion needs in existing and projected markets.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

The following sections summarize material pending legal and regulatory proceedings:

Class Action Lawsuit

In 2013 a consolidated class action lawsuit was filed against the Company and certain of its current and former officers in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The case, entitled In Re UniTek Global Services, Inc. Securities Litigation, Civil Action NO. 13-2119, alleges that the Company made misstatements and omissions regarding its business, its financial

12

condition and its internal controls and systems in violation of the Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 thereunder. In October 2013, the plaintiffs and the Company reached a preliminary agreement to settle all claims for an amount of $1.6 million, including attorneys’ fees and expenses. In February 2014, the Court entered an Order granting preliminary approval of the settlement agreement, and the hearing to approve the final settlement is set for June 2014. The Company believes that the settlement amount will be covered by insurance and has accrued the $0.3 million deductible.

Collective Action under Fair Labor Standards Act

The Company had a collective action under the Fair Labor Standards Act filed against it in the United States District Court for the Western District of Tennessee in February 2008. In October 2012, a judgment was entered for the plaintiffs. The Company intends to appeal the judgment promptly as soon as it becomes final and appealable. The Company believes that the potential loss exposure for this action is between $0 and $3.8 million and that it has accrued adequate reserves for any resulting loss deemed probable.

Skylink Complaint

In August 2013, Skylink brought a complaint against the Company in the Common Pleas Court of Hancock County, Ohio alleging the Company had failed to pay an earn-out payment and requesting a declaratory judgment that the earn-out payment is due and immediately payable, together with the accrued interest thereon and costs and expenses. The Company brought a motion to dismiss the complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. Skylink thereafter amended its complaint, and the Company has filed another motion to dismiss the amended complaint. While the Company acknowledges that the earn-out payment of $6.0 million accrued on May 31, 2013, the Company has not made this payment because certain contractual conditions have not yet been met. The earn-out payment is included within the current portion of long-term debt on our consolidated balance sheet. See Note 10 of Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for further information.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

13

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Our common stock is currently quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “UNTK.” The following table presents the high and low selling prices per share of our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Stock Market for the quarterly periods indicated:

	Selling Price Per Share
	Low		High
Quarterly period ended:
2013:
December 31, 2013	$	1.00	$	1.74
September 28, 2013	1.20		2.12
June 29, 2013	0.95		3.04
March 30, 2013	2.86		3.95
2012:
December 31, 2012	$	3.18	$	4.30
September 29, 2012	2.43		4.33
June 30, 2012	2.43		3.69
March 31, 2012	3.05		4.90

As of March 17, 2014, there were 445 holders of record of our common stock.

We have never paid any cash dividends and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain any future earnings for reinvestment. Our Board of Directors will make any future determination as to the payment of dividends at its discretion, and this determination will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and such other factors that the Board of Directors considers relevant. In addition, our debt agreements restrict our ability to pay cash dividends or make other distributions on our common stock without the prior consent of the lenders.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides equity compensation plan information as of December 31, 2013:

	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights			Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)	377,847	(2	)	$	9.73	2,820,801
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(3)	144,003			—		—

(1) The material features of equity compensation plans and awards are provided in Note 15 of Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

(2) Includes 368,458 common shares to be issued upon vesting of restricted stock units and 9,389 common shares to be issued upon exercise of stock options. The number of common shares to be issued assumes that performance targets for performance-based restricted stock units are achieved at 100%, but such performance could differ resulting in a different number of common shares being issued. The weighted average exercise price shown pertains to the outstanding stock options.

(3) Consists of non-plan inducement grants awarded to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

14

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities; Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

During the quarterly period ended December 31, 2013, we did not sell any unregistered securities nor did we repurchase any of our equity securities.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

This discussion should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Overview

We are a full-service provider of technical services to customers in the wireless telecommunications, public safety, satellite television and broadband cable industries in the United States and Canada. Our principal lines of service, or segments, and their relative importance to our operations, based upon contribution to consolidated revenues, are:

• Comprehensive installation and fulfillment services (“Fulfillment”), where we deploy skilled technicians to install our customers’ equipment, such as television receiver units, into homes and businesses. This segment makes up approximately two-thirds of our business; and

• Wireless telecommunication construction, project management and systems integration (“Engineering and Construction”), where we assemble project teams of engineers and technicians to design and build wireless infrastructure projects for our customers. This segment makes up approximately one-third of our business.

Our customers are primarily satellite television, broadband cable and other telecommunications companies, their contractors, and municipalities and related agencies. Our customers utilize our services to build and maintain their infrastructure and networks and to provide residential and commercial fulfillment services, which is critical to their ability to deliver voice, video and data services to end users.

The satellite and broadband cable television markets are controlled by a small number of large companies, and similarly a few large wireless carriers control a significant portion of the wireless telecommunications market. As a result, our business has been, and likely will continue to be, concentrated with a few large customers. Many of our largest customers have the right to either terminate our contract, or reduce the amount of work that we will perform under their contract, on relatively short notice, with or without cause. Additionally, our concentration of work with large customers is further increased by fact that we also provide work as subcontractors to multiple entities who are engaged by these large customers (such as AT&T, Sprint and T-Mobile). The following charts illustrate the relative size of our principal lines of business and our customer concentration as a primary contractor:

15

The following presents a summary of what we believe to be the most important opportunities, challenges, risks and uncertainties that have impacted our results or may impact our outlook for future periods.

Liquidity and financingpresented us significant challenges in 2013. In response to tightening liquidity and events of default related to the fraud identified by our Audit Committee, we entered into a new Revolving Loan and Amended Term Loan facility at considerably less favorable terms. We incurred a substantially non-cash extinguishment charge of $9.2 million, in 2013 in connection with the refinancings, and deferred to future periods additional costs of $19.6 million (including the value attributed to our warrants issued in connection with the Amended Term Loan more fully discussed in Note 10 of Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”). Our interest rates increased by 600 – 675 basis points as compared to the credit facilities we replaced, a portion of which is applied to our debt principal, and our revised covenants require us to achieve challenging earnings targets and borrowing levels over the remaining life of the debt. Notwithstanding these, the revised facilities have improved our liquidity and will provide us with up to an additional $20.0 million of borrowing capacity subject to certain limitations, going into 2014. While we believe that this provides us an adequate level of financing for 2014, we continue to evaluate refinancing alternatives.

Investigation, restatement and related costs were incurred as a result of the Audit Committee Investigation. In April 2013, we announced that several employees of our Pinnacle division engaged in fraudulent activities that resulted in improper revenue recognition, and we determined that certain previously issued financial statements needed to be restated. The investigation, the restatement and related costs required us to incur $8.8 million of costs for professional services and consultants during 2013. Additional costs for related legal matters are likely to arise in the future, such as our obligation to indemnify our current and former officers in connection with potential regulatory or legal proceedings. We are not able to estimate what the costs related to these matters might be, but such costs could be significant.

Our business strategyis focused on organic growth, improving our profitability and maximizing our return on capital. To achieve organic growth, we plan to: (i) sell more existing solutions and services to existing customers and diversify our customer base; (ii) sell different solutions and services; (iii) create new solutions and services for new markets and customers; and (iv) diversify our markets and customer bases through an expanded sales forces that are aligned by geography and industry.

Fulfillment is our most mature and currently our best performing segment. Revenues in this segment are primarily recurring in nature and based on predetermined rates for each type of service performed. In this segment:

• Our operational footprint has evolved over time into a more contiguous region covering portions of the northern, eastern and southern United States, allowing us to leverage our scale and share resources among our local operations. Within our regional footprints, we have been able to maximize results by concentrating our operations in major metropolitan areas. We believe that there are opportunities to improve our operations by acquiring new markets, exiting unprofitable markets and optimizing the efficiency of our operations through fuel savings initiatives, productivity improvements and better utilization rates.

• Service relationships vary among the markets we serve. In some markets, we are the exclusive provider of services to our customers, providing us more predictable volumes and pricing that is more commensurate with our service quality, where we believe we excel. In other markets, we compete for our customers’ business, subjecting us to pricing pressure and volume risk while providing opportunities to improve our market share. In the past, we have grown market share organically and through acquisitions, but we have also been required to exit certain markets. We believe that over time our customers will reduce the number of service providers with whom they conduct business. Our strategy is to be positioned as our customers partner-of-choice in key markets.

• Seasonality is driven by end-user spending patterns and, to a lesser extent, weather. We tend to be busiest in the third and fourth quarters because consumer demand tends to grow due to seasonal moving activity and television upgrades, and the weather is usually more accommodating. Any quarter may be positively or negatively affected by weather patterns, such as excessive rainfall or cold winter weather, making it difficult to predict quarterly revenue and margin variations.

16

Engineering and Construction is an evolving segment that we believe may have the greatest opportunities for long-term growth. Revenues in this segment are primarily contract-based and recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, which requires us to make estimates that are significant to our results and could differ from actual results in future periods.

• Consumer demand for wireless services continues to soar, driven by the proliferation of smart phones and other wireless data devices. This demand and other technological advances are causing wireless carriers to upgrade their networks to improve performance and efficiency and to consolidate disparate technology platforms. We believe that these initiatives offer us significant long-term opportunities to provide our services, but there is also intense competition to win these projects.

• New business development is a critical aspect of maintaining and growing our business once projects have been completed. We usually develop new business by bidding against our competitors on wireless infrastructure projects. The success of each bid depends on a number of factors, but we believe that the predominant factors are price and brand. As a result of the Audit Committee Investigation, our ability to bid on new projects was limited for a large portion of 2013, and our brand may have been harmed. For example, beginning in mid-2013 we were notified by AT&T that they would reduce the amount of wireless construction work that we would perform for them under the Northeast Turf Agreement, causing us to reduce our 2013 and 2014 revenue forecast for this work. We have taken decisive actions to address these issues and have increased our new business development activities and are optimistic that these actions and efforts will result in our brand being perceived as standing for integrity, honesty, service excellence, and a thoughtful approach to our customers and our people.

• Working capital management is a critical driver of our business that directly impacts our earnings, our operating cash flows and the amount available for us to borrow under our Revolving Loan. We typically need to invest in additional working capital when this business grows as compared to our Fulfillment segment because there is an additional period of time after work commences before we are able to bill the customer. We believe that there are opportunities to reduce collection cycles by improving our contract execution. Improving working capital management would reduce our outstanding borrowings and improve our liquidity, operating cash flows and earnings.

Key Indicators of Financial Condition and Operating Performance

To evaluate our performance, we monitor a number of financial and non-financial key indicators. We analyze these metrics in a number of ways, including on a trended basis, and through comparisons on at least a monthly, quarterly and annual basis to our prior results, operating plans and forecasts. Our analysis is performed at both the consolidated and individual segment level.

As appropriate, we supplement our results of operations determined in accordance with U.S generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) with certain non-GAAP financial measurements that we believe are useful to investors in assessing our performance. These measurements should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for reported GAAP results but rather as an additional way of viewing aspects of our operations that provide a more complete understanding of our business. We strongly encourage investors and shareholders to review our financial statements and publicly filed reports in their entirety and not rely solely on any one, single financial measure.

The most significant financial performance measurements that we monitor are as follows:

• Adjusted EBITDA, including Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues. Adjusted EBITDA is a key indicator used by our management, investors and lenders to evaluate the operating performance of our continuing operations and to make decisions regarding compensation and other operational matters. Adjusted EBITDA is our net loss adjusted for interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and certain other adjustments. A reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA is provided at the end of the section that follows entitled “Results of Operations.” Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measurement;

• Net loss excluding certain items, which we are using as an indicator to evaluate our operating performance excluding the impact of certain non-recurring items. A reconciliation of net loss to net loss excluding certain items is provided at the end of the section that follows entitled “Results of Operations.” Net loss excluding certain items is a non-GAAP financial measurement;

17

• Liquidity, including availability under our revolving credit facilities, and cash flows;

• Revenues including revenue growth and trends; and

• Our debt service ratios, which are (i) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, representing long-term debt divided by Adjusted EBITDA; and (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, representing adjusted earnings divided by fixed charges. Our debt service ratios are non-GAAP financial measurements.

Throughout this management’s discussion and analysis, we have included commentary on material changes in our performance related to these metrics.

Results of Operations

In this section, we present a summary and detailed comparison of our results of operations for the year endedDecember 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. We have derived this data from our consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Where applicable, we provide commentary related to each of our two segments: (i) Fulfillment and (ii) Engineering and Construction.

Revenue and gross profit increased 7.8% and 4.6%, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, to $471.9 million and $84.6 million, respectively. Of the revenue increase of $34.3 million, the Fulfillment and Engineering and Construction segments contributed $11.6 million and $22.8 million, respectively.

While gross margin percents for the Fulfillment segment remained relatively constant in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year, the Engineering and Construction segment’s gross margin percents declined slightly. Both segments realized improved gross profits in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year as a result of higher revenues.

Operating loss in the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased by $13.0 million to $12.1 million, as compared to $25.0 million for the prior year. The Company’s operating loss in the year ended December 31, 2013 was positively impacted by increased gross profit and declines in selling, general and administrative expenses, expenses related to contingent consideration, restructuring charges and depreciation and amortization charges compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Offsetting these items was an increase in impairment charges in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the prior year, and the costs associated with the Audit Committee Investigation.

Loss from continuing operations increased to $50.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $39.5 million for the prior year as a result of our incurring in 2013 significant restatement and refinancing costs, an increase in the cost of our debt and the decline in other income being only partially offset by the decline in our operating loss. Substantially non-cash refinancing costs of $9.2 million for the year endedDecember 31, 2013 were included in our loss from continuing operations as loss on extinguishment of debt. Additional refinancing costs of $19.6 million have been deferred, to be incurred as a component of interest expense over the remaining life of the debt. Furthermore, the interest rate of the Amended Term Loan facility increased by 600 basis points, of which 400 basis points are not paid in cash but added to the principal balance of the Amended Term Loan (“PIK Interest”), and the interest rate on the higher Revolving Loan balances increased by 675 basis points. We also incurred significant amounts of penalty interest and fees during 2013 compared to 2012.

The results of discontinued operations have been presented separately from continuing operations as a component of net loss for all periods presented. During 2012, we sold our wireline telecommunications business unit, which resulted in the impairment of the assets sold, and we closed certain broadband cable fulfillment and wireless service locations.

As you read and consider this management’s discussion and analysis, you should be aware that our historical results may not be indicative of future performance as a result of the opportunities, challenges, risks, trends and uncertainties discussed in section entitled “Overview” at the beginning of this management’s discussion and analysis and elsewhere throughout this Annual Report.

18

The following table presents our results of operations:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Revenues	$	471,933		$	437,596
Cost of revenues	387,376			356,794
Gross profit	84,557			80,802
Selling, general and administrative expenses	42,223			46,357
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	(114		)	10,096
Restructuring charges	1,071			8,013
Restatement, investigation and related costs	8,820			—
Impairment charges	24,374			14,900
Depreciation and amortization	20,258			26,469
Operating loss	(12,075		)	(25,033		)
Interest expense	30,454			15,329
Loss on extinguishment of debt	9,247			—
Other income, net	(733		)	(1,244		)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(51,043		)	(39,118		)
Income tax (benefit) expense	(552		)	353
Loss from continuing operations	(50,491		)	(39,471		)
Loss from discontinued operations	(1,582		)	(38,259		)
Net loss	$	(52,073	)	$	(77,730	)

Revenues

The following table presents revenue information by segment:

	Year Ended
	December 31, 2013				December 31, 2012				Increase (Decrease)
(amounts in thousands)	Amount		% of Revenues		Amount		% of Revenues		Amount		%
Fulfillment	$	316,882	67.1	%	$	305,307	69.8	%	$	11,575	3.8	%
Engineering and Construction	155,051		32.9	%	132,289		30.2	%	22,762		17.2	%
Total	$	471,933			$	437,596			$	34,337	7.8	%

Revenues increased $34.3 million, or 7.8%, to $471.9 million from $437.6 million for the years endedDecember 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. For the Fulfillment segment, revenues increased $11.6 million, or 3.8%, to $316.9 million from $305.3 million for the years endedDecember 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The increase in Fulfillment segment revenues was primarily attributable to the impact of our entering new markets as a result of the Skylink acquisition ($21.6 million) and organic growth within those markets and growth from satellite internet customers partially offset by lower volume from our cable fulfillment customers as we closed or exited markets in the U.S. ($13.7 million). For the Engineering and Construction segment, revenues increased $22.8 million, or 17.2%, to $155.1 million from $132.3 million for the years endedDecember 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The increase in Engineering and Construction revenues was primarily attributable to revenue growth from our AT&T Northeast Turf Agreement.

Our Northeast Turf Agreement with AT&T concludes in August 2014. During 2013 we were notified by AT&T that they would reduce the amount of wireless construction work that we would perform for them under the contract, the impact of which we expect will substantially reduce future revenue earned from the Northeast Turf Agreement directly for AT&T from the amount we earned in 2013, which accounted for 17.8% of our consolidated revenue during the year.  Currently, we are concluding projects previously awarded under this contract. The Company continues to provide work for AT&T through various other prime contractors and in 2014 has entered into contracts with AT&T for other services.  Additionally, the Company believes that it has other opportunities to perform construction and related services for other carriers. 

19

Gross Profit

The following table presents gross profit information by segment:

	Year Ended
	December 31, 2013				December 31, 2012				Increase (Decrease)
(amounts in thousands)	Amount		% of Revenues		Amount		% of Revenues		Amount		%
Fulfillment	$	63,894	20.2	%	$	61,804	20.2	%	$	2,090	3.4	%
Engineering and Construction	20,663		13.3	%	18,998		14.4	%	1,665		8.8	%
Total	$	84,557	17.9	%	$	80,802	18.5	%	$	3,755	4.6	%

Gross profit increased $3.8 million, or 4.6%, to $84.6 million from $80.8 million for the years endedDecember 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, as a result of higher revenues in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year. Gross margin decreased to 17.9% compared to 18.5% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. For the Fulfillment segment, gross margins remained unchanged year over year. For the Engineering and Construction segment, gross margin decreased to 13.3% compared to 14.4% for the years endedDecember 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The decrease was due to the mix of work performed under the AT&T Northeast Turf Agreement, including costs associated with sites moved in 2013, as well as ramp up costs with increasing work in certain other markets primarily in the Western U.S.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $4.1 million, or 8.9%, to $42.2 million from $46.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue declined to 8.9% in the year ended December 31, 2013 from 10.6% in the prior year. Stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $2.2 million, a decline of $2.7 million from the prior year. Stock-based compensation expense for the year endedDecember 31, 2012 included $2.6 million for the acceleration of RSU vesting related to the separations of the former Chief Executive Officer, the former Executive Chairman of the Board and the former Chief Administrative Officer, in accordance with the terms of their employment agreements, and the acceleration of RSUs awarded to members of the Board of Directors. Reduced recurring professional fees, rents and taxes in 2013 were partially offset by increased insurance costs.

Income or Expense related to Contingent Consideration

During the year endedDecember 31, 2013 we adjusted estimates of the amount of previously recorded as contingent consideration. Expense related to contingent consideration was $10.1 million for the year endedDecember 31, 2012. The expense was related to the remeasurement of contingent consideration to fair value at each period end, which was related to the acquisitions of the assets of Pinnacle Wireless, Inc. and the assets of Skylink.

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring charges were $1.1 million and $8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The charges for the year endedDecember 31, 2013 were related to the separations of former members of senior management. The charges for the year endedDecember 31, 2012 were related to the separation of our former Chief Executive Officer, the elimination of certain management positions, including the Executive Chairman and the Chief Administrative Officer, and the retention of senior management during the search for our new Chief Executive Officer.

Restatement, Investigation and Related Costs

Restatement, investigation and related costs were $8.8 million for the year endedDecember 31, 2013. The Audit Committee Investigation required us to incur substantial additional costs for audit fees and other professional services, including the cost of litigation and consultants, as well as costs to indemnify current and former officers for legal costs. Additional costs for related legal matters may arise in the future, such as the Company’s obligation to indemnify current and former officers in connection with potential regulatory or legal proceedings. Management is not able to estimate what the costs related to these matters might be, but such costs could be significant. No such costs were incurred during the year endedDecember 31, 2012.

20

Impairment Charges

During the year endedDecember 31, 2013, we recognized impairment charges of $24.4 million, consisting of (i) $10.6 million related to the goodwill of the Wireless reporting unit, (ii) $12.7 million related to the goodwill of the Broadband Cable reporting unit and (iii) $1.1 million related to certain acquired technology assets of the Wireless reporting unit. During the year endedDecember 31, 2012, we recognized an impairment loss of $14.9 million related to the goodwill of the Wireless reporting unit. Refer to the discussion of impairment testing in the section entitled “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” for additional details.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased $6.2 million, or 23.5%, to $20.3 million from $26.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The decrease was driven by lower amortization of $3.6 million caused by intangible assets reaching the end of their amortizable lives, partially offset by new amortization from the intangible assets acquired from Skylink, and lower depreciation of $2.6 million.

Interest Expense

The following table presents the components of interest expense:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Interest paid or payable in cash	$	19,976	$	12,479
Interest and fees added to debt principal:
Penalty interest and forbearance fees	4,026		670
PIK interest added to Amended Term Loan (4%)	3,169		—
Other	340		—
Amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discount	2,943		2,180
Interest expense	$	30,454	$	15,329

Interest expense increased $15.1 million, or 98.7%, to $30.5 million from $15.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The increase was caused by higher cash and PIK interest as a result of the July 2013 refinancing, higher average principal balances, non-cash forbearance and penalty fees as well as, higher amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discount. As a result of the refinancing in July 2013, the interest rates on the Company’s new Revolving Loan and Amended Term Loan facilities increased by 675 basis points and 600 basis points, respectively, and outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Loan increased from $26.9 million to $45.0 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively. With respect to the Amended Term Loan, the Company exercised its right to increase borrowings by an aggregate amount of $35.0 million during the second and third quarters of 2012.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

In July 2013, the Company refinanced its long-term debt, which resulted in significant refinancing costs and an increase in the ongoing cost of our debt. Refinancing costs of $9.2 million for the year endedDecember 31, 2013 were included in our results of operations as loss on extinguishment of debt, and refinancing costs of $19.6 million have been deferred, to be recognized as a component of interest expense over the remaining life of the debt. No loss on extinguishment of debt was incurred during the year endedDecember 31, 2012.

Other Income, Net

Net other income, consisting mainly of gains and losses on the sale of property and equipment, declined $0.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the prior year, to $0.7 million. The disposal of assets is generally dependent on vehicle and other equipment needs of the Company.

Income Tax Benefit or Expense

Income tax benefit or expense was not material to our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Our effective tax rate differs from the Federal statutory tax rate of 35% primarily because we have not yet achieved profitable operations outside of Canada. As a result, our non-Canadian deferred tax assets do not satisfy the criteria for realizability, and we have established a full valuation allowance for such assets. In addition, we are required to pay incomes taxes in certain states and localities in which we do business.

21

Loss from Discontinued Operations

Loss from discontinued operations decreased $36.7 million, to $1.6 million, from $38.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The decrease was caused by our sale of our wireline telecommunication business (the “Wireline Group”) in the fourth quarter of 2012, results from which included pre-tax impairment charges of $35.2 million related to the impairments of property and equipment and goodwill in our Wireline reporting unit. We do not expect that there will be a significant impact of the discontinued operations on our continuing business and financial condition.

Net Loss Excluding Certain Items and Adjusted EBITDA

The following table presents the reconciliation of net loss to net loss excluding certain items and Adjusted EBITDA:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Net loss	$	(52,073	)	$	(77,730	)
Loss from discontinued operations	1,582			38,259
Restructuring charges	1,071			8,013
Impairment charges	24,374			14,900
Restatement, investigation and related costs	8,820			—
Loss on extinguishment of debt	9,247			—
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	(114		)	10,096
Net loss excluding certain items	(7,093		)	(6,462		)
Interest expense	30,454			15,329
Income tax (benefit) expense	(552		)	353
Depreciation and amortization	20,258			26,469
Stock-based compensation	2,176			4,905
Transaction costs	180			291
Other income, net	(733		)	(1,244		)
Adjusted EBITDA	$	44,690		$	39,641

Net loss excluding certain items increased in the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, from $6.5 million to $7.1 million, primarily due to higher interest expense offsetting the impact of the Company’s reducing its loss from operations from that reported in the prior year.

Adjusted EBITDA increased $5.0 million, or 12.7%, to $44.7 million from $39.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The increase was caused by an increase of $3.8 million in gross profit and adecrease in selling, general and administrative expenses of $1.3 million excluding the effect of stock-based compensation and transaction costs.

22

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 2013, our liquidity consisted of cash of $1.8 million and $8.2 million of availability under the Revolving Loan. Availability was calculated based upon (i) total potential availability under the Revolving Loan of $64.1 million, which was determined as the lesser of (a) the $75.0 million face amount of the facility and (b) a borrowing base of $64.1 million, calculated based upon eligible receivables of $44.1 million plus an additional amount of $20.0 million (the “Additional Amount”); less (ii) outstanding standby letters of credit under the Revolving Loan of $7.8 million; less (iii) outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Loan of $48.1 million. The Additional Amount varies from $0.0 million to $20.0 million based upon the total of eligible and ineligible receivables. The minimum amount is used at $60.0 million or less of total receivables, the maximum amount is used at $80.0 million or greater of total receivables, and a proportional amount is used if total receivables are between $60.0 million and $80.0 million. Additionally, the following other trends are expected to impact our liquidity:

• The need to improve our management of working capital within our Engineering and Construction business, which if not managed well could require us to borrow additional amounts, which could reduce our profitability, or cause us to become ineligible for new borrowings or default on our debt, or both;

• Our ability to remain listed on a public stock exchange, which can allow us to access equity and debt capital on more favorable terms than in private markets;

• Our ability to pay our vendors timely and retain key subcontractors for future work; and

• The timing of our payment of the final portion of an earn-out in connection with a previously completed acquisition, pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement and an ancillary agreement.

Our primary sources of cash are from our operations and from borrowings under long-term debt. Our primary uses of cash are for (i) contractual obligations to service our debt, to make required payments under leases, to make certain other payments; and (ii) other needs for cash that are necessary to run our business, such as investing in working capital to support our business requirements, providing collateral for our insurance policies in the form of standby letters of credit, and funding capital expenditures. Historically, we have also used cash to acquire businesses.

During the year endedDecember 31, 2013, the most significant factors impacting our liquidity were as follows:

• Our greatest sources of cash for the year endedDecember 31, 2013 were from operations and from net borrowings on our revolving credit facilities. Adjusted EBITDA, which we use as an indicator of cash generated by the business before certain items was $44.7 million. Adjusted EBITDA is also used as one of the measurement factors in determining our compliance with our long-term debt agreements. Net proceeds from our revolving credit facilities were $21.2 million, although these net borrowings were partially offset by $16.8 million of net cash we were required to deposit as collateral for standby letters of credit issued by our prior lender to our insurance carriers.

• Our greatest uses of cash for the year endedDecember 31, 2013 were from increases in net working capital and payments of interest, capital leases, financing fees and certain other significant items. Net working capital increased $7.0 million, caused by (i) $30.8 million of reductions in accounts payable and other liabilities and (ii) a $2.6 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets including pre-funding potential future insurance claims, partially offset by $26.3 million of reductions in accounts receivable. We paid $20.3 million of interest, $8.2 million for capital lease obligations and $6.8 million of fees to refinance our debt. We also incurred $8.8 million of restatement, investigation and related costs, the majority of which were paid in cash during the period.

As of the date of this filing, we expect to continue to have adequate liquidity, including availability on our Revolving Loan and cash on hand. To the extent we can reduce our standby letters of credit with insurance carriers, it would improve our availability under our Revolving Loan. Our liquidity and our continuing ability to borrow under our debt arrangements require us to maintain certain financial covenants. We were in compliance with those covenants at December 31, 2013. Because these ratios become more restrictive over time, we will need to either increase our adjusted earnings or decrease our long-term debt to remain in compliance. Based on current forecasts, we believe that we will continue to remain in compliance with our debt covenant for at least the next twelve months. If we are is unable to improve profitability, reduce long-term debt or obtain additional financing, the related lack of liquidity or compliance with long-term debt covenants could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations.

As you read and consider this discussion and analysis, you should be aware that our historical results may not be indicative of future performance as a result of the opportunities, challenges, risks, trends and uncertainties discussed in section entitled “Overview” at the beginning of this management’s discussion and analysis and elsewhere throughout this Annual Report.

23

Sources of Cash

Our primary sources of cash are from our operations, from borrowings under long-term debt and from the release of restricted cash for standby letters of credit.

Operations

Adjusted EBITDA represents our gross profit, less selling, general and administrative expenses, and excludes stock-based compensation, transaction costs and certain other expenses. We use Adjusted EBITDA, among other purposes, as an approximation of the impact that our business operations have on cash flows prior to the impact of working capital changes. Adjusted EBITDA was $44.7 million and $39.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Additional information about our Adjusted EBITDA and changes thereto can be found at the end of the section entitled “Results of Operations” which immediately precedes this section.

Borrowings Under Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt, which consists primarily of our Revolving Loan and our Term Loan has been our most significant source of financing and amounted to 67% and 48% of our total assets at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. During 2013, we refinanced our long-term debt, among other reasons, to obtain additional financing and liquidity to support our operations. Net proceeds from our revolving credit facilities were $21.2 million, although these net borrowings were partially offset by $16.8 million of net cash we were required to deposit as collateral for standby letters of credit held by our prior lenders. Unless we are able to refinance our existing debt, our only remaining source of cash is our availability under the Revolving Loan. We intend to evaluate alternatives for refinancing our long-term debt in future periods.

Our liquidity varies on a daily basis depending upon:

• The timing of collections from customers, which are significant and generally have been consistently paid;

• Payroll for our employees, which is paid for the majority of employees on a biweekly basis;

• Payments to subcontractors, vendors and other service providers for operating costs and capital expenditures; and

• Debt service costs, including monthly payments of interest on our Amended Term Loan and Revolving Loan as well as quarterly amortization.

In order to maintain or improve our availability in future periods, we must maintain or improve our collections of accounts receivable, reduce outstanding standby letters of credit as we resolve outstanding insurance claims, or reduce borrowings under the Revolving Loan, or a combination thereof.

Releases of Restricted Cash

In connection with the July 2013 refinancing, the Company was required to deposit a total of $24.7 million of cash with its former lenders as collateral for outstanding standby letters of credit issued by the former lender to certain of the Company’s insurance carriers. In the fourth quarter of 2013, $7.9 million of that cash was released upon the transfer of standby letters of credit to the Revolving Loan facility as a draw-down under that facility. Additional cash may become available to us in future periods if the holders of the standby letters of credit, collateralized by our restricted cash, transfer the letters to our Revolving Loan facility. In March 2014 an additional $3.7 million in standby letters of credit were transferred to our Revolving Loan facility.

24

Uses of Cash

Our uses of cash include both contractual and non-contractual needs for cash.

We have entered into contractual obligations that are necessary to support our future business operations. Payments due under these obligations in 2014 include (i) interest and principal payments on our long-term debt obligations of $23.1 million and $7.5, million respectively, (ii) non-cancelable capital and operating lease arrangements, related primarily to our vehicle fleet and facilities, of $4.9 million and $9.7 million, respectively and (iii) certain other contractual obligations.

In addition to our contractual obligations, there are a number of other needs for cash that are necessary to run our business:

• Working capital — We collect cash from our customers and pay cash to employees, subcontractors and vendors over periods that can vary widely among each other, between segments of our business and among different customers within each business segment. Therefore, it is possible that we may not receive payment from customers for work performed prior to paying our employees, subcontractors or vendors, which results in a usage of cash for working capital;

• Insurance policies — We maintain high-deductible insurance policies for workers’ compensation, general liability, automobile, medical and dental claims. Because most claims against us do not exceed its deductibles, we are effectively self-insured for substantially all claims and;

• Capital expenditures — Most of our capital expenditures are discretionary and for the purpose of performing our work more efficiently. We also have a base level of maintenance capital expenditures related primarily to safety and protection equipment in both of our business segments.

Long-Term Debt Obligations

In response to tightening liquidity and events of default, during 2013 we refinanced our revolving credit facility and amended our prior term loan facility at considerably less favorable terms. We incurred a substantially non-cash extinguishment charge of $9.2 million during 2013, and deferred to future periods additional costs of $19.6 million (including the fair value attributed to our warrants issued in connection with the Amended Term Loan). Interest rates increased by 600 – 675 basis points, and our revised covenants will require us to achieve challenging earnings targets and borrowing levels. However, the revised facilities also increased our availability by up to $20.0 million going into 2014, providing what we believe to be an adequate level of financing for 2014.

Our Revolving Loan has a face amount of $75.0 million with up to $35.0 million available for issuance of standby letters of credit. The Revolving Loan facility may be used for general business purposes, and amounts may be drawn or repaid in unlimited repetition up to the maximum allowed amount so long as no event of default has occurred and is continuing. Interest is payable in cash at a rate equal to either (i) LIBOR (with a floor of 1.00%) plus a margin of 9.25%; or (ii) an alternate base rate (equal to the greatest of three other variable rates, as defined) plus a margin of 8.25%. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Loan facility was 10.25% at December 31, 2013. The Revolving Loan is subject to a commitment fee of 2.00% on the unused portion of the facility. standby letters of credit may be issued up to the maximum amount at an annual interest rate equal to 9.00%. The Revolving Loan facility matures on April 15, 2016.

The face amount of the Amended Term Loan facility is $135.0 million. The Amended Term Loan facility requires quarterly repayments totaling 1.00% per annum of the face amount until maturity. Interest is payable (i) in cash, at a rate equal to either (a) LIBOR (with a floor of 1.50%) plus a margin of 9.50% or (b) an alternate base rate (equal to the greatest of three other variable rates, as defined) plus a margin of 8.50%; and (ii) in an amount added to the principal amount of the Amended Term Loan facility at an annual rate equal to 4.00% of the outstanding balance. The interest rate on the Amended Term Loan facility was 15.00% at December 31, 2013. The Amended Term Loan facility matures on April 15, 2018.

We also hold a redeemable obligation payable to the former owners of Skylink, in connection with our purchase of substantially all of Skylink’s assets in September 2012. The obligation accrues interest at an amount equal to 10.00% per annum commencing on May 31, 2013. The obligation also contains an equity redemption feature permitting the sellers to convert unpaid amounts into a maximum of 3,715,915 shares of the Company’s common stock, which amount is equal to 19.9% of the number of shares outstanding as of September 13, 2012, the date of the purchase agreement for the acquisition of Skylink. The conversion price would be calculated based on the 20 days trailing volume-weighted average of the closing prices of the common stock as of the date of the conversion. Any unpaid amounts not so converted would remain payable in cash up to a maximum of the $6.2 million amount of the obligation.

Assuming that interest rates, principal and the terms of our debt remain unchanged, each year we will be required to pay approximately $20.6 million of cash interest with an additional $6.3 million added to debt principal and payable upon maturity. We intend to evaluate alternatives for refinancing our long-term debt in future periods.

25

Capital and Operating Lease Obligations

We rent office space, equipment, trucks and other assets under non-cancelable leases. Depending upon contractual terms and the characteristics of the leased assets, leases are classified as either capital or operating. Our ability to enter into new capital lease obligations is limited by our long-term debt obligations, which provide that our capital lease obligations may not exceed $15.0 million.

Overall, lease payments have trended consistent with the growth of our business. Capital lease payments were $8.2 million and $11.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Operating lease expense, including short-term rentals for our Engineering and Construction segment, which approximates operating lease payments, was $14.0 million and $10.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Working Capital

Working capital has a significant impact on our liquidity and capital resources because (i) changes in working capital directly impact our operating cash flows; and (ii) our accounts receivable balance affects the amount available to us under our Revolving Loan. We typically need to invest in additional working capital when we experience growth in our business, particularly in our Engineering and Construction segment, because of the longer collection cycles for accounts receivable and the need to purchase material inventories to support construction projects. We also may need to invest in working capital in response to the needs of our customers whose liquidity may fluctuate based on funding sources, macroeconomic and other factors. Our working capital needs are also subject to seasonal increases from approximately April to November caused by the impact of favorable weather in our Engineering and Construction segment and seasonal customer demand within our Fulfillment segment. 

Our billing terms generally range from 21 to 60 days, although collection cycles in our Engineering and Construction segment are lengthened by an additional period of time after work commenced before we are able to bill the customer. In addition, we also maintain inventory to meet the material requirements of certain of our contracts, primarily within the Fulfillment segment. Our vendors typically offer us terms ranging from 30 to 60 days, while our agreements with subcontractors are generally 14 to 21 days in the Fulfillment segment and 30 to 60 days in the Engineering and Construction segment.

Insurance Policies

We maintain insurance policies for workers’ compensation, general liability, automobile, medical and dental claims. Our insurance policies carry high deductibles that range from $0.3 million per claim for general liability claims to as much as $0.5 million per claim for certain of our other insurance policies. Because most claims against us do not exceed our deductibles, we are effectively self-insured in the United States. Insurance claims may take several years to completely settle. Consequently, actuarial estimates are required to project the ultimate cost that will be incurred to fully resolve the claims. A number of factors can affect the actual cost of a claim, including the length of time the claim remains open, trends in health care costs and the results of related litigation. Furthermore, claims may emerge in future years for events that occurred in a prior year at a rate that differs from previous actuarial projections. We believe that our estimated reserves for such claims are adequate, but actual experience in claim frequency or severity, or both, could materially differ from our estimates and affect our results of operations and liquidity. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, our accrued insurance was $17.7 million and $16.2 million, respectively.

Our insurance programs require us to establish standby letters of credit for the benefit of our insurers for claims or potential claims in excess of our deductibles. Further, our insurance carriers recently required us to deposit funds with them to cover portions of our self-insured claims. At December 31, 2013, standby letters of credit outstanding were $23.8 million, including $7.8 million in standby standby letters of credit issued under our Revolving Loan facility and $16.8 million collateralized by our restricted cash, and funds deposited with our insurers of $6.3 million. The standby letters of credit and insurance deposits have reduced our availability under our revolving credit agreement and therefore our liquidity. In the future, we may have increased liquidity should standby letters of credit be released but this could be offset by insurance claims paid from operating cash flows. If we are required to issue additional standby letters of credit or deposit additional amounts with our insurers, our liquidity could decrease. In March 2014, (i) an additional $3.7 million in standby letters of credit collaterialized by restricted cash at December 31, 2013 were transferred to the Revolving Loan facility and cash became available, and (ii) $2.4 million of standby letters of credit issued under the Revolving Loan facility were cancelled by the holder.

Capital Expenditures

The Company has discretionary capital expenditures related to vehicles, test equipment, electronic devices, tools, software systems and other items related to performing work more efficiently. Capital expenditures were $2.4 million and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We plan to continue making investments in our business to support our strategy of continued growth. However, our ability to invest in capital is limited by our Amended Term Loan agreement which provides that capital expenditures may be no greater than $8.0 million, plus any unused limits from prior years, in 2014 and each subsequent year thereafter.

26

Comparison of Historical Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our historical cash flows:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	10,053		$	8,950
Investing activities	$	(304	)	$	(14,932	)
Financing activities	$	(11,968	)	$	9,254

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash flows from operating activities increased $1.1 million. The increase in operating cash flows was driven by changes in working capital and lower restructuring payments, partially offset by higher cash paid for interest. Excluding changes in accrued restructuring, net cash used for working capital was $5.2 million during the year endedDecember 31, 2013 and $9.7 million during the year endedDecember 31, 2012, an improvement in cash flows of $4.4 million. We have renewed our focus on working capital management in light of our tightening liquidity, as previously discussed in the section entitled “Overview” and under the subheading “Working Capital” appearing earlier in this section. Restructuring payments decreased $2.4 million year over year reflecting the wind down of our management restructuring program. These improvements were substantially offset by interest payments, which increased $6.7 million year over year, the reasons for which are discussed the section entitled “Results of Operations” under the subheading “Interest Expense.”

Cash Flows used in Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities declined $14.6 million. The decline was driven primarily as a result of no cash being paid for acquisitions in 2013 compared to $16.9 million of cash paid for the acquisitions of Skylink’s assets and cable fulfillment businesses during 2012. We also spent less on capital expenditures in 2013 by $3.3 million compared to 2012. These improvements were partially offset by our not receiving cash proceeds from the sale of businesses in 2013 compared to receiving $5.4 million of cash for the sale of the Wireline Group during 2012.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Cash flows from financing activities decreased $21.2 million. The decrease was driven by changes in net proceeds from our long-term debt of $23.8 million, with the remaining net change caused by a number of significant items that substantially offset one another. We received proceeds from our Amended Term Loan facilities of $33.8 million during 2012 as a result of exercising the accordion feature of our facility, with no additional proceeds during 2013. This was partially offset by an increase of $9.9 million in net proceeds received from our revolving credit facilities year over year. The remaining net changes, which substantially offset one another, were:

• Net payments of $16.8 million during 2013 as collateral for standby letters of credit held by our former lenders discussed previously under the subheading, “Releases of Restricted Cash”;

• Payments of $21.5 million during 2012 in connection with earn-outs provided for under the Pinnacle and Skylink asset purchase agreements;

• An increase of $5.8 million in payments of financing costs resulting from the refinancing of our debt in 2013 and the increase in borrowings under our Term Loan facility during 2012; and

• A reduction of $3.4 million in payments for capital lease obligations.

27

Debt Security Provisions and Financial Condition Covenants

Our Revolving Loan and Amended Term Loan facilities require us to make customary representations and warranties and contain provisions for repayment, guarantees and other security. The Revolving Loan facility provides the lenders a first lien security interest in our accounts receivable and inventory, and the Amended Term Loan facility provides a second lien interest in our accounts receivable and inventory and a first lien interest in all of our other assets. The Revolving Loan and Amended Term Loan facilities also provide for customary events of default (which are in some cases subject to certain exceptions, thresholds and grace periods) including, but not limited to, nonpayment of principal and interest, failure to perform or observe covenants, breaches of representations and warranties and certain bankruptcy-related events.

Our revolving credit and Amended Term Loan facilities require us to comply with customary affirmative and negative covenants, and our Amended Term Loan facility further requires us to maintain the following financial condition covenants:

• a Consolidated Leverage Ratio, no greater than specified amounts, representing the Company’s long-term debt divided by Adjusted EBITDA; and

• a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, no less than specified amounts, representing the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA divided by fixed charges.

The following table presents the specified amounts of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

	Consolidated Leverage Ratio		Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
Twelve months ending:
December 31, 2013	4.90	:1.00	1.32	:1.00
March 31, 2014	4.87	:1.00	1.25	:1.00
June 30, 2014	4.26	:1.00	1.31	:1.00
September 30, 2014	4.11	:1.00	1.32	:1.00
December 31, 2014	3.94	:1.00	1.38	:1.00
December 31, 2015	3.11	:1.00	1.76	:1.00
December 31, 2016	2.38	:1.00	2.22	:1.00
December 31, 2017 and thereafter	1.65	:1.00	2.82	:1.00

In the event of noncompliance with these financial condition covenants or other defined events of default, the lenders are entitled to certain remedies, including accelerated repayment of amounts outstanding.

Our Revolving Loan facility contains a subjective acceleration clause that can be triggered if the lenders determine that we have experienced a material adverse change. If triggered by the lenders, this clause would create events of default with respect to both our revolving credit and Amended Term Loan facilities, which in turn would permit the lenders to accelerate repayment of those obligations.

At December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Because these ratios become more restrictive over time, the Company will need to either increase its Adjusted EBITDA, decrease its long-term debt (including a reduction of cash collateralized standby letters of credit) or decrease its fixed charges such as cash paid for debt service, capital expenditures and income taxes, to remain in compliance.

28

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), which require us to make various estimates and assumptions. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. As management estimates, by their nature, involve judgment regarding future uncertainties, actual results may differ from these estimates if conditions change or if the assumptions used in making these estimates ultimately prove to be incorrect. Such changes in estimates are reflected in our results of operations in the period in which the changes are made, and if material, their effects are disclosed.

We believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. This is because the nature of these policies requires us to make significant or complex judgments and estimates and because the impact of these policies was material to either our financial condition or our results of operations, or both. Refer to Note 3 of Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for further information about our significant accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenues are recognized net of any estimated allowances.

Fulfillment

We recognize revenues from installation and fulfillment services as the services are rendered. Fulfillment services are performed pursuant to work orders under master service or similar types of service agreements that specify units of service to be performed for a contractually stated fixed price per unit. Revenues from fulfillment services are reported net of equipment costs payable to the customer because we act as an agent with respect to the equipment. Generally, the recognition of revenues in the Fulfillment segment does not require significant estimates or assumptions.

Revenues from this segment were $316.9 million and $305.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Engineering and Construction

We recognize revenues from wireless telecommunication construction, project management and systems integration contracts under the percentage of completion method based on the percentage of costs incurred to date compared to estimated total costs at completion. Such services are performed pursuant to work orders under agreements or master agreements that specify units of service to be performed for a contractually stated price per unit that we are entitled to receive upon satisfactory completion of each unit. Contracts generally become billable upon satisfaction of contractually specified performance milestones per individual contract terms or, in most cases, for work completed to date in the event of project termination. We combine contracts when they are, in effect, parts of a single project with an overall profit margin. Costs used to determine percentage of completion include direct costs such as materials, labor and subcontractor costs and indirect costs specifically allocable or identifiable to each contract, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools and repairs. Contract losses are recognized currently if it becomes known that a contract will be performed at an overall loss.

Unbilled contract revenues represent revenues recognized pursuant to such contracts that are not yet billed or billable pursuant to contract terms. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings represent the value of services to customers that have been billed as of the balance sheet date but for which the requisite services have not yet been rendered.

Certain contracts include multiple deliverables, specifically systems integration contracts with a separate maintenance component for a specific period of time following implementation. The maintenance component of these contracts is typically for a period of one to ten years. We account for the maintenance component of these contracts as a separate unit of accounting with the revenue being recognized on a pro rata basis over the term of the maintenance period. The revenue for the remaining portion of the contract is recognized on the percentage of completion method. The value assigned to each unit of accounting is determined primarily based upon its separate selling price. The liability associated with these maintenance contracts is reflected within other current liabilities and other liabilities.

29

Costs relating to customer claims and change orders are expensed in the period incurred unless approved by the customer or persuasive evidence exists that the costs will be recovered, in which case they are included in our estimates of total contract revenues and costs. We determine the likelihood that costs relating to claims and change orders will be recovered based upon past practices or specific discussions, correspondence or negotiation with the customer.

At any time we have numerous contracts in progress which can be at various stages of completion. The percentage of completion method requires estimates of progress towards completion to determine the extent of revenue and earnings recognition. We review and revise our determination of total contract revenues and our estimates of total cost quarterly as work progresses. Any adjustments to earnings arising from such revisions are made cumulatively through the date of revision and are included in results of operations in the period of revision. The most significant estimates that we must make in order to recognize revenues are determining (i) the total estimated cost of each project at completion, including whether and when any contracts will be performed at an overall loss, and therefore recognizing that loss immediately; (ii) the relative values of each unit of accounting under multiple-element arrangements; (iii) the likelihood that costs related to claims and change orders will be recoverable; and (iv) for certain contracts, the estimation of total contract revenue. Such estimates, by their nature, involve judgment regarding future uncertainties and could result in significant changes in estimate in the future.

Revenues from this segment were $155.1 million and $132.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Impairment Testing of Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

We review our goodwill for impairment at least annually or more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which indicates that their carrying amount may exceed their fair value. The annual impairment review is performed as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year based upon information and estimates available at that time. To perform the impairment testing, we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. We then estimate the fair value of each reporting unit not meeting the qualitative criteria and compare their fair value to their carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we determine the implied fair value of goodwill assigned to that reporting unit by deducting the estimated fair value of its net assets, other than goodwill, from its overall fair value. If the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, we recognize an impairment charge for the difference.

We review other long-lived assets, consisting primarily of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. In analyzing recoverability, we use projections of future undiscounted cash flows from the assets. These projections are based on estimated growth rates for the related business, anticipated future economic conditions and estimated residual values. If the future undiscounted cash flows of such assets are less than their carrying value, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which their carrying value exceeds their fair value.

The profitability of individual reporting units or other assets may suffer periodically from completion or loss of projects that are not replenished, downturns in customer demand, the high level of competition within our industry, the concentration of revenues among a few customers, and economic slowdowns. Individual reporting units may be relatively more impacted by these factors than our Company as a whole. As a result, demand for the services of one or more of our reporting units could decline resulting in an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets. For example, we incurred goodwill impairment charges related to our Wireless, Broadband Cable and Wireline reporting units during each of 2013 and 2012, as discussed in further detail below.

The carrying value of our goodwill was $98.6 million and $121.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The carrying value of our other long-lived assets was $54.1 million and $75.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Annual Tests of Impairment

We performed our most recent annual goodwill impairment test as of September 29, 2013, the first day of our fourth fiscal quarter. When we performed our annual goodwill impairment test, we determined that the fair value of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value. We determined fair value using a combination of the market-based approach and the income approach relying on a discounted cash flow analysis. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach. The discounted cash flow methodology includes five-year projections of revenues, operating costs and cash flows considering historical and anticipated future results, general market conditions, and the impact of planned business and operational strategies. The terminal value has been estimated through the use of the Gordon Growth Model. This model estimates a terminal value through the capitalization of a stabilized amount that is assumed to grow annually at a constant growth rate (3%). These projections are based on our internal business model for 2013 used in connection with the refinancing of our debt which occurred in July 2013, and for the four subsequent years beyond 2013. The growth rates we used are an estimate of the future growth in the industry in which we participate. This forecast represented the best information available to the Company at the time of date of the annual goodwill impairment test. The discount rates used in the discounted cash flow was

30

estimated to be 18.6% per annum, and are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit and are based on an estimated market participant’s cost of capital.

Based on known or knowable information at the time of our annual testing, as noted above, our analysis indicated that the fair value of each reporting unit was above its carrying value as of September 29, 2013. However, the fair value of the Wireless reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount by less than 1%. Because of the narrow passing margin at September 29, 2013, management of the Company continued to closely monitor the results of the reporting unit subsequent to the annual September 29, 2013 impairment test.

Interim Tests of Impairment

During the three months ended September 28, 2013, we determined that certain amortizable intangible assets of the Wireless reporting unit with a carrying value of $1.1 million were fully impaired based on information received from prospective buyers while considering the possible disposition of these assets (Level 2 measurements) and recorded an impairment charge in that amount.

During late 2013, as a result of changes in our business, we determined that certain revenue growth assumptions and related profitability assumptions used previously in determining reporting unit fair values at September 29, 2013 would not be achieved. As a result, management determined that indicators of impairment existed at December 31, 2013 and performed interim impairment testing of goodwill and long-lived assets based on revised forecasts for Wireless and the Broadband Cable reporting units and determined the carrying value of both exceeded their respective fair values. We determined fair value using a combination of the market-based approach and the income approach relying on a discounted cash flow analysis (Level 3 measurements). Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach. The discounted cash flow methodology includes five-year projections of revenues, operating costs and cash flows considering historical and anticipated future results, general market conditions, and the impact of planned business and operational strategies. The terminal value has been estimated through the use of the Gordon Growth Model. This model estimates a terminal value through the capitalization of a stabilized amount that is assumed to grow annually at a constant growth rate (3%). These projections are based on our internal business model for 2014, and for the four subsequent years beyond 2014, developed as part of our budget process and to be used as we explore refinancing alternatives. The growth rates we used are an estimate of the future growth in the industry in which the reporting unit participates. This forecast represented the best information available to the Company at the time. The discount rates used in the discounted cash flows ranged from 20.5% to 21.3%, and are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit and are based on an estimated market participant’s cost of capital.

For the second step of the impairment test, the Company allocated the fair value of the each reporting unit to all of their respective assets and liabilities based on their respective fair values at the date of the impairment test. The Company then compared the implied fair value of the Wireless reporting unit’s goodwill of $10.6 million and the Broadband Cable reporting unit’s goodwill of $26.0 million to their carrying amounts. Since the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, the Company recognized impairment non-cash charges of $10.6 million and $12.7 million for the Wireless and Broadband Cable reporting units, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Company also performed long-lived asset impairment tests, which compared the future undiscounted cash flows of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets of the Wireless and Broadband Cable reporting units to their carrying values. Each passed with considerable margin.

Should actual future results differ from those projections used in the impairment testing, or should our assumptions prove to be incorrect, the fair value of the reporting units could decline further, which could result in additional in impairment for these reporting units. Management of the Company will continue to closely monitor the results of operations of the Broadband Cable reporting unit subsequent to the December 31, 2013 to monitor for indications of further impairment. Subsequent to the recognition of impairment charges, at December 31, 2013 remaining goodwill was $85.3 million and $13.3 million for the DirectSat and Broadband Cable reporting units, respectively.

During the third quarter of 2012, we committed to a plan to sell the net assets of our wireline business unit (the “Wireline Group”). As a result of committing to this plan, we performed interim tests of impairment of the property and equipment and the goodwill of the Wireline Group.

We estimated the future cash flows of the property and equipment of the Wireline Group and determined that their carrying value exceeded both the sum of their undiscounted cash flows and their fair value, resulting in an impairment charge of $2.2 million. The estimated future cash flows used in the undiscounted cash flow test and the fair value measurement were based on anticipated growth rates for the Wireline Group, future economic conditions and residual values (Level 3 measurements).

We estimated the fair value of the Wireline Group, which also represents a reporting unit under GAAP, and determined that the implied fair value of the goodwill was zero, resulting in an impairment charge of $33.0 million. The fair value of the goodwill was

31

implied by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit and subtracting from that the fair values of the assets attributable to the reporting unit other than goodwill. The fair value of the reporting unit was determined by considering both a market approach, including private bid information obtained by us (Level 2 measurements) and the future discounted cash flows attributable to the reporting unit, which was determined using our internal operating forecasts, weighted-average cost of capital, and certain other assumptions (Level 3 measurements). The fair values of the other assets and liabilities attributable to the reporting unit, other than property and equipment, were calculated using historical cost, which was materially representative of their fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of the assets and liabilities (Level 2 measurements) and was used only for purposes of calculating the implied fair value of goodwill. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from uncollectible accounts. We record a specific reserve for known or suspected doubtful accounts receivable. For all other accounts, we record a general reserve based on the length of time receivables are past due and historical write-off experience. We evaluate the adequacy of the reserve using several factors including the age of receivables, historical collections experience with the customer, changes in the customer’s credit worthiness or financial condition, availability of liens, payment bonds or other sources of payment, and current industry and economic trends. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when they are deemed uncollectible. The provision for doubtful accounts is recorded as a reduction to revenues or in selling, general and administrative expenses depending upon whether the related revenues have been billed to the customer.

If our estimates of the collectibility of accounts receivable change, we may be required to adjust the allowance for doubtful accounts, which could increase or decrease our profitability.

Accounts receivable, net, was $73.4 million and $102.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and our allowance for doubtful accounts was $4.9 million and $6.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Accrued Insurance

We maintain high-deductible insurance policies for workers’ compensation, general liability, automobile, medical and dental claims. Because most claims against us do not exceed our deductibles, we are effectively self-insured for substantially all claims. Accrued insurance represents our estimate of the loss that will ultimately be incurred on reported claims and claims that have been incurred but not yet reported. Our insurance accruals incorporate historical loss experience and judgments about the present and expected levels of cost per claim. Trends in actual experience are a significant factor in the determination of such reserves. We update our estimates and the appropriateness of our reserves quarterly based upon known facts, historical trends and our judgments regarding future claims.

Insurance claims may take several years to completely settle. Consequently, actuarial estimates are required to project the ultimate cost that will be incurred to fully resolve the claims. A number of factors can affect the actual cost of a claim, including the length of time the claim remains open, trends in health care costs and the results of related litigation. Furthermore, claims may emerge in future years for events that occurred in a prior year at a rate that differs from previous actuarial projections. We believe that the amounts we have accrued for such claims are adequate, but actual experience in claim frequency or severity, or both, could materially differ from our estimates and impact our results of operations.

Accrued insurance was $17.7 million and $16.2 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense or benefit consists of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes related to differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be deductible or taxable when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through income tax expense or benefit.

We establish tax valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets, such as tax loss carry forwards, to net realizable value. We consider future pretax income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the net realizable value of deferred tax assets and the need for such a valuation allowance. In the event that we determine that we may not be able to realize all or part of the net deferred tax asset in the future, a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset is charged against income tax expense or benefit in the period such determination is made. The establishment of the valuation allowance does not preclude us from utilizing its deferred tax assets in the future; however, we have experienced ownership changes as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, and therefore the use of tax loss carry forwards is subject to limitation.

We provide an intra-period tax allocation of income tax expense or benefit to continuing operations and discontinued operations.

32

As of December 31, 2013, we have net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $138.0 million for federal income tax purposes, prior to consideration of valuation allowances, which begin to expire in 2014. Based on our history of operating losses and our forecasts for future periods, we have determined that it is more likely than not that the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and other temporary differences will not be realized. Accordingly, we established valuation allowances against the related deferred tax assets of $97.0 million as of December 31, 2013. If we ultimately are able to utilize these deferred tax assets to offset taxable income in future periods, we could recognize a significant income tax benefit that could improve our results of operations by a material amount.

Contingent Consideration

We recognize the acquisition date fair value of contingent consideration as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. Contingent consideration is classified as either a liability or equity in accordance with GAAP. If classified as a liability, the liability is remeasured to fair value at each subsequent reporting date until the contingency is resolved, with changes in fair value recorded on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss. If classified as equity, contingent consideration is not remeasured, and subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

The subsequent remeasurement of contingent consideration requires us to make significant estimates and judgments of, among other things, the future results against which contingent consideration is based. The sections that follow describe the judgments and estimates made in connection with the remeasurement of contingent consideration for our business acquisitions.

Expense related to contingent consideration was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, and income related to contingent consideration was $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Contingent consideration was $1.9 million at December 31, 2012. There was no contingent consideration at December 31, 2013.

Pinnacle

The agreement to purchase the assets of Pinnacle Wireless, Inc. provided for the payment of contingent consideration in the form of earn-out payments, not to exceed $30.0 million, based on the achievement of contractual EBITDA performance targets for the six months ended September 30, 2011, the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and/or the twelve months ended March 31, 2013. The asset purchase agreement provided that if the September 30, 2011 or March 31, 2012 performance targets were not met, the entire earn-out, or some portion thereof, still could be earned based on Pinnacle’s actual EBITDA attained for the twelve months ending March 31, 2013. The Company used a Monte Carlo simulation model applied to its estimate of Pinnacle’s expected EBITDA performance at each of the measurement dates to estimate the fair value of the potential earn-out. The significant assumptions used in this valuation methodology depended upon considerable judgment and included forecasted EBITDA, an estimate of the volatility of Pinnacle’s earnings based upon a selected peer group, and an interest rate tied to the Company’s credit risk profile with terms approximating the earn-out periods. Utilizing the estimated peer group volatility and an estimated range of EBITDA outcomes between 80% and 120% of the estimated EBITDA, the estimated range of outcomes on an undiscounted basis was expected to be between $17.4 million and $30.0 million as of the purchase date on April 3, 2011.

At December 31, 2011, the estimated fair value of the earn-out of $14.9 million was based on (i) Pinnacle’s actual 2011 EBITDA, (ii) Pinnacle’s revised EBITDA forecasts for the twelve month periods ending March 31, 2012 and 2013, and (iii) payments of $2.4 million made against the liability during the year ended December 31, 2011. Based on Pinnacle’s pre-restatement EBITDA data, the Company transferred an additional $19.5 million and $5.8 million in cash and shares of common stock, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2012. These payments exceeded the fair value of the liability at December 31, 2011, resulting in expense related to contingent consideration of $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Based upon the restated financial information for Pinnacle and other currently available information, we have concluded that no earn-out was payable under the agreement to purchase the assets of Pinnacle Wireless, Inc. The Company intends to seek repayment of the contingent consideration paid, and any amount recovered will be reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss at such time as the amount is determined and the gain has been realized. There can be no assurance that any such amount will be recovered.

Skylink

The fair value of contingent consideration payable to the former owners of Skylink was calculated using the average of probability-weighted contingent consideration payments resulting from expected revenues at each of the measurement dates. The significant assumptions used in these calculations included forecasted revenues and the estimated likelihood for each performance scenario. The acquisition-date fair value of the Skylink contingent consideration of $5.3 million, of which $3.5 million was paid during the year ended December 31, 2012, reflected the Company’s belief that the revenue target was highly likely to be fully met. The final earn-out was determined at the end of its measurement period in 2013, with negligible changes to fair value, and subsequently reclassified to

33

current portion of long-term debt on May 31, 2013, as discussed further at Note 10 of Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation and other contingencies are reflected in the consolidated financial statements based on management’s assessments of the expected outcome of legal proceedings or the expected resolution of other contingencies. Liabilities for estimated losses are accrued if the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether the amount of an exposure is reasonably estimable. Due to uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, management reassesses potential liabilities related to pending claims and litigation and may revise its previous estimates.

We are unable to predict the outcome of legal and regulatory matters. Our accounting and disclosures of these matters are based on our best judgments as to the probability of adverse ruling and our estimates of the resulting damages to us. Even if we believe that the ultimate resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations, if actual future legal judgments or amounts differ from our estimates, our results or operations or financial condition could be significantly harmed.

New Accounting Pronouncements

There were no recently issued accounting pronouncements that significantly affected the consolidated financial statements or any yet-to-be-adopted accounting standards that, when adopted, are expected to materially affect the consolidated financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As is common in our industry, we have entered into certain off-balance sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business that result in risks not directly reflected in our balance sheets. Our significant off-balance sheet transactions include: (i) obligations associated with non-cancelable operating leases; (ii) letter of credit obligations; (iii) performance guarantees in the form of surety bonds; and (iv) employment agreements with certain current and former officers. We have not engaged in any material off-balance sheet financing arrangements through special purpose entities, and we have no material guarantees of the work or obligations of third parties.

Operating Leases

We enter into non-cancelable operating leases for many of our facility, vehicle and equipment needs. These leases allow us to conserve cash by paying a monthly lease rental fee for use of facilities, vehicles and equipment rather than purchasing them. We may decide to cancel or terminate a lease before the end of its term, in which case we are typically liable to the lessor for the remaining lease payments under the term of the lease.

We have guaranteed the residual value of the underlying assets under certain of our equipment operating leases at the date of termination of such leases. We have agreed to pay any difference between this residual value and the fair market value of each underlying asset as of the lease termination date. We believe that no significant payments will be made as a result of the difference between the fair market value of the leased equipment and the guaranteed residual value. However, there can be no assurance that future significant payments will not be required.

Letter of Credit Obligations

Certain of our vendors require standby letters of credit to ensure reimbursement for amounts they are disbursing on our behalf, such as to beneficiaries under our high-deductible insurance programs. In addition, from time to time, certain customers require us to post standby letters of credit to ensure payment to our subcontractors and vendors under those contracts and to guarantee performance under our contracts. Such standby letters of credit are generally issued by a bank or similar financial institution, typically pursuant to our credit facility. Each standby letter of credit commits the issuer to pay specified amounts to the holder of the standby letter of credit if the holder demonstrates that we have failed to perform specified actions. If this were to occur, we would be required to reimburse the issuer of the standby letter of credit. Depending on the circumstances of such a reimbursement, we may also be required to record a charge to earnings for the reimbursement. We do not believe that it is likely that any material claims will be made under a standby letter of credit in the foreseeable future.

34

At December 31, 2013, we had $7.8 million in standby letters of credit outstanding under our Revolving Loan facility and $16.8 million in cash collateralized standby letters of credit with our former lenders, primarily to secure obligations under our high-deductible insurance programs. These are irrevocable standby letters of credit with maturities generally expiring at various times throughout 2014 and 2015. Upon maturity, it is expected that the majority of these standby letters of credit will be renewed for subsequent one-year periods. We expect that the total standby letters of credit issued and outstanding may continue to increase, depending upon our loss and claim history under our existing high-deductible insurance plans. In March 2014, (i) $3.7 million in cash collateralized standby letters of credit were transferred to our Revolving Loan facility and (ii) $2.4 million of standby letters of credit issued under our Revolving Loan facility were cancelled by the holder.

Performance Guarantees

Many customers, particularly in connection with new construction, require us to post performance and payment bonds issued by a financial institution known as a surety. These bonds provide a guarantee to the customer that we will perform under the terms of a contract and that we will pay subcontractors and vendors. If we fail to perform under a contract or to pay subcontractors and vendors, the customer may demand that the surety make payments or provide services under the bond. We must reimburse the surety for any expenses or outlays it incurs.

Performance bonds are unrelated to our availability under our Revolving Loan facility; however, we may be required to post standby letters of credit or other collateral in favor of the sureties or our customers in the future. Posting standby letters of credit in favor of the sureties or our customers would reduce the borrowing availability under our credit facility. To date, we have not been required to make any reimbursements to our sureties for bond-related costs, and we believe that it is unlikely that we will have to fund significant claims under our surety arrangements in the foreseeable future.

At December 31, 2013 the total amount of outstanding performance bonds was approximately $46.4 million.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers. If certain events were to occur, such as their termination without cause, we would become obligated to pay severance, and in some cases their unvested equity awards could immediately vest. Refer to the section entitled “Executive Compensation” under the subheading “Employment Agreements” within Item 11, “Executive Compensation” for additional details.

Inflation, Climate Change and Cybersecurity

We do not believe that our business has been or will be materially impacted by inflation, climate change or cybersecurity. However, there can be no assurance that these factors will not have a material effect on our operations in the future.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The consolidated financial statements of UniTek Global Services, Inc. and subsidiaries are presented at the end of this report beginning on page F-1.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

This item includes information concerning the controls and control evaluations referred to in the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act included in this Report as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by this report. The purpose of this evaluation is to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is accumulated and communicated to our management,

35

including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As described below, our management has identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which is an integral component of our disclosure controls and procedures. As a result of those material weaknesses, we concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2013. Notwithstanding the existence of the material weaknesses described below, both our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer has concluded that the consolidated financial statements in this report fairly present, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates and for the periods presented, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements and the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992 Framework) (the “COSO criteria”). The COSO criteria highlights that the control environment sets the tone of the organization, influences the control consciousness of its people, and is the foundation for all other components of internal control over financial reporting.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. As a result of this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2013 because of the material weaknesses set forth below.

We have made progress implementing new control activities related to the material weaknesses discussed below under “Management’s Plan for Remediation.” However, not all ineffective control activities identified in our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 had been remediated as of December 31, 2013 and certain controls had not operated effectively for a sufficient period of time to allow us to conclude that the material weaknesses had been remediated. Therefore, management concluded that there were material weaknesses as of December 31, 2013. Management has identified the following deficiencies that constituted material weaknesses:

• We did not maintain adequate entity level monitoring controls to prevent, or detect and correct, errors in recording financial results within the Wireless reporting unit. Operating unit management was allowed the authority to determine accounting policies and to make accounting decisions without adequate corporate oversight;

• We did not design, maintain or monitor effective controls and procedures over the accurate recording, presentation and disclosure of revenue and related costs that are accounted for under the percentage of completion method of accounting within the Wireless reporting unit. Specifically, we did not design, maintain or monitor effective controls and procedures primarily related to the appropriate segmentation or combination, and maintenance, of individual contracts; the estimation of total contract revenue, including the impact of claims and change orders; the determination of the appropriate timing of recognition of contract costs; and the appropriate revision of estimates of total costs to complete contracts; and

• We did not have a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience, and training in both the application of GAAP and to perform processes and controls in the financial close process commensurate

36

with the nature and complexity of the Company’s transactions to prevent or detect and correct material misstatements in a timely manner.

Management’s Plan for Remediation

Management is committed to the implementation of a plan to address the material weaknesses and to ensure that each area affected by a material control weakness is adequately remediated. These remediation efforts, summarized below, portions of which are either implemented or in process, are intended to both address the identified material weaknesses and to enhance our overall financial control environment:

Management is in the process of implementing an enhanced review process at the corporate level wherein systematic review of the status of in-process contracts and evaluation of the assumptions, estimates and other information used to recognize revenues. In December 2012 we completed the implementation of our Oracle ERP system at the Wireless reporting unit, which we view as an integral part of the design and implementation of new transaction-level controls responsive to certain issues noted above. Further, we continue to enhance relevant accounting policies, procedures and processes to ensure that they are documented and standardized across the Company, circulated to the appropriate constituencies and reviewed and updated on a periodic basis.

The process and related internal controls for revenue recognition accounting within the Wireless reporting unit continue to be improved to ensure effective management review of contract terms, timely and accurate preparation of initial and updated detailed cost estimates, effective communication with accounting personnel, and effective management review and approval of the revenue recognition assumptions, calculations and conclusions.

In addition to our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President and Corporate Controller hired during 2013, the Company has engaged with and is in the process of recruiting fully qualified, appropriately credentialed candidates to take certain finance and accounting positions in both the corporate office and in the Wireless reporting unit. These candidates will possess an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience, and training in the application of GAAP, including the application of the percentage of completion method of accounting, and will have the appropriate reporting responsibilities to corporate management. We have implemented changes and improvements in our internal control over financial reporting, including the following:

• Implementation of process level policies and procedures over the financial close process to ensure reconciliations were accurate in all material respects, completed in a timely manner, and properly reviewed by management;

• Implementation of improved journal entry procedures; and

• Implementation of policy and procedures related to IT General Controls including user access, change management, and procedures designed to ensure adequate segregation of duties.

When fully implemented and operational, management believes the measures described above will remediate the material weaknesses identified and strengthen internal control over financial reporting. The Company is committed to continuing to improve its internal control processes and will continue to diligently and vigorously review its financial reporting controls and procedures. As we continue to evaluate and work to improve our internal control over financial reporting, our management may determine to take additional measures to address the material weaknesses or determine to modify, or in appropriate circumstances not to complete, certain of the remediation measures described above.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we evaluated the remedial actions to address a select material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. As a result of the actions described below, our management concluded that we have remediated the following material weakness:

• We did not design or maintain effective procedures for handling complaints and concerns about questionable accounting matters, nor did we maintain adequate internal audit monitoring controls for the complete and timely investigation and reporting of significant matters to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors.

• Remedial Action - We have enhanced a whistleblower hotline that is administered by a third party and reported to senior members of management in addition to the Company’s Audit Committee. We have also improved and communicated to all employees a website to report all complaints and concerns. The Company code of business conduct and ethics has been updated to reflect the hotline and website information.

• The Internal Audit function’s direct reporting responsibility to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors has been emphasized and is now monitored by the General Counsel / Chief Compliance Officer. Further, in August 2013 the Company engaged a nationally-recognized internal audit firm to provide the Company additional internal audit professionals qualified and experienced in internal audit standards of practice.

37

Other than as described above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

On March 27, 2014, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors took the following actions, which the Company is reporting in this Item 9B by providing disclosure that would have otherwise appeared in a Current Report on Form 8-K:

1. Determined that the 2013 performance target for the Short-Term Bonus was not achieved and that therefore, no bonuses were paid to senior executives for the year 2013.

2. Determined that the 2013 performance target for the Long-Term Incentive Plan was not met and therefore, the 2013 performance tranche of the 2012 and 2013 RSU grants were forfeited;

3. Established the target performance metric for the 2014 Short-Term Bonus and the Long-Term Incentive Plan;

4. Adopted a Change in Control Severance Plan (the “CIC Plan”). The CIC Plan provides that in the event of a termination in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in the CIC Plan), Mr. Romanella would be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to two times his base salary and target bonus; (ii) a prorated portion of his target bonus for the year in which he was terminated; (iii) health and welfare benefits for two years; and (iv) outplacement services for six months. Messrs. Yannantuono (if he agreed to terminate his existing employment agreement) and Gately and other selected executives would be entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to 1.5 times their base salary and target bonus; (ii) a prorated portion of their target bonus for the year in which they were terminated; (iii) health and welfare benefits for 18 months; and (iv) outplacement services for six months. All persons covered by the CIC Plan are prohibited from competing with the Company for 12 months following the Participant’s termination.

On March 31, 2014, Mr. Yannantuono agreed to terminate his existing employment agreement effective immediately, without further payment.

The CIC Plan is an exhibit to this Annual Report and these compensation arrangements are described in more detail in Item 11 (Executive Compensation).

In addition, the following compensation actions were taken during the first quarter of fiscal 2014 by the Compensation Committee and, where appropriate, the Board of Directors:

1. On February 3, 2014, the named executive officers and other executives with the Company were granted awards for 2014 of an aggregate of 998,393 RSUs under the Senior Executive Long Term Incentive Plan with 50% of the award dependent on performance during a three-year period and 50% time vesting over a four-year period; and

2. On February 19, 2014, the directors were awarded $60,000 ($120,000 for the Non-Executive Chairman) in equivalent value of RSUs in accordance with the Director Compensation Policy.

Disclosure of this information in this Item 9B shall not be deemed an admission as to the materiality of this information.

38

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Information about the Board of Directors

UniTek’s Board of Directors is presently composed of seven members. UniTek’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws provide for three classes of directors with staggered terms of three years each. The terms of each class end at successive annual meetings so that the stockholders elect one class of directors at each annual meeting of stockholders. The current members of the Board of Directors and their terms are set forth below, together with certain biographical information.

Directors — Class I (Term expires at Annual Meeting in 2015)

Mark S. Dailey (age 56) — Mr. Dailey has served as a director of UniTek since February 2006. Mr. Dailey is currently the Chief Executive Officer of Interim Management International, a consulting company that provides management services to privately-held companies. Mr. Dailey held senior executive management positions including Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing of Intralinks, Inc., a venture-funded secure document distribution company; Chief Operating Officer of LexiQuest, Inc., a technology-based company exploiting linguistics and natural language processing in developing software tools to manage, access and retrieve large Intranet document collections; and Chief Operating Officer of Medcast Networks, a venture capital-backed start-up delivering comprehensive medical information to physicians. From 1986 to 1999, Mr. Dailey held various senior level positions with Bloomberg Financial Markets, a global leader in the delivery of international real-time financial information. Prior to joining Bloomberg, Mr. Dailey worked for several investment banking firms. Mr. Dailey served as a member of the Board of Directors of STMP, Inc. until April 2013. The Board concluded that Mr. Dailey should serve on the Board due to his significant corporate management experience in the technology industry.

Daniel Hopkin(age 36) — Mr. Hopkin has served as a director of UniTek since September 2011. Mr. Hopkin was previously a member of UniTek’s Board from January 2010 through December 9, 2010. Mr. Hopkin has been with Kainos Capital Partners, a private equity firm, since January 2013 where he currently serves as a Principal. Prior to joining Kainos Capital, Mr. Hopkin served as an associate with HM Capital Partners from 2004 to 2006, a Vice President from 2007 to 2010 and a Principal from 2010 to 2012. He focuses primarily on the media and food sectors. Prior to joining HM Capital Partners, Mr. Hopkin worked in the Investment Banking Division of Morgan Stanley. The Board determined that Mr. Hopkin is qualified to serve on the Board due to his investment experience.

Dean MacDonald(age 54) — Mr. Macdonald has served as a director of UniTek since January 2010. Mr. MacDonald currently serves on the Board and as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Tuckamore Management Capital Inc., a publicly-traded Toronto-based private equity fund. Mr. MacDonald has a long and successful career as an operating executive and entrepreneur. His operating experience includes serving as the Chief Operating Officer of Rogers Cable and as the Chief Executive Officer of Persona Communications, a TSX-listed cable and internet services company. Mr. MacDonald worked with a syndicate of investment partners to turn around Persona’s operations and subsequently sold the business at a significant premium to its purchase price in 2007. Mr. MacDonald has also served as chairman of the Newfoundland and Labrador Energy Corporation, which manages the province’s oil and gas assets. In 2007, Mr. MacDonald was selected as CEO of the Year by Birch Hill Capital Partners. The Board determined that Mr. MacDonald should serve on the Board based on his management and investment experience in a number of industries, including advertising, marketing and telecommunications.

Michael F. O’Donnell (age 67) — Mr. O’Donnell has served as a director of UniTek since December 2010 and has been Chairman of the Board since January 2012. Mr. O’Donnell is a financial executive with over 45 years of experience in the audit and consulting industries. He has dealt extensively with multinational corporate boards and senior management teams on key strategic issues, external auditors and consultants. Most recently, Mr. O’Donnell served as a Founding Managing Director of Protiviti, Inc., a global business consulting and internal audit firm specializing in risk, advisory and transaction services. Previously, Mr. O’Donnell spent 33 years at Arthur Andersen LLP, occupying numerous senior level positions in risk consulting, audit services and the energy industry program. The Board concluded that Mr. O’Donnell should serve on the Board due to his extensive financial, audit, and consulting experience, as well as his knowledge in working with public company boards of directors, audit committees and other sub-committees.

Director — Class II (Term expires at Annual Meeting in 2016)

Robert S. Stott (age 67) — Mr. Stott has served as director of UniTek since December 2010. Mr. Stott is an experienced telecommunications industry executive. In 2007, he retired as President of the Northeast Region of Verizon Wireless after serving at Verizon and its legacy companies for over 40 years. Mr. Stott began his career as an equipment installer with the New England Telephone Company and held a number of senior-level positions with NYNEX Mobile through that company’s merger with Bell Atlantic in 1995. Following the merger, Mr. Stott was appointed the President of Bell Atlantic Mobile’s Philadelphia Tri-State region,

39

where he remained until assuming the role in New England in 1998. The Board concluded that Mr. Stott should serve on the Board due to his broad experience in the telecommunications industry in various corporate leadership and executive roles.

Directors — Class III (Term expires at Annual Meeting in 2014)

Michael Montelongo (age 58) — Mr. Montelongo has served as a director of UniTek since December 2010. Mr. Montelongo currently serves as Senior Vice President, Public Policy and Corporate Affairs for Sodexo, Inc., a $9 billion quality of life services enterprise.  He also serves as the company’s Chief Administrative Officer and previously served as the Chief Strategy Officer.  In 2001, Mr. Montelongo was appointed by President George W. Bush and confirmed by the U.S. Senate as the 19^th Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for Financial Management where he served as the Chief Financial Officer responsible for a $120B budget.  He is a lifetime member of the Council on Foreign Relations and serves on the Board of Trustees for Aerospace Corporation and on the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) Advisory Council.  He was formerly on the board of directors of Denny’s Corporation.  The Board concluded that Mr. Montelongo should serve on the Board due to his strategy, finance, and board governance fluency and diverse background in both industry and public sector administration, and senior leadership positions.

Rocco Romanella (age 56) — Mr. Romanella has served as a director of UniTek since March 2013. Mr. Romanella is the Chief Executive Officer of UniTek, a role he assumed in July 2012. Mr. Romanella brings 36 years of management, operations and engineering experience to UniTek from his career at United Parcel Service (“UPS”), where he most recently held the position of President of Retail and Residential Operations and was responsible for the global strategy of all U.S. and international retail channels. Under his direction, UPS successfully launched one of the largest re-branding initiatives in franchising history, revolutionizing the $9 billion retail shipping and business services market. Previously, Mr. Romanella served in positions of increasing responsibility at UPS, starting as a delivery driver and eventually holding a number of senior management positions. He is also a winner of the UPS Chairman's Award for Excellence. The Board concluded that Mr. Romanella should serve on the Board due to his extensive leadership experience including his accomplishments during his transition as Chief Executive Officer of UniTek.

Information about the Current Executive Officers (Not Also a Director)

James Brennan (age 66) — Mr. Brennan is the Vice President, Controller, a position he has held since July 2013. Prior to joining UniTek, Mr. Brennan was a consultant for the Company since April 2013. From March 2006 to December 2011, Mr. Brennan was at MedQuist Inc. as the Vice President, Controller, Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer.

Donald W. Gately (age 57) — Mr. Gately is the Chief Operating Officer, a position he has held since December 2012. From March 2010 to November 2010, Mr. Gately was Vice President for Residential and Retail Channel for The UPS Stores, Inc. From January 2006 to February 2010, Mr. Gately was Vice President of UPS’s Central Florida District.

Andrew Herning (age 42) — Mr. Herning is the Chief Financial Officer, a position he has held since June 2013. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Herning was employed by AS America, Inc. (American Standard Brands) as Interim Chief Financial Officer during 2012; Vice President of Finance – Fixtures from 2009 to 2011; Senior Director of Finance – Chinaware from 2007 to 2009; and Global Controller of the Bath & Kitchen division of American Standard Companies from 2004 to 2007. Prior to joining American Standard Companies, Mr. Herning was a Senior Manager with KPMG LLP and Arthur Andersen LLP.

Stanley G. Jones (age 59) — Mr. Jones is Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing, a position he has held since November 2012. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Jones was employed by Target Corporation from September 2010 to August 2012 as Executive Team Leader of logistics. From August 2004 to November 2009, Mr. Jones was employed by FedEx Corporation as a delivery/pick-up driver.

Glorminda McAllister (age 42) — Ms. McAllister is the Chief Information Officer, a position she has held since March 2013. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. McAllister was employed by The UPS Store, Inc. from October 2001 to February 2013 where she was the Vice President of Technology from December 2009 to February 2013 and the Technology Staff Manager from January 2005 to December 2009.

Kathleen McCarthy (age 56) — Ms. McCarthy is the Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, a position she has held since April 2013. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. McCarthy was the General Counsel, Corporate Secretary at Ulticom, Inc., a provider of network signaling solutions for use in the communications industry, from 2007 to 2011.

Shannon D. Schell (age 45) — Mr. Schell is the Senior Vice President of Engineering, a position he has held since November 2012. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Schell was the Chief Operating Officer for SWI Group, a world leader in the watch industry, from February 2011 to May 2012. From June 2010 to September 2010, Mr. Schell was the Vice President of Logistics for TUI Lifestyle, a high-end furniture and design company. From September 1989 to April 2010 he was employed by UPS, with his last position as Director of Engineering – Florida.

40

Carole Dalton Slover (age 46) — Ms. Slover is the Senior Vice President of Human Resources, a position she has held since July 2012. From June 2005 to February 2012, Ms. Slover was employed by Yell Adworks as Vice President of Human Resources.

Daniel Yannantuono (age 40) — Mr. Yannantuono is the President of our DirectSat USA subsidiary, a role he assumed in January 2007. Mr. Yannantuono was the Co-Manager of the Interim Office of the CEO from January to July 2012.

Corporate Governance

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Each of UniTek’s directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer and its senior financial and accounting executives, are required to comply with its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”). The Code sets forth policies covering a broad range of subjects and requires strict adherence to laws and regulations applicable to the Company’s business. The Code is available on UniTek’s website at www.unitekglobalservices.com under the “Investor Relations, Corporate Governance” headings. A copy of the Company’s Code may also be obtained, without charge, by any person upon written request directed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at 1777 Sentry Parkway West, Gwynedd Hall, Suite 302, Blue Bell, Pennsylvania 19422. The Company will post to its website any amendments to the Code, or waiver from its provisions for principal executive officers or directors, under the “Investor Relations, Corporate Governance” headings.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Board has three standing committees. Each committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by the Board of Directors, copies of which are available on the Company’s website at www.unitekglobalservices.com under the “Investor Relations, Corporate Governance” headings or upon written request to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at 1777 Sentry Parkway West, Gwynedd Hall, Suite 302, Blue Bell, Pennsylvania 19422.

Audit Committee

Members: Mr. Montelongo (Chair); Mr. Dailey and Mr. Hopkin

The Audit Committee is a separately-designated standing committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”). The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is “independent” and financially literate as required by the applicable NASDAQ Listing Standards. In addition, the Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Montelongo is the “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning stipulated by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

The Audit Committee’s responsibilities are discussed in the charter, which include, among other duties, the responsibility to:

• oversee the integrity of the financial statements and monitor the performance of the internal audit function;

• provide an avenue of open communications among the independent registered public accounting firm, Company management and the Board of Directors;

• appoint, compensate, retain and monitor the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

• review and discuss with the independent registered public accounting firm and financial management the scope of the audit;

• hold meetings periodically with the independent registered public accounting firm, the internal audit function and management to review and consider the adequacy and effectiveness of financial reporting, internal controls and risk assessment;

• review consolidated financial statements and disclosures and critical accounting policies and practices;

• review and advise the Board of Directors on potential conflicts of interest regarding the Company and its officers and directors; and

• oversee compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

41

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Members: Mr. O’Donnell (Chair); Mr. Dailey and Mr. MacDonald

Each member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is “independent” as affirmatively determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to the applicable NASDAQ Listing Standards. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities are discussed in detail in the charter, which include, among other duties, the responsibility to:

• identify individuals qualified to serve as members of the Board consistent with criteria approved by the Board and recommend to the Board the director nominees for election (or re-election, in the case of current Board members) to the Board and its committees;

• develop and periodically review the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and recommend any changes thereto to the Board for approval;

• oversee an annual evaluation of the Board, it members and all committees of the Board; and

• oversee the establishment of the Board’s policies and procedures for stockholder communications with the Board.

Compensation Committee

Members: Mr. Stott (Chair); Mr. MacDonald and Mr. O’Donnell

The Compensation Committee is composed entirely of “outside directors” within the meaning of the regulations of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, “non-employee directors” under SEC Rule 16b-3 and “independent” directors as affirmatively determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to the applicable NASDAQ Listing Standards. Mr. Sperry was a member of the Compensation Committee during 2013 until December 2013. Mr. O’Donnell was appointed to the Compensation Committee in December 2013.

The Compensation Committee’s responsibilities, discussed in detail in the charter, include, among other duties, the responsibility to:

• establish and periodically review the Company’s compensation philosophy and adequacy of compensation plans and programs for executive officers and other Company employees;

• establish compensation arrangements and incentive goals for executive officers;

• review and recommend to the Board the base salary, incentive compensation and any other compensation for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO” ) and, if relevant, the Executive Chairman of the Board;

• establish corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of the CEO and evaluate the CEO’s performance in light of these goals and objectives;

• evaluate and recommend to the Board the appropriate level of compensation for non-employee directors; and

• monitor the Company’s cash bonus and equity-based compensation plans and health and welfare plans and discharge the duties imposed on the Compensation Committee by the terms of those plans.

Compensation decisions for the Chief Executive Officer and all other executive officers are reviewed and determined by the Compensation Committee. Compensation recommendations for the Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman of the Board are subject to ratification by the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee relies upon the Company’s executive officers and compensation consultants in order to assist the Compensation Committee in performing its duties.

The Compensation Committee has authority under its charter to retain, approve fees for and terminate consulting firms, independent counsel or other advisers. In this regard, during 2012 and 2013 the Compensation Committee engaged Mercer and Frederick W. Cook & Co, Inc., respectively, both leaders in human resources consulting, to assist it in making compensation decisions.

With regard to director compensation, the Compensation Committee is responsible for reviewing and recommending to the Board compensation, equity-based plans and benefits programs for the non-employee directors. During 2012, the Compensation Committee retained Mercer to review the Company’s director and executive compensation and to provide the Compensation Committee with information regarding director and executive compensation at comparable companies in order to identify market practices.

With regard to the compensation of executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee will review and consider the recommendation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer as to the form and amount of compensation. The

42

Chief Executive Officer generally obtains the assistance of the Company’s management and any compensation consultant in formulating these recommendations.

The agenda for meetings of the Compensation Committee is determined by its Chair with the assistance of the Company’s management. The Chair will generally coordinate with management and/or outside counsel or any compensation consultants prior to meetings to obtain their assistance as described above, including the preparation and distribution of materials for review by the members of the Compensation Committee. At meetings of the Compensation Committee, the Compensation Committee usually conducts a portion of the meetings in executive session. The Compensation Committee’s Chair reports the Compensation Committee’s recommendations on executive compensation to the Board.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, the Company’s directors, executive officers and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the Common Stock are required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission reports of their initial ownership and changes in ownership of Common Stock. Based solely on our review of the copies of such reports received by us, or written representations received from reporting persons, during the year ended December 31, 2013, all of the Company’s directors, executive officers and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the Common Stock complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements, except that Mr. Brennan filed a late Form 3 on August 12, 2013.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Director Compensation

The Company’s director compensation policy for non-employee directors is set forth below:

• $2,500 for each Board meeting attended in person;

• $1,500 for each Board meeting attended by telephone;

• $1,000 for each Audit Committee meeting attended;

• $500 for each Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance meeting attended;

• an annual cash retainer fee of $50,000 and the additional annual retainer fees as set forth below;

• $60,000 in equivalent value of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) as described in the narrative below;

• $7,500 for the Chair of the Audit Committee; and

• $5,000 for the Chair of the Compensation Committee and the Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

The Company’s director compensation policy for Non-Executive Chair of the Board is set forth below:

• meeting fees as set forth above;

• an annual cash retainer fee of $100,000; and

• $120,000 in equivalent value of RSUs as described in the narrative below.

43

Director Compensation Table

The following table shows the compensation paid to or earned by each non-employee director for the year ended December 31, 2013:

	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash		Stock Awards(1)		All Other Compensation		Total
Michael F. O’Donnell(2)	$	185,000	$	120,000	$	—	$	305,000
Mark S. Dailey	116,500		60,000		—		176,500
Daniel Hopkin(3)	130,000		60,000		—		190,000
Dean MacDonald	92,000		60,000		—		152,000
Michael Montelongo(4)	142,500		60,000		1,575		204,075
Robert W. Sperry(5)	82,333		60,000		—		142,333
Robert F. Stott	100,000		60,000		—		160,000

(1) The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the RSUs calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718 regarding share-based payments.

(2) During 2013, Mr. O’Donnell received a cash payment of $34,000 as discussed below in addition to the retainer and meeting fees discussed above.

(3) During 2013, Mr. Hopkin received a cash payment of $20,000 as discussed below in addition to the retainer and meeting fees discussed above.

(4) During 2013, Mr. Montelongo received a cash payment of $20,000 as discussed below in addition to the retainer and meeting fees discussed above. Mr. Montelongo also received a matching contribution under the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan of $1,575.

(5) Mr. Sperry’s term ended on December 5, 2013.

As stated above, each non-employee director is granted $60,000 in equivalent value of RSUs under the Company’s 2009 Omnibus Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan and the non-executive chair is granted $120,000 in equivalent value of RSUs. The RSUs are valued on the date of the grant. RSUs granted in 2013 vest quarterly in equal installments and shares of common stock are issued within 30 days after the last vesting date during such calendar year.

In September 2013, the Board of Directors approved a one-time payment of $34,000 to Mr. O’Donnell, the Non-Executive Chairman, in recognition of his extensive work during the Company’s restatement process relating to the filing of its 2012 Form 10-K. In September 2013, the Board of Directors also approved a one-time payment of $20,000 to Messrs. Montelongo and Hopkin in recognition of their exceptional efforts in connection with the investigation by the Audit Committee, the restatement of the Company’s financial statements and the filing of the Company’s 2012 Form 10-K.

As described more fully in the Executive Compensation section, the Company also allows directors to participate in a deferred compensation program.

44

Compensation of Executive Officers

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents the compensation paid to or earned by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its next two highest compensated executive officers (collectively, the “named executive officers”) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Year	Salary		Bonus		Stock Awards(1)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation		All Other Compensation		Total
Rocco Romanella, Chief Executive Officer(2)(3)	2013	$	433,000	$	—	$	216,195	$	—	$	21,258	$	670,453
	2012	181,539		500,000		499,998		—		8,743		1,190,280
Daniel Yannantuono, President of DirectSat USA(3)(4)	2013	350,000		—		122,038		—		28,662		500,700
	2012	360,500		500,000		144,204		150,000		36,355		1,191,059
Donald W. Gately, Chief Operating Officer(5)	2013	350,000		—		113,502		—		10,162		473,664

(1) The amounts in the “Stock Awards” column for fiscal years 2012 and 2013 represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the restricted stock calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718 regarding share-based payments. Assumptions used in the calculation of this amount are included in Note 15 (under the heading “Stock-based Compensation”) to the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. For performance-based awards (50% of the total award reflected), the amount reflected is based upon the assumption that the highest level of performance conditions would be achieved. In addition, in July 2012, Mr. Romanella received a grant of 192,307 restricted shares that are subject to service-based vesting in four equal installments on the dates that are 6, 12, 18 and 24 months following the grant date.

(2) Mr. Romanella’s other compensation for 2013 and 2012 includes an automobile allowance and Company-provided fuel totaling $12,353 and $6,601, respectively, and preferential health and welfare benefits of $8,905 and $2,142, respectively. Mr. Romanella joined the Company on July 16, 2012.

(3) The amount in the Bonus column for 2012 includes a cash award made under UniTek’s Senior Executive Compensation Plan in which the Compensation Committee exercised discretion. See description under “Short-Term Incentive” below. The amount for Mr. Romanella in 2012 also includes a signing bonus of $100,000. The amount for Mr. Yannantuono in 2012 also includes a retention bonus of $350,000.

(4) Mr. Yannantuono’s other compensation for 2013 and 2012 consists of the use of a Company-owned vehicle and related fuel and maintenance costs totaling $9,062 and $20,880, respectively, matching contributions under the Company’s deferred compensation plan of $10,695 and $10,803, respectively, and preferential health and welfare benefits of $8,905 and $4,672, respectively.

(5) Mr. Gately joined UniTek in December 2012 and was not a named executive officer in 2012. Mr. Gately’s other compensation for 2013 consists of matching contributions under the Company’s deferred compensation plan of $10,096 and preferential health and welfare benefits of $66.

Senior Executive Compensation Plan

On April 3, 2012, the Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee of the Board, approved the Senior Executive Compensation Plan (“Plan”), pursuant to which members of Company senior management (including the Company’s Named Executive Officers) were to be compensated for their service in 2012 and, unless the Plan is revised, in future years. The Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee, which may delegate responsibilities to Company officers as it deems appropriate.

The objectives of the Plan are to (i) align the compensation of executive management to key financial drivers; (ii) provide variable pay opportunities and targeted total cash compensation that is competitive within the Company’s labor markets; (iii) increase the competitiveness of executive pay without increasing fixed costs, making bonus payments contingent upon organizational and individual success; and (iv) create internal consistency and standard guidelines among the executive peer group. In achieving these objectives, the Plan is intended to enhance stockholder value by promoting a connection between the performance of the Company and the compensation of executive personnel of the Company. Payments pursuant to the Plan are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

45

Participants in the Plan receive incentive compensation opportunities (both short-term and long-term) based on either or both of Company and individual performance. Company performance shall be determined based on the Company’s ability to meet or exceed annual “Corporate Goals” as approved by the Board, while individual performance shall be determined based on the Participant’s ability to meet or exceed annual “Individual Goals” approved by the Committee.

There are three compensation components under the Plan:

Base Compensation - Both Messrs. Romanella and Yannantuono have employment agreements with the Company and their base salary is set by their respective employment agreements. Mr. Gately does not have an employment agreement and his salary was set at $350,000 when he joined UniTek in December 2012. In December 2012, it was determined that base salaries would not increase for 2013. In September 2013, the Board of Directors granted Mr. Romanella an increase in his base salary of $100,000 to a base salary of $500,000 in recognition of his substantial efforts and strong performance during the last year, which increase would bring his base salary in alignment with other CEOs of comparable companies.

Short Term Incentive (STI) - Pursuant to the STI, annual target amounts payable are to be set in advance, as a percentage of the Participant’s base salary, based on the achievement of either or both of Company Goals and Individual Goals. At the time the actual amount payable is determined, each participant may elect to receive payment either in 100% cash or in the form of 50% cash and 50% service-based restricted stock, which shall vest in equal annual installments on the first three anniversaries of the date of election. In the event the Participant chooses the second option, he or she will receive an additional 5% of value in shares of restricted stock, in lieu of the cash amount foregone.

In December 2012, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the Board approved, the payment of the 2012 bonuses in two portions, in accordance with past Company policy; 50% in December 2012 with the remainder in the first quarter of 2013 following finalization of the financial statements for 2012. The authorized payouts were related to the officers’ achievements and ranged from 70% to 100% of target. The target was based on EBITDA of $50 million, adjusted for unusual events. Except for Mr. Romanella who agreed to defer 100% of his bonus until finalization of the financial statements, one-half of the bonuses were paid in December 2012; the remaining one-half were to be paid upon finalization of the financial statements for 2012. In August 2013, the Committee recommended, and the Board approved, the use of its discretion to adjust the EBITDA target for the remaining portion of the 2012 bonus. The bonus was paid at a range of 70% of 100% of target to Messrs. Romanella, Yannantuono and two other executive officers because of the difficult circumstances that had occurred in finalizing the 2012 financial statements with Mr. Romanella receiving his full target bonus of $400,000 because he had not received any portion of his bonus in December 2012 and Mr. Yannantuono receiving the second half of his $300,000 target bonus because he had received one-half of his bonus in December 2012.

On the basis of the Compensation Committee’s recommendation, in December 2012, the Board determined that beginning in 2013, future bonuses for executive staff for each year would all be payable in the first quarter of the following year following finalization of the financial statements for the year for which the bonus is being paid. In September 2013, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the Board approved, the performance measure for 2013 based on the Adjusted EBITDA amount in the Company’s Operating Plan, provided the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants, adjusted for unusual events. The individual targets range from 30% to 100% of base salary.

In March 2014, on the basis of the Compensation Committee’s recommendation, the Board determined that the Company had not achieved the 2013 target Adjusted EBITDA of $54.6 million, and the Short Term Incentive Bonus for the executives was thus not paid. The Compensation Committee also recommended, and the Board determined, that the Short-Term Incentive target for 2014 be based on the Adjusted EBITDA amount in the Company’s Operating Plan, subject to adjustment. The individual targets range from 30% to 100% of base salary.

Long Term Incentive (LTIP) - Under the LTIP, each Participant receives an annual target grant of RSUs, valued as a percentage of the Participant’s base salary, that consist 50% of time-vested RSUs that vest in equal annual installments on the first four anniversaries of the date of grant, and 50% of performance-vested RSUs that vest at the end of a three-year period following the date of grant, based upon the achievement of annual performance conditions established by the Committee during the grant period (the “RSU grant”). The number of performance-vested RSUs ultimately earned will vary based on achievement with respect to the established performance targets, as measured at the end of the three-year vesting period. In this regard, if achievement of the target goal is at less than 90%, no performance-based RSUs will be earned. If achievement is between 90% and 100% of target, then the number of RSUs earned will be prorated from 50% (at 90% achievement) to 100% (at 100% achievement) of the initial grant. If achievement is over 100% of target, then the number of RSUs earned will be increased commensurate with the percentage of achievement over target, with a maximum award of 150% of the initial grant.

In April 2012, the Compensation Committee recommended and the Board of Directors approved a 2012 RSU Grant. The performance target for the 2012 fiscal year was EBITDA of $50 million. The Board retained discretion to include in the determination of the achievement of EBITDA the impact of unanticipated events not reflected in the approved budget. In October 2013, the Compensation

46

Committee and the Board of Directors determined that the 2012 performance did not meet the required performance measure and therefore the 2012 performance grants were forfeited.

In December 2012, the Compensation Committee recommended and the Board approved RSU Grants on January 2, 2013 to the executive officers ranging in target value from $50,000 to $400,000 (CEO). 50% of the award consists of time-based RSUs that vest 25% on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date. The remaining 50% are performance-based shares that, as described above, are based on an annual performance target tied to the achievement of the Adjusted EBITDA amount in the Company’s Operating Plan.

In February 2014, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the Board approved, RSU grants to the executive officers ranging in target value from $22,000 to $500,000 (CEO). 50% of the award consists of time-based RSUs that vest 25% on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date. The remaining 50% are performance-based shares that, as described above, are based on an annual performance target tied to the achievement of the Adjusted EBITDA amount in the Company’s Operating Plan.

In March 2014, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors determined that the Company’s 2013 performance did not meet the required performance measure of $54.6 million in Adjusted EBITDA and therefore, the 2013 performance tranche of the 2012 and 2013 RSU grants was forfeited.

47

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents information about outstanding equity awards held by each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2013:

	Option Awards					Stock Awards
	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options(1)		Option Exercise Price(1)		Option Expiration Date(1)	Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested(2)	Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested(3)		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested(4)	Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested
	Exercisable	Unexercisable
Rocco Romanella	—	—	—		—	147,833	$	246,881	51,680	$	86,306
Daniel Yannantuono	726	—	$	140.00	9/26/17	67,259	112,322		46,840	78,223
	5,239	—	9.42		9/27/17	—	—		—	—
	1,165	—	9.42		6/1/18	—	—		—	—
	108	—	9.42		11/15/19	—	—		—	—
Donald Gately	—	—	—		—	27,132	45,310		27,132	45,310

(1) Includes warrants at an exercise price of $140.00 per share and options at an exercise price of $9.42 per share

(2) Consists of the following time-vested shares of units of stock that had not vested on December 31, 2013:

	RSUs Granted 1/10/11	RSUs Granted 4/3/12	Restricted Shares Granted 7/16/12	RSUs Granted 1/2/2013	Total
Rocco Romanella	—	—	96,153	51,680	147,833
Daniel Yannantuono	17,858	23,044	—	26,357	67,259
Donald Gately	—	—	—	27,132	27,132

The outstanding RSUs that were granted on January 10, 2011 will vest on July 1, 2014. The outstanding RSUs that were granted on April 3, 2012 will vest equally on April 3, 2014, April 3, 2015 and April 3, 2016. The outstanding restricted shares that were granted on July 16, 2012 will vest equally on January 16, 2014 and July 16, 2014. The outstanding RSUs that were granted on January 2, 2013 will vest 25% on each of the four anniversaries of January 2, 2013.

(3) Based on a closing price of $1.67 on December 31, 2013.

(4) Consists of performance-vested RSUs granted on April 3, 2012 and January 2, 2013 that become vested at the end of a three-year performance period following the date of grant, based upon the achievement of performance targets as more fully described in the “Senior Executive Compensation – Long Term Incentive” section above. The value of these RSUs is shown assuming threshold achievement of performance targets. The performance target for 2012 was not met and the portion of the April 3, 2012 that was based on 2012 performance was forfeited.

Retirement and Other Benefits

The Company’s 401(k) Plan is offered as a means to save for the future while deferring current tax liability. Our executives may participate in the plan but, in general, their contributions are limited under current rules affecting highly compensated employees. The basics of the plan are (i) employee can contribute up to 90% of his/her annual salary or the specific maximum which is determined annually by the IRS, (ii) eligible Employees over the age of 50 who meet certain IRS requirements may also contribute an additional amount to the plan as a “catch-up” contribution, (iii) enrollment in the plan is accepted quarterly, (iv) the plan currently has an employer match and (v) the plan is subject to change at any time at the sole discretion of the Company.

The Company also allows certain executives and directors to participate in a deferred compensation program. The Deferred Compensation program was approved for participation in January 2011. The object of the program was to create a long-term, pre-tax incentive program to augment the 401(k) plan, but have a Company contribution and vesting period to retain key executives. General plan terms are as follows (i) 3% maximum Company match on 6% executive pre-tax contributions, (ii) Board of Directors discretionary match of an additional 10% of base salary maximum, (iii) employee discretionary contributions pre-tax up to 80% of

48

base salary and 100% bonus compensation, (iv) distribution schedule to be defined each year subject to vesting restrictions and (v) three year vesting for Company contributions of each plan year. In connection with the Deferred Compensation program, in January 2011, the Company entered into a Rabbi Trust Agreement for the benefit of the participants for certain events.

Employment and Change in Control Agreements

Rocco Romanella Employment Agreement

On July 16, 2012, Mr. Romanella entered into an agreement to become the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “Romanella Agreement”). The term of the Romanella Agreement is one year with an automatic renewal on a year-to-year basis unless one party gives the other party written notice of intent not to renew the Romanella Agreement at least sixty days before the expiration of the then term.

Under the Romanella Agreement, Mr. Romanella receives an annual base salary of $400,000, which was prorated for the remainder of 2012. This annual salary was increased to $500,000 in September 2013. He is eligible to receive annual incentive compensation of up to one times his base salary to be earned based on the achievement of certain financial and operational targets as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company and its Compensation Committee. Any such Bonus earned shall be paid by the Company to Mr. Romanella in accordance with the terms of the applicable incentive bonus program. Beginning in 2013, Mr. Romanella was eligible to participate in long-term cash and equity incentive programs established by the Company for its senior level executives generally, at levels determined by the Board, with target long-term incentive compensation equal to one times his base salary. Mr. Romanella also receives an automobile allowance equal to $1,000 per month.

In addition, Mr. Romanella was granted 192,307 restricted shares of the common stock of the Company, which are subject to service-based vesting in four equal annual installments on the dates that are 6, 12, 18 and 24 months following the grant date, subject to automatic acceleration upon the occurrence of a Change of Control as defined in the Company’s 2009 Omnibus Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan.

The Romanella Agreement provided that in the event Mr. Romanella is terminated without Cause (as defined in the Romanella Agreement) or terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined in the Romanella Agreement), Mr. Romanella would be entitled to a severance amount equal to one times his Base Salary (at the salary then in effect) plus one times his Bonus for the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which his termination occurred. Pursuant to the Romanella Agreement, Mr. Romanella is prohibited from competing with UniTek for a period of one year.

As discussed below, in March 2014 the Company adopted a Change in Control Severance Plan (the “CIC Plan”). Under the CIC Plan, Mr. Romanella is entitled to (i) two times his base salary and target bonus; and (ii) the prorated payment of his target bonus for the year in which the termination occurs. Under the terms of the CIC Plan, because Mr. Romanella is entitled to greater benefits under the CIC Plan then he would be under the Romanella Agreement, he will not receive severance benefits under the Romanella Agreement for events covered by the CIC Plan.

Daniel Yannantuono Employment Agreement

On December 1, 2010, Mr. Yannantuono entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with the Company (the “Yannantuono Agreement”). The Yannantuono Agreement provides that Mr. Yannantuono shall receive an initial base salary of $350,000 and an incentive target bonus of $300,000 per calendar year of which (A) 50% shall be conditioned upon the achievement of annual budget that is (i) developed by the Company and Mr. Yannantuono and (ii) approved by the Board or an appropriate committee thereof and (B) 50% based on discretion of the Board or such committee thereof. The term of the Yannantuono Agreement is for 3 years with an automatic renewal on a year-to-year basis. If (i) Mr. Yannantuono is terminated without Cause (as defined in the Yannantuono Agreement); Mr. Yannantuono terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined in the Yannantuono Agreement); or (iii) the Yannantuono Agreement is not renewed by the Company or by Mr. Yannantuono, Mr. Yannantuono shall be entitled to a severance amount equal to two times his Base Salary (at the salary then in effect) plus a bonus consistent with such operational and financial milestones as are being achieved at the time of termination. In addition, any outstanding equity awards will vest. Pursuant to the Yannantuono Agreement, Mr. Yannantuono is prohibited from competing with UniTek for a period of two years.

As discussed below, in March 2014, the Company adopted the CIC Plan. Mr. Yannantuono was provided the option of continuing to be covered by the Yannantuono Agreement or selecting the CIC Plan. Mr. Yannantuono selected the CIC Plan and the Yannantuono Agreement was terminated without payment of any kind on March 31, 2014.

49

Change in Control Plan

In March 2014, the Board of Directors approved the Company’s entering into the CIC Plan. The CIC Plan covers the named executive officers and certain other executives (the “Participants”). The CIC Plan provides severance benefits in the event of a termination connected with a Change of Control. The CIC Plan includes the following terms:

• A Change in Control generally will be deemed to have occurred:

◦ upon the acquisition of beneficial ownership of any person or group of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company outstanding voting shares;

◦ if the directors who constitute the “Incumbent Board” (as that term is defined in the CIC Plan) cease to be a majority of the Board during any 2-year period;

◦ the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than a sale to an entity in which Company’s shareholders own more than 50%; or

◦ upon a reorganization, merger, consolidation, division or issuance of securities unless a majority of the Company’s outstanding equity securities is owned by the same holders as before the transaction;

• If terminated by the Company “Without Cause” or by the Participant for “Good Reason” (as those terms are defined in the CIC Plan),during the period beginning six months prior to and ending 18 months after a Change in Control, the Participant is entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to the Participant’s base salary and target bonus multiplied by the Severance Multiple; (ii) a lump sum payment of the Participant’s prorated target bonus for the year in which the termination occurred; (iii) health and welfare benefits for 24 months for Mr. Romanella and 18 months for the other Participants; and (iv) outplacement services for six months. The Severance Multiple for Mr. Romanella is 2 times and the Severance Multiple for all other Participants is 1.5 times.

• The Participant is prohibited from competing with Unitek for twelve months following the Change in Control.

• The CIC Plan also contains customary provisions relating to 409A and other matters.

50

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock as of March 17, 2014, unless otherwise noted, by (i) each person who is known to the Company to beneficially own more than five percent of the Company’s common stock, (ii) each of the Company’s current directors, (iii) each of the named executive officers in the Summary Compensation Table, and (iv) the named executive officers, current executive officers and directors as a group.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)	Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership(2)(3)		Percent of Shares
UniTek Interposed LP c/o HMK GP LP 200 Crescent Court, Suite 1600 Dallas, Texas 75201	4,686,196	(4)	24.4	%
Skylink LTD. 700 Rockwell Avenue Findlay, Ohio 45840	3,715,915	(5)	16.2	%
David Sandberg Red Oak Partners, LLC The Red Oak Fund, LP Pinnacle Partners, LLC Pinnacle Opportunities Fund, LP 304 Park Avenue South, 11th Floor New York, New York 10010	2,001,161	(6)	10.4	%
John Randall Waterfield 140 Broadway, 46th Floor New York, New York 10005	1,703,266	(7)	8.9	%
Cetus Capital II, LLC Littlejohn Opportunities Master Fund LP SG Distressed Fund, LP 8 Sound Shore Drive, Suite 303 Greenwich, Connecticut 06830	1,140,415	(8)	5.7	%
Steven B. Klinsky New Mountain Finance Holdings, L.L.C. New Mountain Finance Corporation New Mountain Finance Advisors BDC, L.L.C. 787 Seventh Avenue New York, New York 10019	1,014,451	(9)	5.0	%
Michael F. O’Donnell, Director and Chairman of the Board	101,979	(10)	*
Mark S. Dailey, Director	46,924	(11)	*
Daniel Hopkin, Director	41,995	(12)	*
Dean MacDonald, Director	104,430	(13)	*
Michael Montelongo, Director	42,741	(14)	*
Robert F. Stott, Director	39,563	(15)	*
Rocco Romanella, Chief Executive Officer and Director	157,151		*
Donald W. Gately, Chief Operating Officer	29,352		*
Daniel Yannantuono, President of DirectSat USA	81,600	(16)	*
All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons)	645,688	(17)	3.4	%

* Represents less than one percent of class

(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o UniTek Global Services, Inc., 1777 Sentry Parkway West, Gwynedd Hall, Suite 302, Blue Bell, Pennsylvania 19422.

(2) Does not include shares beneficially owned by persons who are former directors of the Company as no former director owns more than five percent of the Company’s common stock.

51

(3) Based on information furnished to the Company by the respective stockholders, or contained in filings made with the SEC, for purposes of this table, if a person has or shares voting or investment power with respect to any shares of common stock, they are considered beneficially owned by that person under rules of the SEC. Except as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The table also includes shares of common stock that are the subject of warrants, stock options and convertible obligations granted to certain officers and directors of the Company and certain third parties to the extent presently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of March 17, 2014. The shares underlying the warrants, stock options and convertible obligations are deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the beneficial ownership of each greater than 5% stockholder, named executive officer and director individually and all directors and executive officers as a group. The table does not include unvested or vested awards of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) or restricted shares for which shares will not be issued within sixty days of March 17, 2014, since holders of unvested and vested RSUs and unvested restricted shares do not have any voting rights or investment power until shares are issued. The amounts and percentages are based on 19,227,041 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of March 17, 2014.

(4) This information is based on information contained in Schedule 13D/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2013 by Unitek Interposed LP; HMK GP LP; HMK GP LLC; Sector Performance Fund, LP; HM Unitek Coinvest LP; SPF SBS LP; Sector Performance GP, LP; and Sector Performance LLC. UniTek Interposed LP (“Interposed”) is the direct holder of 4,686,196 shares of common stock. HMK LP is the sole general partner and a limited partner of Interposed, and HMK LLC is the sole general partner of HMK LP. As a result of these relationships, HMK LP or HMK LLC may be deemed to be indirect beneficial owners of 4,686,196 shares of common stock held by Interposed. Andrew S. Rosen, Robert W. Sperry, Sarah A. Bradley and John Muse are members of a four-person investment committee at HMK LLC that exercises, on behalf of HMK LLC, voting and dispositive powers over the securities held by UniTek Interposed. No single member of the investment committee has dispositive and/or voting power over the shares held by UniTek Interposed. As a result of the foregoing, each of Messrs. Rosen, Sperry and Muse and Ms. Bradley may be deemed to beneficially own all or a portion of the shares of common stock beneficially owned by UniTek Interposed described above. Each of Messrs. Rosen, Sperry and Muse and Ms. Bradley disclaims the existence of a group and disclaims beneficial ownership of shares of common stock not owned of record by him or her, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(5) Pursuant the September 14, 2012 Asset Purchase Agreement (“APA”) for the acquisition of Skylink LTD and the Earnout Confirmation Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreements issued in conjunction with the APA, Skylink LTD has rights to convert a portion of the unpaid APA purchase payment into 3,715,915 shares.

(6) This information is based on information contained in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2014 by David Sandberg, the controlling member of Red Oak Partners, LLC a New York limited liability company, which serves as the general partner of The Red Oak Fund, LP, a Delaware limited partnership and a managing member of Pinnacle Partners LLC, a Colorado limited liability company, the general partner of Pinnacle Fund, LLLP, a Colorado limited liability limited partnership (collectively, the “Funds”). The Funds are private investment vehicles formed for the purpose of investing and trading in a wide variety of securities. The Funds directly own the shares as reported in their 13G filing. Each of the reporting persons in their 13G filing disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to any shares other than the shares owned directly by each filer.

(7) This information is based on information contained in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 23, 2014 by John Randall Waterfield. Mr. Waterfield is a registered investment adviser.

(8) This information is based on information contained in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014 by (i) Cetus Capital II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, a single member LLC whose only member is Littlejohn Fund IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and whose manager is Littlejohn Managers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; (ii) Littlejohn Opportunities Master Fund LP, a Cayman Islands limited partnership, whose general partner is Littlejohn Opportunities GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; and (iii) SG Distressed Fund, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is Littlejohn Opportunities GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. The Schedule 13G describes the ownership of common stock and warrants held by the Reporting Persons. The warrants are fully vested and exercisable.

(9) This information is based on information contained in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 9, 2014. As of the date of the filing, each of New Mountain Finance Holdings, L.L.C. “NMFH”) and its investment adviser, New Mountain Finance Advisors BCS, L.L.C. (the “Adviser”) may be deemed to beneficially own 1,014,451 shares of common stock underlying warrants of UniTek common stock. Such shares may also be deemed to be beneficially owned by Steven B. Klinsky, in view of his indirect control as described in the Schedule 13G. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Mr. Klinsky disclaims beneficial ownership. In addition, New Mountain Finance Corporation (“NMFC”) may be deemed to beneficially own such shares through its ownership of greater than 90% of the equity interests in NMFH. NMFH, NMFC, the Adviser and Mr. Klinsky have shared power to vote and dispose of approximately 1,014,451 shares of UniTek common stock.

(10) Does not include 18,633 vested RSUs for Mr. O’Donnell. RSUs issued to directors in connection with their service on the Board vest quarterly but shares of common stock are not issued until within 30 days of December 31, 2013.

52

(11) Includes 893 vested options to purchase shares of common stock. Does not include 9,317 vested RSUs for Mr. Dailey. RSUs issued to directors in connection with their service on the Board vest quarterly but shares of common stock are not issued until within 30 days of December 31, 2014.

(12) Does not include 9,317 vested RSUs for Mr. Hopkin. RSUs issued to directors in connection with their service on the Board vest quarterly but shares of common stock are not issued until within 30 days of December 31, 2014.

(13) Includes 536 vested options to purchases shares of common stock. Does not include 9,317 vested RSUs for Mr. MacDonald. RSUs issued to directors in connection with their service on the Board vest quarterly but shares of common stock are not issued until within 30 days of December 31, 2014. Mr. MacDonald is the indirect beneficial owner of 45,000 aggregate shares of common stock held by Paddle Resources LP, of which Mr. MacDonald is a general partner.

(14) Does not include 9,317 vested RSUs for Mr. Montelongo. RSUs issued to directors in connection with their service on the Board vest quarterly but shares of common stock are not issued until within 30 days of December 31, 2014.

(15) Does not include 9,317 vested RSUs for Mr. Stott. RSUs issued to directors in connection with their service on the Board vest quarterly but shares of common stock are not issued until within 30 days of December 31, 2014.

(16) Includes 6,512 vested options and 726 vested warrants to purchase shares of common stock for Mr. Yannantuono.

(17) The directors and executive officers included in this group are Michael F. O’Donnell, Mark S. Dailey, Daniel Hopkin, Dean MacDonald, Michael Montelongo, Robert F. Stott, Rocco Romanella, James Brennan, Andrew Herning, Donald W. Gately, Stanley G. Jones, Glorminda McAllister, Kathleen McCarthy, Shannon D. Schell, Carole Dalton Slover and Daniel Yannantuono.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

UniTek adheres to policies and procedures for the review, approval, and ratification of related-party transactions to ensure that any such transactions are fair, reasonable and in UniTek’s best interest. All significant relationships and transactions are separately identified by management if they meet the definition of a related party or a related-party transaction. Related-party transactions include transactions that have occurred or are currently proposed in which UniTek was or will be a participant and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. All related-party transactions are reviewed, approved and documented by the appropriate level of UniTek’s management and Board of Directors in accordance with these policies and procedures.

At the current time, there are no relationships or related transactions to report under Item 404 of Regulation S-K.

Director Independence

The Board has conducted a review of the independence of the directors under the standards for independence established by the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. During this review, the Board considered any transactions and relationships between a director or member of that director’s immediate family and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The Board also examined any transactions and relationships between directors or their affiliates and members of UniTek’s senior management or their affiliates. The purpose of this review was to determine whether any such relationships or transactions were inconsistent with a determination that the director is independent. The Board, in applying the above-referenced standards, has affirmatively determined that, except for Rocco Romanella, Chief Executive Officer of UniTek, each of the directors is independent.

53

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

Fees Paid to the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, professional services were performed for UniTek by Grant Thornton LLP (“Grant Thornton”), UniTek’s independent registered accounting firm. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, professional services were performed for UniTek by Ernst & Young LLP (“Ernst & Young”), UniTek’s independent registered public accounting firm. Set forth below is information relating to the aggregate fees billed by Grant Thornton and Ernst & Young for professional services rendered for each year. All fees and services were pre-approved in accordance with the Audit Committee’s pre-approval policy.

Audit Fees — The aggregate fees billed, or to be billed, for the audit of UniTek’s consolidated annual financial statements, review of consolidated financial statements included in UniTek’s quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and other services that are normally provided by the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements were approximately $730 thousand for fiscal year 2013 to Grant Thornton and $3.5 million for fiscal year 2012 to Ernst & Young.

Tax Fees — Grant Thornton and Ernst & Young did notperform any professional services for the Company during 2013 or 2012 relating to tax compliance, tax advice or tax planning.

All Other Fees — Grant Thornton andErnst & Young did not provide other services not included above during 2013 or 2012.

Pre-Approval Policy for Services by Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

All audit, audit-related and non-audit services were pre-approved by the Audit Committee, which concluded that the provision of such services by Ernst & Young for the year ended December 31, 2012 and Grant Thornton for the year ended December 31, 2013 was compatible with the maintenance of that firm’s independence in the conduct of its auditing functions. The Audit and Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy provides for (i) general pre-approval of certain specified services and (ii) specific pre-approval of all other permitted services, as well as proposed services exceeding pre-approved cost levels. The policy authorizes the Audit Committee to delegate pre-approval authority with respect to permitted services to one or more of its members.

For both types of pre-approval, the Audit Committee will consider whether such services are consistent with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules on auditor independence. The Audit Committee will also consider whether the independent registered public accounting firm is best positioned to provide the most effective and efficient service, for reasons such as its familiarity with the Company’s business, people, culture, accounting systems, risk profile and other factors, and whether the service might enhance the Company’s ability to manage or control risk or improve audit quality. All such factors will be considered as a whole, and no one factor is necessarily determinative.

54

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1) The following consolidated financial statements of UniTek Global Services, Inc. and subsidiaries are presented at the end of this report beginning on page F-1:

•Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

•Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

•Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

•Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

•Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

•Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Financial schedules are not required as a smaller reporting company and therefore have been omitted

(3) The exhibits required under this item are included under item (b) below.

55

(b) Exhibits

	2.1	Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2011, among the Company, Pinnacle Wireless, Inc., Current Flow Technologies Corporation, Michael Hayford, Timothy Walters, Christopher Love, Michael Rubenstein and Manny Medina. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 21, 2011.)
	2.2	Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2012, among the Company, DirectSat USA, LLC, Skylink LTD and Mr. John Larbus. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 2012.)
	2.3	Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2012, by and between the Company, Advanced Communications USA, Inc., Nex-Link USA Communications, Inc. and Unitek Canada, Inc., and NX Utilities, LLC and the Members (as defined therein). (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2013.)
	3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended to date hereof. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 12, 2013.)
	3.2	Certificate of Designation for the Berliner Series A Preferred Stock of Berliner Communications, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010.)
	3.3	Certificate of Designation for the Berliner Series B Preferred Stock of Berliner Communications, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010.)
	3.4	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Berliner Communications, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010.)
	4.1	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2010, by and between Berliner Communications, Inc. and those holders of capital stock of Berliner listed on Exhibit A thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010.)
	4.2	Form of Substitute Option. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010.)
	4.3	Form of Substitute Warrant. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010.)
	4.4	Form of Warrant. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2010.)
	4.5	Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2010. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2010.)
#	10.1	Employment Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2012, between the Company and Rocco Romanella. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 16, 2012.)
#	10.2	Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2012, between the Company and Rocco Romanella. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 16, 2012.)
#	10.3	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for the Berliner Communications, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 12, 2013.)

56

#	10.4	Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, by and between Unitek USA, LLC and Ronald J. Lejman. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2011.
#	10.5	Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2010, by and between, UniTek USA LLC, and Daniel Yannantuono. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 12, 2013.)
#	10.6	Employment Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2007, by and between UniTek USA, LLC, and Ralph C. Perkins. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 12, 2013.)
#	10.7	Amendment and Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, between the Company and C. Scott Hisey. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2012.)
#	10.8	Senior Executive Compensation Plan dated April 3, 2012. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 9, 2012).
#	10.9	Retention Agreement, dated January 11, 2012 by and between the Company and Ronald J. Lejman. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2012.)
#	10.10	Retention Agreement, dated January 11, 2012 by and between the Company and Daniel Yannantuono. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2012.)
	10.11	Form of D&O Indemnification Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010.)
	10.12	Indemnification Priority Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2010, by and among HM Capital Partners LLC, Berliner Communications, Inc., BCI Communications, Inc., Unitek USA, LLC, Unitek Holdings, Inc., Unitek Midco, Inc. and Unitek Acquisition, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010.)
#	10.13	Unitek Holdings, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010.)
#	10.14	Berliner Communications, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on October 27, 2009.)
#	10.15	Unitek Global Services, Inc. 2013 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on November 8, 2013.)
#	10.16	Form of UniTek Global Services Deferred Compensation Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2011.)
	10.17	Nominating Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2010, by and among the Company and those holders of capital stock of the Company listed on Exhibit A thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2011).
	10.18	Earnout Confirmation Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2012, among the Company, DirectSat USA, LLC, Skylink LTD and Mr. John Larbus. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 2012.)
	10.19	Term Loan Amendment, dated as of September 14, 2012, among the Company, the lending and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto and FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 2012.)

57

10.20	Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, by and among the Company (and certain subsidiaries of UniTek) and PNC Bank, National Association, dated as of April 15, 2011. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 16, 2011.)
10.21	Revolver Amendment, dated as of September 13, 2012, among the Company, UniTek Acquisition, Inc., NexLink Global Services, Inc., UniTek USA, LLC, Advanced Communications USA, Inc., DirectSat USA, LLC, FTS USA, LLC, the financial institutions party to the Loan Agreement and PNC Bank, National Association. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 2012.)
10.22	Forbearance Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2013, among the Company, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto and FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2013.)
10.23	Forbearance Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2013, among the Company, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto and PNC Bank, National Association. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2013.)
10.24	Amendment to Forbearance Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, among the Company, the several banks and financial institutions signatory thereto and FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2013.)
10.25	Amendment to Forbearance Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2013, among the Company, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto and PNC Bank, National Association. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2013.)
10.26	Forbearance Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2013, among the Company, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto and FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 14, 2013.)
10.27	Amendment to Forbearance Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2013, among the Company, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto and PNC Bank, National Association. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 14, 2013.)
10.28	Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2013, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries thereof and Apollo Investment Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 12, 2013.)
10.29	Forbearance Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2013, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors signatory thereto, the several banks and financial institutions signatory thereto as Lenders and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 18, 2013.)
10.30	Second Amendment and Limited Waiver to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2013, by and among the Company, the lenders party thereto, Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, and the Credit Support Parties (as defined therein). (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2013.)
10.31	Form of Warrant. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2013.) (See schedule included in such exhibit for a list of recipients of warrants and the respective numbers of shares underlying the warrants issued to each recipient.)
10.32	Form of Registration Rights Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2013.) (See schedule included in such exhibit for a list of parties to such registration rights agreements.)

58

		10.33	Amendment and Limited Waiver to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement and Fee Letter, dated as of July 25, 2013, by and among the Company, Unitek Acquisition, Inc., Pinnacle Wireless USA, Inc., Unitek USA, LLC, Advanced Communications USA, Inc., DirectSat USA, LLC, FTS USA, LLC, the Lenders party thereto and Apollo Investment Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2013.)
		10.34	Home Services Provider Agreement, entered into as of October 15, 2012, between DIRECTV, LLC and DirectSat USA, LLC. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 12, 2013.)
		10.35	First Amendment to Home Services Provider Agreement, entered into as of January 1, 2013, between DIRECTV, LLC and DirectSat USA, LLC. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 12, 2013.)
#	+	10.36	UniTek Global Services, Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan, dated as of March 27, 2014.
#	+	10.37	Employment Agreement Termination Letter, dated March 31, 2014, by and between the Company and Daniel Yannantuono.
		21	Subsidiaries of the Company
	+	23.1	Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
	+	23.2	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
	+	31.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of UniTek Global Services, Inc. required by Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
	+	31.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of UniTek Global Services, Inc. required by Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
	*	32.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of UniTek Global Services, Inc. required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
	+	101.INS	XBRL Instance Document
	+	101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
	+	101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
	+	101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
	+	101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
	+	101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

____________________

#	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
+	Filed herewith.
*	Furnished herewith.

59

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

UNITEK GLOBAL SERVICES, INC.

Date:	March 31, 2014	By:	/s/ Rocco Romanella
			Rocco Romanella
			Chief Executive Officer
			(Principal Executive Officer)
Date:	March 31, 2014	By:	/s/ Andrew J. Herning
			Andrew J. Herning
			Chief Financial Officer
			(Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Michael O’Donnell	Director and Chairman of the Board	March 31, 2014
Michael O’Donnell
/s/ Rocco Romanella	Chief Executive Officer and Director	March 31, 2014
Rocco Romanella	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Mark Dailey	Director	March 31, 2014
Mark Dailey
/s/ Dan Hopkin	Director	March 31, 2014
Dan Hopkin
/s/ Dean MacDonald	Director	March 31, 2014
Dean MacDonald
/s/ Michael Montelongo	Director	March 31, 2014
Michael Montelongo
/s/ Robert Stott	Director	March 31, 2014
Robert Stott
/s/ Andrew J. Herning	Chief Financial Officer	March 31, 2014
Andrew J. Herning	(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ James Brennan	Vice President and Corporate Controller	March 31, 2014
James Brennan	(Principal Accounting Officer)

60

UNITEK GLOBAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

	Page No.
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

UniTek Global Services, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of UniTek Global Services, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of UniTek Global Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 31, 2014

F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

UniTek Global Services, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of UniTek Global Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the year then ended.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of UniTek Global Services, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

August 9, 2013

F-3

UNITEK GLOBAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except per share amounts)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,842		$	3,836
Accounts receivable, net of allowances	73,358			102,490
Inventories	15,187			15,266
Prepaid insurance	6,599			760
Other current assets	4,108			6,800
Total current assets	101,094			129,152
Restricted cash	16,767			—
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $49,189 and $41,953	14,912			26,393
Amortizable intangible assets, net (includes amortizable customer relationships, net, of $32,263 and $38,090)	33,963			42,013
Goodwill	98,579			121,920
Other assets, net	5,233			6,925
Total assets	$	270,548		$	326,403
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Current portion of long-term debt	$	7,502		$	3,450
Current portion of capital lease obligations	4,849			7,688
Accounts payable	23,906			48,845
Accrued insurance	17,719			16,248
Accrued compensation and benefits	7,965			9,766
Other current liabilities	17,296			27,361
Total current liabilities	79,237			113,358
Long-term debt, net of current portion	174,044			153,014
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion	3,509			8,040
Other liabilities	2,299			3,688
Total liabilities	259,089			278,100
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred Stock, $0.00002 par value (20,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding)	—			—
Common Stock, $0.00002 par value (200,000 shares authorized, 19,039 and 18,736 issued and outstanding)	—			—
Additional paid-in capital	275,274			260,077
Accumulated other comprehensive income	89			57
Accumulated deficit	(263,904		)	(211,831		)
Total stockholders’ equity	11,459			48,303
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	270,548		$	326,403

See accompanying notes

F-4

UNITEK GLOBAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Loss

	Year Ended
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Revenues	$	471,933		$	437,596
Cost of revenues	387,376			356,794
Gross profit	84,557			80,802
Selling, general and administrative expenses	42,223			46,357
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	(114		)	10,096
Restructuring charges	1,071			8,013
Restatement, investigation and related costs	8,820			—
Impairment charges	24,374			14,900
Depreciation and amortization	20,258			26,469
Operating loss	(12,075		)	(25,033		)
Interest expense	30,454			15,329
Loss on extinguishment of debt	9,247			—
Other income, net	(733		)	(1,244		)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(51,043		)	(39,118		)
Income tax (benefit) expense	(552		)	353
Loss from continuing operations	(50,491		)	(39,471		)
Loss from discontinued operations	(1,582		)	(38,259		)
Net loss	$	(52,073	)	$	(77,730	)
Other comprehensive income or loss:
Foreign currency translation	32			39
Comprehensive loss	$	(52,041	)	$	(77,691	)
Net loss per share – basic and diluted
Continuing operations	$	(2.65	)	$	(2.17	)
Discontinued operations	(0.08		)	(2.11		)
Total	$	(2.73	)	$	(4.28	)
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding – basic and diluted	19,046			18,182

See accompanying notes

F-5

UNITEK GLOBAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands)	Common Stock			Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income or Loss		Accumulated Deficit			Total
	Shares	Amount
Balance at December 31, 2011	16,305	$	—	$	249,745		$	18	$	(134,101	)	$	115,662
Net loss	—	—		—			—		(77,730		)	(77,730		)
Foreign currency translation	—	—		—			39		—			39
Shares of common stock issued in connection with:
Stock-based compensation plans	326	—		(362		)	—		—			(362		)
Business acquisitions	2,105	—		5,789			—		—			5,789
Stock-based compensation	—	—		4,905			—		—			4,905
Balance at December 31, 2012	18,736	—		260,077			57		(211,831		)	48,303
Net loss	—	—		—			—		(52,073		)	(52,073		)
Foreign currency translation	—	—		—			32		—			32
Shares of common stock issued in connection with:
Stock-based compensation plans	303	—		(45		)	—					(45		)
Warrants issued	—	—		13,066			—					13,066
Stock-based compensation	—	—		2,176			—		—			2,176
Balance at December 31, 2013	19,039	$	—	$	275,274		$	89	$	(263,904	)	$	11,459

See accompanying notes

F-6

UNITEK GLOBAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(52,073	)	$	(77,730	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for doubtful accounts	2,792			4,819
Depreciation and amortization	20,353			29,016
Impairment charges	24,374			50,080
Loss on extinguishment of debt	9,247			—
Interest and fees added to debt principal	8,204			—
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount	2,943			2,180
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	(114		)	10,096
Stock-based compensation	2,176			4,905
Gain on sale of property and equipment	(940		)	(1,365		)
Loss on sale of Wireline Group	—			978
Deferred income taxes, net	84			(5,602		)
Payment of contingent consideration	—			(1,560		)
Changes in working capital:
Accounts receivable	26,340			(28,029		)
Inventories	79			(2,571		)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2,587		)	(4,268		)
Accounts payable and other liabilities	(30,825		)	28,001
Net cash provided by operating activities	10,053			8,950
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of property and equipment	(2,360		)	(5,642		)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	2,056			2,133
Cash paid for acquisition of businesses	—			(16,858		)
Proceeds from sale of Wireline Group	—			5,435
Net cash used in investing activities	(304		)	(14,932		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from revolving credit facilities, net	21,161			11,229
Proceeds from term loan facilities	—			33,750
Repayment of term loan facilities	(1,298		)	(1,277		)
Repayment of capital lease obligations	(8,174		)	(11,585		)
Restriction of cash to collateralize letters of credit	(24,716		)	—
Release of cash restriction on collateralized letters of credit	7,949			—
Payment of contingent consideration	—			(21,480		)
Payment of financing fees	(6,811		)	(1,021		)
Other financing activities	(79		)	(362		)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(11,968		)	9,254
Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents	225			31
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(1,994		)	3,303
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	3,836			533
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	1,842		$	3,836
Supplemental cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	20,331		$	13,600
Income taxes paid	382			879
Significant non-cash investing and financing activities:
Value of warrants issued to lenders under term loan facilities	$	13,066		$	—
Fair value of equity paid for acquisition	—			5,789
Acquisition of property and equipment financed by capital leases	804			4,313

See accompanying notes

F-7

UNITEK GLOBAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.    Business

UniTek Global Services, Inc., with its subsidiaries (the “Company”), is a full-service provider of technical services to customers in the wireless telecommunications, public safety, satellite television and broadband cable industries in the United States and Canada. The Company’s principal lines of service, or segments, and their relative importance to operations, based upon contribution to consolidated revenues, are:

• Comprehensive installation and fulfillment services (“Fulfillment”), whereby the Company deploys technicians to install its customers’ equipment, such as television receiver units, into homes and businesses. This segment makes up approximately two-thirds of the business; and

• Wireless telecommunication construction, project management and systems integration (“Engineering and Construction”), whereby the Company assembles teams of engineers and technicians to design and build large wireless infrastructure projects for its customers. This segment makes up approximately one-third of the business.

The Company’s customers are primarily satellite television, broadband cable and other telecommunications companies, their contractors, and municipalities and related agencies. The Company’s customers utilize its services to build and maintain their infrastructure and networks and to provide residential and commercial fulfillment services, which is critical to their ability to deliver voice, video and data services to end users.

2.    Basis of Presentation

The consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss and related footnote disclosures present the continuing operations of the Company, with discontinued operations presented separately where applicable. The consolidated balance sheets, statements of changes in stockholders’ equity, statements of cash flows and related footnote disclosures, including disclosures of changes in balance sheet amounts, present the total operations of the Company, including discontinued operations.

We experienced losses of $52.1 million and $77.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  While a significant portion of these losses were non-cash charges or resulting from unusual events, and we entered a new loan facility in 2013 which increased our borrowing capacity and liquidity but at higher cost, our liquidity is dependent upon continued improved financial performance. If the Company is unable to improve profitability, reduce long-term debt or obtain additional financing, the related lack of liquidity or compliance with long-term debt covenants could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations. At December 31, 2013 and March 17, 2014, in addition to cash on hand, the Company had availability under its revolving loan facility of $8.2 million, and it has the ability to borrow up to an incremental $10 million if underlying eligible receivables increase.

The following reclassifications were made to the prior balance sheet to conform to the current presentation: (i) prepaid insurance was separately presented from other current assets; (ii) deferred tax assets, net, were aggregated with other assets, net; (iii) current portion of contingent consideration was aggregated with other current liabilities; and (iv) deferred tax liabilities were aggregated with other liabilities.

All intercompany transactions and balances among subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses, and certain of the amounts contained in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Although such assumptions are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions the Company may undertake in the future, actual results could differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions. The Company’s more significant estimates relate to revenue recognition, impairment testing of goodwill and other long-lived assets, fair value measurements, the allowance for doubtful accounts, accrued insurance, income taxes and contingencies.

In the ordinary course of accounting for the items discussed above, the Company makes changes in estimates as appropriate and as the Company becomes aware of circumstances surrounding those changes. Such changes in estimates are reflected in reported results of operations in the period in which the changes are made, and if material, their effects are disclosed in the notes to theconsolidatedfinancial statements.

F-8

Net Income or Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the periods presented. Diluted net income or loss per share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the periods adjusted for the dilutive effect, if any, of the exercise or conversion of instruments into common stock, such as non-vested restricted stock units, non-vested restricted shares, warrants or redeemable obligations.

During the years endedDecember 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no differences in the amount of basic and diluted net income or loss per share. Common shares from the potential redemption of an obligation into 3.7 million common shares (see Note 10), the potential exercise of warrants for 3.9 million common shares (see Note 14) and the potential issuance of 0.4 million common shares related to outstanding stock-based compensation awards (see Note 15) were excluded from the calculations of diluted net income or loss per share because their effects were anti-dilutive.

3.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations by estimating the fair value of consideration paid for acquired businesses, including contingent consideration, and allocating that amount to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remainder assigned to goodwill. The estimates of fair values are determined utilizing customary valuation procedures and techniques, which require the Company, among other things, to estimate future cash flows and discount rates. The accounting for business combinations is preliminary and subject to potential adjustment until finalized no later than one year from the date of acquisition.

The Company recognizes the acquisition date fair value of contingent consideration as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. Contingent consideration is classified as either a liability or equity in accordance with GAAP. If classified as a liability, the liability is remeasured to fair value at each subsequent reporting date until the contingency is resolved, with changes in fair value recorded on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss. If classified as equity, contingent consideration is not remeasured, and subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, including Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash, restricted cash and cash equivalents held with banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. Consequentially, our cash and cash equivalents are subject to credit risk. Cash or cash equivalents that are restricted as to withdrawal or usage are classified separately from cash, with such provisions disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances

Accounts receivable are customer obligations for services rendered under normal trade terms. The Company’s customers are primarily satellite television, broadband cable and other telecommunications companies, their contractors, and municipalities and related agencies in the United States and Canada. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition but generally does not require its customers to provide collateral. Trade accounts receivable and contract billings are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Unbilled contract revenues represent revenues recognized on construction and equipment installation contracts that are not yet billed or billable pursuant to contract terms. Unbilled contract revenues are generally billed within three months subsequent to the provision of the services, although for some customers such periods may extend longer.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from uncollectible accounts. The Company records a specific reserve for known or suspected doubtful accounts receivable. For all other accounts, the Company records a general reserve based on the length of time receivables are past due and historical write-off experience. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the reserve using several factors including the age of receivables, historical collections experience with the customer, changes in the customer’s credit worthiness or financial condition, availability of liens, payment bonds or other sources of payment, and current industry and economic trends. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when they are deemed uncollectible. The provision for doubtful accounts is recorded as a reduction to revenues or in selling, general and administrative expenses depending upon whether the related revenues have been billed to the customer.

F-9

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of materials and supplies purchased from the customer and other suppliers used for installation fulfillment services and wireless construction. The Company’s inventories in the Fulfillment segment include serialized and non-serialized inventories. Serialized inventories consist primarily of receivers and similar devices supplied by the customer for installation purposes. Non-serialized inventories consist of dishes, poles, cables, switches and various other parts. Inventories for the Fulfillment segment are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first in, first out method. The Company’s inventories in the Engineering and Construction segment consist primarily of off-the-shelf inventories used on wireless construction projects. Inventories for the Engineering and Construction segment are stated at lower of cost or market using the average cost method.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consists primarily of vehicles, equipment and software and are either owned or held under capital leases. Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, except for capital lease assets which are depreciated over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Vehicles are depreciated over three to five years, equipment is depreciated over eighteen months to seven years and software is depreciated over three to five years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, whereas significant renewals and betterments are capitalized. Certain costs to develop or obtain software for internal use are capitalized and classified within software. Upon retirement or other disposition of property and equipment, cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected as other income or expense, net. Depreciation of property and equipment is classified within depreciation and amortization.

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired net of liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is assigned to individual reporting units that have been established at the operating segment level. The Company amortizes intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the estimated lives of those assets.

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment at least annually or more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which indicates that their carrying amount may exceed their fair value. The annual impairment review is performed as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year based upon information and estimates available at that time. To perform the impairment testing, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair values of its reporting units are less than their carrying amounts. The Company then estimates the fair value of each reporting unit not meeting the qualitative criteria and compares their fair values to their carrying values. The Company determines fair value of the reporting unit using a combination of a market-based approach and an income approach relying on a discounted cash flow analysis. Determining fair value required the exercise of significant judgment, including judgments about the amount and timing of future cash flows, appropriate discount rates and relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach. The cash flows employed in the discounted cash flow analyses were based on business forecasts for the subsequent year, and for years beyond that, the growth rates used incorporated estimated future growth and profitability rates in the Company’s industry, considering company-specific factors such as its liquidity position. The discount rates used in the discounted cash flow analyses were intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit and were based on a market participant’s estimated cost of capital. In addition, the market-based approach utilizes comparable company public trading values, research analyst estimates and, where available, values observed in private market transactions.

If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company determines the implied fair value of goodwill assigned to that reporting unit by deducting the estimated fair value of its net assets, other than goodwill, from its overall fair value. If the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, the Company recognizes an impairment charge for the difference.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, consisting primarily of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. In analyzing recoverability, the Company uses projections of future undiscounted cash flows from the assets. These projections are based on estimated growth rates for the related business, anticipated future economic conditions and estimated residual values. If the future undiscounted cash flows of such assets are less than their carrying value, the Company recognizes an impairment charge for the amount by which their carrying value exceeds their fair value.

Accrued Insurance

The Company maintains high-deductible insurance policies for workers’ compensation, general liability, automobile, medical and dental claims. Because most claims against the Company do not exceed its deductibles, the Company is effectively self-insured for substantially all claims. Accrued insurance represents the Company’s estimate of the loss that will ultimately be incurred on reported claims and claims that have been incurred but not yet reported. The Company’s insurance accruals incorporate historical loss

F-10

experience and judgments about the present and expected levels of cost per claim. Trends in actual experience are a significant factor in the determination of such reserves. The Company updates its estimates and the appropriateness of its reserves quarterly based upon known facts, historical trends and its judgments regarding future claims.

Long-Term Debt, including Financing Costs

Costs associated with obtaining long-term debt are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method. Deferred costs paid to lenders are classified as a discount to long-term debt, and deferred costs paid to others are classified within other assets, net, on the consolidated balance sheets.

Lease Obligations

The Company rents vehicles and also equipment, office space and certain other assets under non-cancelable leases. Depending upon contractual terms and the characteristics of the leased assets, leases are classified as either capital or operating. Capital lease assets and related obligations are classified on the consolidated balance sheets as property and equipment, net, and capital lease obligations, respectively. Acquisitions of capital lease assets are disclosed as significant non-cash investing and financing activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows. Capital lease payments are separated into principal and interest and classified as financing and operating activities, respectively, on the consolidated statements of cash flows. Operating leases are not included on the consolidated balance sheets, are expensed as incurred and payments thereon are classified as operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and represents the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company estimates the fair value of assets and liabilities using a combination of available market information and commonly accepted valuation methodologies that are classified into three categories:

• Level 1 — Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

• Level 2 — Observable market based inputs or other observable inputs corroborated by market data at the measurement date, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, either directly or indirectly.

• Level 3 — Significant unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data and reflect the use of significant management judgment. These values are generally determined using valuation models that utilize management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.

The Company exercises considerable judgment when estimating fair value, particularly when judging what assumptions market participants would likely make when assessing fair value. The use of different assumptions or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values.

Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation and other contingencies are reflected in the consolidated financial statements based on management’s assessments of the expected outcome of legal proceedings or the expected resolution of other contingencies. Liabilities for estimated losses are accrued if the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether the amount of an exposure is reasonably estimable. Due to uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, management reassesses potential liabilities related to pending claims and litigation and may revise its previous estimates.

The Company generally warrants the work it performs for one to two years following substantial completion of a project. Warranty reserves are included within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Historically, the Company has not accrued material warranty reserves or experienced material warranty claims.

F-11

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenues are recognized net of any estimated allowances.

Fulfillment

The Company recognizes revenues from installation and fulfillment services as the services are rendered. Fulfillment services are performed pursuant to work orders under master service or similar types of service agreements that specify units of service to be performed for a contractually stated fixed price per unit. Revenues from fulfillment services are reported net of equipment costs payable to the customer because the Company acts as an agent with respect to the equipment. Generally, the recognition of revenues in the Fulfillment segment does not require significant estimates or assumptions.

Engineering and Construction

The Company recognizes revenues from wireless telecommunication construction, project management and systems integration contracts under the percentage of completion method based on the percentage of costs incurred to date compared to estimated total costs at completion. Such services are performed pursuant to work orders under agreements or master agreements that specify units of service to be performed for a contractually stated price per unit that the Company is entitled to receive upon satisfactory completion of each unit. Contracts generally become billable upon satisfaction of contractually specified performance milestones per individual contract terms or, in most cases, for work completed to date in the event of project termination. The Company combines contracts when they are, in effect, parts of a single project with an overall profit margin. Costs used to determine percentage of completion include direct costs such as materials, labor and subcontractor costs and indirect costs specifically allocable or identifiable to each contract, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools and repairs. Contract losses are recognized currently if it becomes known that a contract will be performed at an overall loss.

Unbilled contract revenues represent revenues recognized pursuant to such contracts that are not yet billed or billable pursuant to contract terms. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings represent the value of services to customers that have been billed as of the balance sheet date but for which the requisite services have not yet been rendered.

Certain contracts include multiple deliverables, specifically systems integration contracts with a separate maintenance component for a specific period of time following implementation. The maintenance component of these contracts is typically for a period of one to ten years. The Company accounts for the maintenance component of these contracts as a separate unit of accounting with the revenue being recognized on a pro rata basis over the term of the maintenance period. The revenue for the remaining portion of the contract is recognized on the percentage of completion method. The value assigned to each unit of accounting is determined primarily based upon its separate selling price. The liability associated with these maintenance contracts is reflected within other current liabilities and other liabilities.

Costs relating to customer claims and change orders are expensed in the period incurred unless approved by the customer or persuasive evidence exists that the costs will be recovered, in which case they are included in the Company’s estimates of total contract revenues and costs. The Company determines the likelihood that costs relating to claims and change orders will be recovered based upon past practices or specific discussions, correspondence or negotiation with the customer.

At any time the Company has numerous contracts in progress which can be at various stages of completion. The percentage of completion method requires estimates of progress towards completion to determine the extent of revenue and earnings recognition. The Company reviews and revises its determination of total contract revenues and its estimates of total cost quarterly as work progresses. Any adjustments to earnings arising from such revisions are made cumulatively through the date of revision and are included in results of operations in the period of revision. The most significant estimates that the Company must make in order to recognize revenues are determining (i) the total estimated cost of each project at completion, including whether and when any contracts will be performed at an overall loss, and therefore recognizing that loss immediately; (ii) the relative values of each unit of accounting under multiple-element arrangements; (iii) the likelihood that costs related to claims and change orders will be recoverable; and (iv) for certain contracts, the estimation of total contract revenue. Such estimates, by their nature, involve judgment regarding future uncertainties and could result in significant changes in estimate in the future. To further illustrate the sensitivity of these estimates, the Company in prior years had to restate revenues in prior financial statements as a result of errors made in applying certain of these principles.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured based on the grant-date fair value of awards ultimately expected to vest. The grant-date fair value of restricted stock units and non-vested restricted shares is measured based on their intrinsic values, calculated from the quoted closing market prices for the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The number of awards ultimately expected to vest is estimated beginning on the date of grant by use of an estimated forfeiture rate. The estimated forfeiture rate is based on historical

F-12

forfeiture data and expected employee turnover rates, which management reevaluates each period. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis, or as the awards vest if sooner, from the date of grant through the end of the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation has not had, and is not expected to have, any impact to cash flows because the Company does not expect to realize the benefits of the related deferred tax assets. The Company’s policy is to issue new shares of common stock upon the vesting of its stock-based awards.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense or benefit consists of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes related to differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be deductible or taxable when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through income tax expense or benefit.

The Company establishes tax valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets, such as tax loss carry forwards, to net realizable value. The Company considers future pretax income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the net realizable value of deferred tax assets and the need for such a valuation allowance. In the event that the Company determines that it may not be able to realize all or part of the net deferred tax asset in the future, a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset is charged against income tax expense or benefit in the period such determination is made. The establishment of the valuation allowance does not preclude the Company from utilizing its deferred tax assets in the future; however, the Company has experienced ownership changes as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, and therefore the use of the tax loss carry forwards is subject to limitation.

The Company provides an intra-period tax allocation of income tax expense or benefit to continuing operations and discontinued operations.

The Company recognizes uncertain tax positions in its financial statements when minimum recognition criteria are met in accordance with current accounting guidance. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense or benefit.

Discontinued Operations

The Company reports the results of operations of a business as discontinued operations if the business has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale, the operations and cash flows of the business have been or will be eliminated from ongoing operations as a result of a disposal transaction and there will not be any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the business after the disposal transaction. The results of discontinued operations, including any gain or loss recognized as a result of a disposal transaction, are reclassified from continuing operations to income or loss from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss and related footnote disclosures for all periods presented.

Foreign Currency Translation

The balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries are translated into United States dollars at current period-end rates, and the statements of comprehensive income or loss are translated at average monthly rates during each monthly period. Net exchange gains or losses resulting from the translation of foreign financial statements and the effect of exchange rate changes on intercompany transactions of a long-term investment nature are accumulated and credited or charged to accumulated other comprehensive income. Any foreign currency gains or losses related to transactions are charged to other income or expense, net.

New Accounting Pronouncements

There were no recently issued accounting pronouncements that significantly affected the consolidated financial statements or any yet-to-be-adopted accounting standards that, when adopted, are expected to materially affect the consolidated financial statements.

F-13

4.    Business Combinations

The following table presents the calculation and allocation of purchase price for business combinations completed during the two year period ended December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Skylink			Cable Acquisitions
Calculation of purchase price:
Cash	$	14,000		$	2,858
Fair value of equity consideration	4,018			—
Fair value of contingent consideration	5,332			484
Purchase price	$	23,350		$	3,342
Allocation of purchase price:
Accounts receivable	$	1,789		$	—
Inventories	1,548			—
Property and equipment	1,115			599
Amortizable intangible assets	17,490			690
Goodwill	3,752			2,257
Accounts payable and other current liabilities	(2,344		)	—
Capital lease obligations	—			(204		)
Purchase price	$	23,350		$	3,342

The following table presents additional information about acquired amortizable intangible assets:

	Skylink		Cable Acquisitions
Acquired amortizable intangible assets (in thousands):
Customer relationships	$	17,000	$	560
Other	490		130
Total	$	17,490	$	690
Weighted average amortization period (in years):
Customer relationships	7.0		2.0
Other	3.0		1.0
Total	6.9		1.8

Skylink

On September 14, 2012, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of Skylink LTD (“Skylink”) relating to its business of conducting video, Internet and multi-dwelling unit fulfillment and installation for DIRECTV in various markets in Indiana, Ohio and West Virginia.

In accordance with the asset purchase agreement, the Company agreed to pay the former owners of Skylink an aggregate purchase price of up to $23.5 million, subject to certain conditions and adjustments as set forth in the agreement, consisting of (i) a cash payment at closing of $14.0 million; (ii) deferred consideration with a fair value of $4.0 million, consisting primarily of the minimum portion of an earn-out payment (as described further below); and (iii) contingent consideration of up to $5.5 million.

The contingent consideration was in the form of earn-out payments. The initial earn-out payment of $3.5 million, which was paid in December 2012, was based upon the achievement of certain metrics related to the timely transition of operations to the Company. The second earn-out payment of $6.0 million, consisting of a $4.0 million deferred payment and contingent consideration of up to an additional $2.0 million, was based upon the achievement of revenue targets as defined in the asset purchase agreement and was payable no later than May 31, 2013, subject to certain conditions. These conditions have not yet been satisfied, and thus the second earn-out has not yet been paid and has been included within the current portion of long-term debt. Additional details are provided in the section entitled “Redeemable Obligation” within Note 10.

F-14

The customer relationships acquired consisted primarily of contractual rights to perform fulfillment services for DIRECTV. The Company expects that these contracts will be renewed at the end of their four-year remaining term.

The results of Skylink have been included in the Fulfillment segment since the date of acquisition. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the acquisition of Skylink contributed revenues of approximately $8.5 million and operating income of approximately $2.2 million. Acquisition related costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.2 million, which were recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses. The recognized goodwill which is expected to be tax deductible, representing the value of the existing workforce as well as expected synergies from the combination of operations, and is included within the assets of the Fulfillment segment.

The following table presents unaudited pro forma revenues and income or loss from continuing operations as if the acquisition of Skylink occurred on January 1, 2012:

(in thousands)	Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenues	$	456,898
Loss from continuing operations	(37,862		)

Cable Acquisitions

The Company acquired certain broadband cable fulfillment businesses (the “Cable Acquisitions”) during the year ended December 31, 2012:

• On March 2, 2012, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Cableview Communications Inc. (“Cableview”), a provider of broadband cable installation services in the eastern United States, for a purchase price of $2.9 million; and

• On January 3, 2012, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Streamline Communications, Inc., a provider of broadband cable installation services in the greater Dallas, Texas market, for a purchase price of $0.5 million.

The Cable Acquisitions have expanded the Company’s broadband cable installation presence in certain geographies within the United States and enhanced the Company’s customer diversification.

The Company issued contingent consideration to acquire Cableview in the form of earn-out payments. The earn-out payments were based on the achievement of certain revenue levels for the six- and twelve-month periods subsequent to the acquisition date up to maximum amounts of $0.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The Company estimated that the fair value of the earn-out payments was $0.5 million on the acquisition date. The revenue targets were not met, so no earn-out payments were made, and the Company recognized income related to contingent consideration of $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

The results of the Cable Acquisitions have been included in the Fulfillment segment since their respective acquisition dates. The contribution of the Cable Acquisitions to consolidated revenues and operating income or loss was not material to the Company’s results of operations, on either an actual or a pro forma basis. The recognized tax deductible goodwill, represents the value of the existing workforce as well as expected synergies from the combination of operations, and is included within the assets of the Fulfillment segment.

F-15

5.Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances

The following table presents the components of accounts receivable, net of allowances:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Trade accounts receivable	$	16,308		$	22,954
Contract billings	30,928			37,246
Unbilled contract revenues	26,915			42,287
Other unbilled revenues	1,376			3,686
Retainage	2,698			2,657
Accounts receivable, gross	78,225			108,830
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(4,867		)	(6,340		)
Accounts receivable, net of allowances	$	73,358		$	102,490

All trade accounts receivable and other unbilled revenues are expected to be collected within the next year. We expect that a substantial majority of contract billings and unbilled contract revenues will be collected within the next year; our allowance for doubtful accounts is sufficient to cover the remainder. Retainage has been billed but is not due until completion of performance and acceptance by customers according to the terms of contracts, which could occur beyond one year.

The following table presents the components of unbilled contract revenues, as presented above, net of billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings, a component of other current liabilities:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Costs of in-process contracts	$	80,407		$	85,842
Estimated earnings, net of estimated losses	22,158			30,822
Less: progress billings	(81,799		)	(79,023		)
	$	20,766		$	37,641
Unbilled contract revenues	$	26,915		$	42,287
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings	(6,149		)	(4,646		)
	$	20,766		$	37,641

6.    Concentration Risks

A substantial majority of the Company’s revenues and accounts receivable, net of allowances, are concentrated with a few large customers. The largest three customers accounted, respectively, for 44%, 18% and 12% of revenues for the year endedDecember 31, 2013 and for 39%, 13% and 11% of accounts receivable, net of allowances, at December 31, 2013. The largest and third-largest customers by revenues were included in the Fulfillment segment, and the second-largest customer by revenues was included in the Engineering and Construction segment.

7.    Restricted Cash

At December 31, 2013, the Company had $16.8 million of restricted cash, representing cash on account with its former lender as collateral for $16.2 million of standby letters of credit and fees issued thereon under the prior revolving credit facility. The cash balance becomes available to the Company upon cancellation or transfer of the standby letters of credit to the current revolving credit facility by the holders.

In connection with the July 2013 refinancing (see Note 10), the Company was required to deposit a total of $24.7 million of cash with its former lenders consisting of (i) collateral for $24.0 million of standby letters of credit then outstanding under the revolving loan agreement; and (ii) $0.7 million against which fees may be applied. In December 2013, $7.9 million of that cash became unrestricted upon the transfer of $7.8 million in standby letters of credit by the holders to the current revolving credit facility resulting in a restricted cash balance of $16.8 million at December 31, 2013 as collateral for $16.2 million of standby letters of credit. The restricted cash balance becomes available to the Company upon cancellation or transfer of the standby letters of credit to the current revolving credit facility by the holders.

F-16

In March 2014, an additional $3.7 million in standby letters of credit were transferred to the revolving credit facility and additional cash became unrestricted.

F-17

8.    Property and Equipment, Net

The following table presents the components of property and equipment, net:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Vehicles	$	32,456		$	36,343
Equipment	23,025			23,051
Software	4,942			4,401
Other	3,678			4,551
Property and equipment, gross	64,101			68,346
Accumulated depreciation	(49,189		)	(41,953		)
Property and equipment, net	$	14,912		$	26,393

Depreciation expense, including depreciation of capital lease assets, was $13.3 million and $15.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the gross amount of capital lease assets, consisting entirely of vehicles, was $30.3 million and $33.2 million, respectively, and the related accumulated depreciation was $22.3 million and $18.1 million, respectively.

9.    Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets

The following table presents changes in goodwill by segment:

(in thousands)	Fulfillment			Engineering and Construction			Total
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	105,308		$	58,489		$	163,797
Acquisitions	6,009			—			6,009
Impairment charges	—			(47,905		)	(47,905		)
Foreign currency translation	19			—			19
Balance at December 31, 2012	111,336			10,584			121,920
Impairment charges	(12,700		)	(10,584		)	(23,284		)
Foreign currency translation	(57		)	—			(57		)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	98,579		$	—		$	98,579

The following table presents the components of goodwill by segment:

	December 31, 2013							December 31, 2012
(in thousands)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Impairment Losses			Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Impairment Losses			Net Amount
Fulfillment	$	111,279	$	(12,700	)	$	98,579	$	111,336	$	—		$	111,336
Engineering and Construction	25,484		(25,484		)	—		25,484		(14,900		)	10,584
Total	$	136,763	$	(38,184	)	$	98,579	$	136,820	$	(14,900	)	$	121,920

Additional information about acquisitions and impairment charges may be found in Notes 4 and 11, respectively. Fulfillment segment goodwill includes $0.9 million denominated in Canadian dollars, resulting in foreign currency translation changes from period to period.

F-18

The following table presents the components of amortizable intangible assets:

	December 31, 2013						December 31, 2012
(in thousands)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount
Customer relationships	$	96,449	$	64,186	$	32,263	$	116,222	$	78,132	$	38,090
Other	4,518		2,818		1,700		7,359		3,436		3,923
Total	$	100,967	$	67,004	$	33,963	$	123,581	$	81,568	$	42,013

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company wrote off the gross amount and accumulated amortization of intangible assets related to the sale of the wireline telecommunications business unit (see Note 17) and fully impaired acquired technology assets of the Engineering and Construction segment with a carrying value of $1.1 million (see Note 11).

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $7.0 million and $10.6 million, respectively. The following table presents estimated amortization expense for each of the following five years and thereafter:

(in thousands)	Estimated Amortization Expense
Year ending December 31,
2014	$	5,960
2015	5,802
2016	4,961
2017	4,588
2018	4,554
Thereafter	8,098
Total	$	33,963

10.    Long-Term Debt

The following table presents the components of long-term debt:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Revolving credit facility, net of discount of $3,013 at December 31, 2013	$	45,040	$	26,892
Term loan facility, net of discounts of $11,951 and $3,401	130,354		129,572
Redeemable obligation	6,152		—
Long-term debt	181,546		156,464
Current portion of long-term debt	7,502		3,450
Long-term debt, net of current portion	$	174,044	$	153,014

The following table presents future maturities of long-term debt, excluding debt discounts, at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Future Maturities
Year ending December 31,
2014	$	7,502
2015	1,350
2016	49,403
2017	1,350
2018	136,905
Thereafter	—
Total	$	196,510

F-19

Revolving Credit Facility

The Company has entered into a Revolving Credit and Security Agreement and an Amended and Restated Fee Letter, both dated July 10, 2013 and amended on July 25, 2013, with Apollo Investment Corporation (the “New Revolving Loan”). Prior to the refinancing of the Company’s debt in July 2013, the Company had entered into a Revolving Credit and Security Agreement by and among the Company and PNC Bank (the “Prior Revolving Loan”). Additional information about the refinancing is included in the section of this footnote entitled “July 2013 Refinancing.”

The New Revolving Loan is a $75.0 million facility with up to $35.0 million available for issuance of standby letters of credit. The New Revolving Loan may be used for general business purposes, and amounts may be drawn or repaid in unlimited repetition up to the maximum allowed amount so long as no event of default has occurred and is continuing. Interest is payable in cash at a rate equal to either (i) LIBOR (with a floor of 1.00%) plus a margin of 9.25%; or (ii) an alternate base rate (equal to the greatest of three other variable rates, as defined) plus a margin of 8.25%. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the New Revolving Loan was 10.25% at December 31, 2013. The New Revolving Loan is subject to a commitment fee of 2.00% on the unused portion of the facility. Standby letters of credit may be issued up to the maximum amount at an annual interest rate equal to 9.00%. At December 31, 2013 outstanding standby letters of credit issued under this facility were $7.8 million. In March 2014 (i) $2.4 million of standby letters of credit issued under the New Revolving Loan facility were cancelled by the holder and, (ii) $3.7 million in standby letters of credit were transferred to the New Revolving Loan facility and additional cash became unrestricted as described further in Note 7. The New Revolving Loan matures on April 15, 2016.

There was $8.2 million of availability under the New Revolving Loan at December 31, 2013. Availability was calculated based upon (i) total potential availability under the New Revolving Loan of $64.1 million, which was determined as the lesser of (a) the $75.0 million face amount of the facility and (b) a borrowing base of $64.1 million, calculated based upon eligible receivables of $44.1 million plus an additional amount of $20.0 million (the “Additional Amount”); less (ii) outstanding standby letters of credit under the New Revolving Loan of $7.8 million; less (iii) outstanding borrowings under the New Revolving Loan of $48.1 million. The Additional Amount varies from $0.0 million to $20.0 million based upon the total of eligible and ineligible receivables; the minimum amount is used at $60.0 million or less of total receivables, the maximum amount is used at $80.0 million of greater of total receivables, and a proportional amount is used if total receivables are between $60.0 million and $80.0 million.

In connection with the refinancing, proceeds from the New Revolving Loan were used to repay the Prior Revolving Loan. Refinancing costs paid of $1.2 million and $3.6 million were deferred as a component of other assets, net and as a discount to the New Revolving Loan, respectively. The discount and the deferred financing costs are being amortized to interest expense over the life of the New Revolving Loan.

Term Loan Facility

The term loan facility is a credit agreement with several banks and other financial institutions (the “Term Loan”). In connection with the refinancing of the Company’s debt in July 2013, the Company amended the Term Loan effective July 25, 2013 by entering into a Second Amendment and Limited Waiver to Credit Agreement (together with the Term Loan, the “Amended Term Loan”). Additional information about the refinancing is included in the section of this footnote entitled “July 2013 Refinancing.”

The face amount of the Amended Term Loan is $135.0 million. The Amended Term Loan requires quarterly repayments totaling 1.00% per annum of the face amount until maturity. Interest is payable (i) in cash, at a rate equal to either (a) LIBOR (with a floor of 1.50%) plus a margin of 9.50% or (b) an alternate base rate (equal to the greatest of three other variable rates, as defined) plus a margin of 8.50%; and (ii) in an amount added to the principal amount of the Amended Term Loan at an annual rate equal to 4.00% of the outstanding balance. The interest rate on the Amended Term Loan was 15.00% at December 31, 2013. The Amended Term Loan matures on April 15, 2018.

In connection with the amendment of the Term Loan, the Company issued $13.1 million of warrants to the lenders, which were deferred as a discount to the Amended Term Loan. The warrants are exercisable at $0.01 per share for 3.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock (see Note 14). Additionally, refinancing costs of $1.7 million were deferred as a component of other assets, net. The discount and the deferred financing costs are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the Amended Term Loan.

Redeemable Obligation

In September 2012, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets of Skylink. In accordance with the purchase agreement, a redeemable obligation of $6.2 million was accrued as of May 31, 2013 because the Company had not yet paid the second earn-out. The Company has not made this payment because certain contractual conditions have not yet been met, including compliance with debt covenants (which occurred on July 25, 2013) and minimum levels of liquidity after giving effect to such payments (which has not yet been satisfied).

F-20

The obligation accrues interest at an amount equal to 10.00% per annum commencing on May 31, 2013. The obligation also contains an equity redemption feature permitting the sellers to convert unpaid amounts into a maximum of 3,715,915 shares of the Company’s common stock, which amount is equal to 19.9% of the number of shares outstanding as of September 14, 2012, the date of the purchase agreement for the acquisition of Skylink. The conversion price would be calculated based on the 20 days trailing volume-weighted average of the closing prices of the common stock as of the date of the conversion. Any unpaid amounts not so converted would remain payable in cash up to a maximum of the $6.2 million amount of the obligation.

At December 31, 2013, this instrument was redeemable for the 3.7 million maximum number of shares of common stock plus an additional $0.2 million of cash based on a conversion price of $1.61 per share. An increase to the conversion price of $0.10 per share would have decreased both the number of shares issuable by 0.1 million and the amount payable in cash by $0.2 million, while a decrease in the conversion price of $0.10 per share would have resulted in no additional shares issued and an increase to the amount payable in cash by $0.4 million.

Security Provisions and Covenants

The New Revolving Loan and the Amended Term Loan require the Company to make customary representations and warranties and contain provisions for repayment, guarantees and other security. The New Revolving Loan provides the lenders a first lien security interest in the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory, and the Amended Term Loan provides a second lien interest in the accounts receivable and inventory and a first lien interest in all other assets of the Company. The New Revolving Loan and the Amended Term Loan also provide for customary events of default (which are in some cases subject to certain exceptions, thresholds and grace periods) including, but not limited to, nonpayment of principal and interest, failure to perform or observe covenants, breaches of representations and warranties and certain bankruptcy-related events.

The New Revolving Loan and the Amended Term Loan require the Company to comply with customary affirmative and negative covenants, and the Amended Term Loan further requires the Company to maintain the following financial condition covenants:

• a Consolidated Leverage Ratio, no greater than specified amounts, representing the Company’s long-term debt divided by adjusted earnings, as defined; and

• a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, no less than specified amounts, representing the Company’s adjusted earnings, as defined, divided by fixed charges.

The following table presents the specified amounts of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

	Consolidated Leverage Ratio		Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
Twelve months ending:
December 31, 2013	4.90	:1.00	1.32	:1.00
March 31, 2014	4.87	:1.00	1.25	:1.00
June 30, 2014	4.26	:1.00	1.31	:1.00
September 30, 2014	4.11	:1.00	1.32	:1.00
December 31, 2014	3.94	:1.00	1.38	:1.00
December 31, 2015	3.11	:1.00	1.76	:1.00
December 31, 2016	2.38	:1.00	2.22	:1.00
December 31, 2017 and thereafter	1.65	:1.00	2.82	:1.00

In the event of noncompliance with these financial condition covenants or other defined events of default, the lenders are entitled to certain remedies, including accelerated repayment of amounts outstanding.

The New Revolving Loan contains a subjective acceleration clause that can be triggered if the lenders determine that the Company has experienced a material adverse change. If triggered by the lenders, this clause would create events of default with respect to both the New Revolving Loan and the Amended Term Loan, which in turn would permit the lenders to accelerate repayment of those obligations.

At December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and all other covenants. Because these ratios become more restrictive over time, the Company will need to either increase its Adjusted EBITDA, decrease its long-term debt (including a reduction of cash collateralized standby letters of credit) or decrease its fixed charges such as cash paid for debt service, capital expenditures and income taxes, to remain in compliance.

F-21

July 2013 Refinancing

In July 2013, the Company refinanced its long-term debt by (i) entering into the New Revolving Loan, proceeds from which were used to repay the Prior Revolving Loan; and (ii) amending the Term Loan.

The following table presents the uses of proceeds from the refinancing:

(in thousands)	Revolving Credit Facility July 10, 2013		Term Loan Facility July 25, 2013
Repayment of / balance of prior long-term debt	$	24,822	$	137,720
Collateralization of standby letters of credit	24,716		—
Payment of accrued interest and fees	261		—
Second amendment waiver and amendment fee (2.00%)	—		2,765
Additional borrowings for general business purposes	15,201		—
Proceeds from / balance of current long-term debt	$	65,000	$	140,485

In connection with the repayment of the Prior Revolving Loan, the Company was required to deposit $24.7 million of cash with its former lenders as collateral for outstanding standby letters of credit under the Prior Revolving Loan, as discussed further in Note 7.

In connection with the amendment of the Term Loan, the lenders also received a waiver and amendment fee equal to 2.00% of the outstanding loan balance, or $2.8 million, which was added to the principal amount of the Amended Term Loan. In connection with entering into the Amended Term Loan, the Company issued warrants to the lenders as described further in Note 14.

The refinancing of the revolving credit facility was accounted for as an extinguishment and issuance of new debt as a result of the change in the lenders. The carrying value of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Prior Revolving Loan and refinancing costs paid to the prior lenders were included in the loss on extinguishment of debt. Refinancing costs paid to the new lenders were recorded as a discount to the New Revolving Loan, and costs paid to third parties were recorded as deferred financing costs, which will be amortized to interest expense over the life of the New Revolving Loan.

The amendment of the Term Loan was accounted for as an extinguishment and issuance of new debt because the terms of the amended debt were substantially different from the terms of the original debt. The carrying value of the unamortized deferred financing costs and debt discount related to the Term Loan and refinancing costs paid to the lenders were included in the loss on extinguishment of debt. Costs paid to third parties were recorded as deferred financing costs and are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the Amended Term Loan. A portion of the assumed proceeds from the Amended Term Loan were allocated to the warrants based on the relative fair values of the Amended Term Loan and the warrants, resulting in $13.1 million recorded as additional paid-in capital and discount on long-term debt. The discount will be amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the Amended Term Loan.

The following table presents the components of refinancing costs recognized currently in the Company’s results of operations. Such costs are presented as loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss:

(in thousands)	Revolving Credit Facility		Term Loan Facility		Total
Write-off of unamortized costs of prior debt:
Deferred financing costs	$	465	$	2,693	$	3,158
Discount on long-term debt	—		3,025		3,025
Refinancing costs paid or payable to lenders	65		2,999		3,064
Loss on extinguishment of debt	$	530	$	8,717	$	9,247

F-22

The following table presents the components of refinancing costs that have been deferred to future periods:

(in thousands)	Balance sheet location	Revolving Credit Facility		Term Loan Facility		Total
Deferred financing costs, gross	Other assets, net	$	1,195	$	1,766	$	2,961
Discount on long-term debt, gross	Long-term debt, net of current portion	3,551		13,100		16,651
Refinancing costs deferred to future periods		$	4,746	$	14,866	$	19,612

11.    Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities for which Fair Value is only Disclosed

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and financial instruments included in other current assets and other current liabilities are presented in the consolidated balance sheets at historical cost, which approximates fair value due to the relatively short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities (Level 2 measurements). Restricted cash is carried at historical cost, which approximates fair value (Level 2 measurement.) The carrying values of capital lease obligations and long-term debt approximate fair value because they bear interest at rates available to the Company for obligations with similar terms and remaining maturities (Level 2 measurements).

Fair Value Measurements with Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following table presents changes in contingent consideration liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

(in thousands)	Contingent Consideration
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	14,852
Acquisitions	5,816
Settlements – cash	(23,040		)
Settlements – equity	(5,789		)
Changes in fair value	10,096
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	1,935

At December 31, 2012, the remaining balance of contingent consideration was related to an earn-out for the acquisition of Skylink. This amount was fully settled during 2013 and included in long-term debt at December 31, 2013 as discussed further below.

Pinnacle

The agreement to purchase the assets of Pinnacle Wireless, Inc. (“Pinnacle”) provided for the payment of contingent consideration in the form of earn-out payments, not to exceed $30.0 million, based on the achievement of contractual EBITDA performance targets for the six months ended September 30, 2011, the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and / or the twelve months ended March 31, 2013. The asset purchase agreement provided that if the September 30, 2011 or March 31, 2012 performance targets were not met, the entire earn-out, or some portion thereof, still could be earned based on Pinnacle’s actual EBITDA attained for the twelve months ending March 31, 2013. The Company used a Monte Carlo simulation model applied to its estimate of Pinnacle’s expected EBITDA performance at each of the measurement dates to estimate the fair value of the potential earn-out. The significant assumptions used in this valuation methodology depended upon considerable judgment and included forecasted EBITDA, an estimate of the volatility of Pinnacle’s earnings based upon a selected peer group, and an interest rate tied to the Company’s credit risk profile with terms approximating the earn-out periods. Utilizing the estimated peer group volatility and an estimated range of EBITDA outcomes between 80% and 120% of the estimated EBITDA, the estimated range of outcomes on an undiscounted basis was expected to be between $17.4 million and $30.0 million as of the purchase date on April 3, 2011.

At December 31, 2011, the estimated fair value of the earn-out of $14.9 million was based on (i) Pinnacle’s actual 2011 EBITDA, (ii) Pinnacle’s revised EBITDA forecasts for the twelve month periods ending March 31, 2012 and 2013, and (iii) payments of $2.4 million made against the liability during the year ended December 31, 2011. Based on Pinnacle’s pre-restatement EBITDA data, the Company transferred an additional $19.5 million and $5.8 million in cash and shares of common stock, respectively, during the year

F-23

ended December 31, 2012. These payments exceeded the fair value of the liability at December 31, 2011, resulting in expense related to contingent consideration of $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Based upon the restated financial information for Pinnacle and other currently available information, the Company has concluded that no earn-out was payable under the agreement to purchase Pinnacle. The Company intends to seek repayment of the contingent consideration paid, and any amount recovered will be reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss at such time as the amount is determined and the gain has been realized.

Skylink

The fair value of contingent consideration payable to the former owners of Skylink was calculated using the average of probability-weighted contingent consideration payments resulting from expected revenues at each of the measurement dates. The significant assumptions used in these calculations included forecasted revenues and the estimated likelihood for each performance scenario. The acquisition-date fair value of the Skylink contingent consideration of $5.3 million, of which $3.5 million was paid during the year ended December 31, 2012, reflected the Company’s belief that the revenue target was highly likely to be fully met. The earn-out was settled at the end of its measurement period on March 31, 2013, with negligible changes to fair value, and subsequently reclassified to current portion of long-term debt on May 31, 2013, as discussed further at Note 10 in the section entitled “Redeemable Obligation.”

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents information about assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the two year period ended December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Measurement Date	Fair Value		Quoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Impairment Charges
Wireless reporting unit:
Goodwill	December 31, 2013	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	10,585
Amortizable intangible assets	September 28, 2013	—		—		—		—		1,090
Goodwill	September 30, 2012	10,630		—		—		10,630		14,900
Broadband Cable reporting unit:
Goodwill	December 31, 2013	13,279		—		—		13,279		14,900
Wireline Group:
Property and equipment	September 29, 2012	3,094		—		—		3,094		2,175
Goodwill	September 29, 2012	—		—		—		—		33,005

Annual Goodwill Impairment Testing

September 30, 2012

When the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2012, it determined the carrying value of the wireless reporting unit (which in 2013 constituted the Engineering and Construction segment) (“Wireless reporting unit”) exceeded its fair value. The Company determined fair value using a combination of the market-based approach and the income approach relying on a discounted cash flow analysis. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach (Level 3 measurements). The cash flows employed in the discounted cash flow analyses are based on the Company’s internal business model for 2013 and, for years beyond 2013 the growth rates used are an estimate of the future growth in the industry in which the Company participates, considering its liquidity position and the refinancing of its debt which occurred in July 2013 (See Note 10). The discount rates used in the discounted cash flow analyses are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit and are based on an estimated market participant’s cost of capital. In addition, the market-based approach utilizes comparable company public trading values, research analyst estimates and, where available, values observed in private market transactions.

For the second step of the impairment test, the Company allocated the fair value of the Wireless reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities based on their relative fair values at the date of the impairment test. The Company then compared the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill of $10.6 million to its carrying amount of $25.5 million. Since the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

F-24

The Company also performed long-lived asset impairment test, which confirmed the future undiscounted cash flows of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets of the Wireless reporting unit to exceed their carrying values.

September 29, 2013

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of September 29, 2013 and determined the fair value of each of the three reporting units exceeded their respective carrying value. The Company determined fair value using a combination of the market-based approach and the income approach relying on a discounted cash flow analysis. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach (Level 3 measurements). The cash flows employed in the discounted cash flow analyses are based on the Company’s internal business model for 2013 and, for years beyond 2013 the growth rates used are an estimate of the future growth in the industry in which the Company participates, considering its liquidity position and the refinancing of its debt which occurred in July 2013 (See Note 10). The discount rates used in the discounted cash flow analyses are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit and are based on an estimated market participant’s cost of capital. In addition, the market-based approach utilizes comparable company public trading values, research analyst estimates and, where available, values observed in private market transactions. The estimated fair value of the reporting units at September 29, 2013 was supported by then current internal business forecasts.

Interim Goodwill and Long-lived Asset Impairment Testing

September 29, 2012

The Company determined that the net assets of the wireline telecommunications business unit (formerly part of the Engineering and Construction segment) met the definition of a disposal group held for sale at September 29, 2012 (the “Wireline Group”). The Company estimated the future cash flows of the property and equipment of the Wireline Group and determined that their carrying value exceeded both the sum of their undiscounted cash flows and their fair values, resulting in an impairment charge of $2.2 million. The estimated future cash flows used in the undiscounted cash flow test and the fair value measurement were based on anticipated growth rates for the Wireline Group, future economic conditions and residual values (Level 3 measurements).

The Company estimated the fair value of the Wireline Group and determined that the implied fair value of the goodwill was zero, resulting in an impairment charge of $33.0 million included in loss from discontinued operations in the year ended December 31,2012. The fair value of the goodwill was implied by calculating the fair value of the Wireline Group and subtracting from that the fair values of the assets attributable to the reporting unit other than goodwill. The fair value of the reporting unit was determined by considering both a market approach, including private bid information obtained by the Company (Level 2 measurements) and the future discounted cash flows attributable to each, which was determined using the Company’s internal operating forecasts, weighted-average cost of capital, and certain other assumptions (Level 3 measurements). The fair values of the other assets and liabilities attributable to the Wireline Group, other than property and equipment, were calculated using historical cost, which was materially representative of their fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of the assets and liabilities (Level 2 measurements) and was used only for purposes of calculating the implied fair value of goodwill.

Subsequent to the goodwill impairment, the Company measured the fair values of the assets held for sale and the liabilities held for sale of the Wireline Group, less estimated selling costs, and determined that their carrying values did not exceed this amount.

September 28, 2013

During the three months ended September 28, 2013, the Company determined that certain amortizable intangible assets of the Wireless reporting unit with a carrying value of $1.1 million were fully impaired based on information received from prospective buyers while considering the possible disposition of these assets (Level 2 measurements).

December 31, 2013

During late 2013, the Company determined that certain revenue growth assumptions and related profitability assumptions used previously in determining the Wireless and Broadband Cable reporting unit fair values would not be achieved. As a result, management determined that indicators of impairment existed at December 31, 2013 and performed interim impairment testing of goodwill and long-lived assets, based on revised forecasts, for its Wireless reporting unit and Broadband Cable reporting unit.

The Company determined the carrying values of the Wireless and Cable reporting units exceeded their respective fair values. The Company determined fair value using a combination of the market-based approach and the income approach relying on a discounted cash flow analysis. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach (Level 3 measurements). The cash flows employed in the discounted cash flow analyses are based on the Company’s internal business model for 2014 and, for the four subsequent years beyond 2014, developed as

F-25

part of our budget process and to be used as we explore refinancing alternatives. The growth rates used are an estimate of the future growth in the industry in which the reporting unit participates. The forecast represented the best information available to the Company at the time. The discount rates used in the discounted cash flow analyses are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit and are based on an estimated market participant’s cost of capital. In addition, the market-based approach utilizes comparable company public trading values, research analyst estimates and, where available, values observed in private market transactions.

For the second step of the impairment test, the Company allocated the fair value of the reporting unit to all of their respective assets and liabilities based on their relative fair value at the date of the impairment test. The Company then compared the implied fair value of the Wireless reporting unit’s goodwill of $0.0 and the Broadband Cable reporting unit’s goodwill of $13.3 million to their respective carrying amounts. Since the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, the Company recognized impairment charges of $10.6 million and $12.7 million for the Wireless reporting and Broadband Cable reporting units, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Company also performed long-lived asset impairment tests, which compared the future undiscounted cash flows of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets of the Wireless and Broadband Cable reporting units to their carrying values. Each passed with considerable margin.

Should actual future results differ from those projections used in the impairment testing, or should our assumptions prove to be incorrect, the fair value of a reporting unit could decline further, which could result in additional impairment. Following the goodwill impairment charges, the Engineering and Construction and Fulfillment segments’ goodwill was $0 million and $98.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013.

Derivative Instruments

The Company held no derivative instruments at December 31, 2013. Pursuant to the requirements of the Term Loan, the Company maintained interest rate collar agreements covering 50% of the face value of the Term Loan, or $67.5 million at December 31, 2012. These interest rate collar agreements matured in July 2013. The fair value of the interest rate collar agreements and the income effect thereof were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-26

12.    Lease Obligations

The following table presents future minimum lease payments under capital and noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Capital Leases		Operating Leases
Year ending December 31,
2014	$	4,916	$	9,712
2015	2,854		7,970
2016	571		3,855
2017	134		1,148
2018	50		73
Thereafter	—		—
Total minimum lease payments	$	8,525	$	22,758
Amounts representing interest	167
Capital lease obligations	8,358
Current portion of capital lease obligations	4,849
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion	$	3,509

Operating lease expense was approximately $14.0 million and $10.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included as a component of cost of revenues or selling, general and administrative expenses depending on the nature of the lease.

13.    Commitments and Contingencies

The following sections summarize what management believes to be the most significant commitments and contingencies.

Class Action Lawsuit

As previously disclosed, a consolidated class action lawsuit was filed against the Company and certain of its current and former officers in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The case, entitled In Re UniTek Global Services, Inc. Securities Litigation, Civil Action NO. 13-2119, alleges that the Company made misstatements and omissions regarding its business, its financial condition and its internal controls and systems in violation of the Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 thereunder. In October 2013, the plaintiffs and the Company reached a preliminary agreement to settle all claims for an amount of $1.6 million, including attorneys’ fees and expenses. In February 2014, the Court entered an Order granting preliminary approval of the settlement agreement, and the hearing to approve the final settlement is set for June 2014. The Company believes that the settlement amount will be covered by insurance and has accrued the $0.3 million deductible.

Collective Action under Fair Labor Standards Act

The Company had a collective action under the Fair Labor Standards Act filed against it in the United States District Court for the Western District of Tennessee in February 2008. In October 2012, a judgment was entered for the plaintiffs. The Company intends to appeal the judgment promptly as soon as it becomes final and appealable. The Company believes that the potential loss exposure for this action is between $0.0 million and $3.8 million and that it has accrued adequate reserves for any resulting loss deemed probable.

Skylink Complaint

In August 2013, Skylink brought a complaint against the Company in the Common Pleas Court of Hancock County, Ohio alleging the Company had failed to pay an earn-out payment and requesting a declaratory judgment that the earn-out payment is due and immediately payable, together with the accrued interest thereon and costs and expenses. The Company brought a motion to dismiss the complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. Skylink thereafter amended its complaint, and the Company has filed another motion to dismiss the amended complaint. While the Company acknowledges that the earn-out payment of $6.0 million accrued on May 31, 2013, the Company has not made this payment because certain contractual conditions have not yet been met. See Note 10 for additional information.

Indemnification Obligations

Subject to certain limitations, the Company is obligated to indemnify its current and former officers in connection with any regulatory or litigation matter. This obligation arises under the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the

F-27

Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware law. An obligation to indemnify generally means that the Company is required to pay or reimburse the individual’s reasonable legal expenses and possibly damages and other liabilities that may be incurred.

Other

The Company is involved in certain other legal and regulatory actions, such as employment-related matters, tax issues, wage and hour claims, and union grievance matters, which arose in the ordinary course of business. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of these matters, but does not believe that the ultimate resolution of such matters will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. However, if certain of such matters were determined adversely to the Company, although the ultimate liability arising therefrom would not be material to the financial position of the Company, it could be material to its results of operations in an individual quarterly or annual period.

The Company is required by certain customers and licensing agencies to enter into surety bonds, which provide a guarantee to the customer or agency that the Company will perform under the terms of its contracts, including payment of subcontractors and other vendors. In the event of payments by the bonding company due to non-performance, the Company would become liable to the bonding company up to the full amount of the bond. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $46.4 million and $69.0 million of surety bonds outstanding, respectively.

The Company is also required, primarily by its insurers, to enter into standby letters of credit, which provide the insurers a guaranteed source of funding for unsettled insurance claims due from the Company. Additional details about standby letters of credit are provided in Notes 7 and 10.

F-28

14.    Stockholders’ Equity

The Company is authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00002 per share, and 200 million shares of common stock, par value $0.00002 per share.

Warrants

The following table presents information about warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2013, all of which were exercisable:

(in thousands, except per share amounts)	Outstanding (in shares)	Grant Date	Expiration Date	Exercise Price
Amended Term Loan lenders	3,791	July 25, 2013	—	$	0.01
Former employees and owners	89	September 26, 2007	September 26, 2017	140.00
Former owners of an acquired broadband cable business	2	December 2, 2010	December 2, 2020	56.00
	3,882

In connection with entering into the Amended Term Loan, on July 25, 2013, the Company issued warrants exercisable at $0.01 per share for 3.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock, an amount equal to 19.9% of the shares outstanding prior to the effective date of the Amended Term Loan. The warrants may be partially or fully exercised at any time at the option of the holder (i) for the stated number of shares, following the Company’s receipt of the exercise price in cash; or (ii) on a cashless basis for a number of shares net of the amount required to cover the exercise price otherwise due based on the current NASDAQ closing price. The warrants do not have an expiration date and also contain customary anti-dilution provisions. The warrants were recorded as $13.1 million of additional paid-in capital and discount to the Amended Term Loan based upon an allocation of assumed proceeds from the Amended Term Loan, as discussed further in Note 10.

The warrants were issued with an accompanying registration rights agreement providing that the Company use reasonable best efforts to cause a registration statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than November 15, 2013. The Company satisfied its obligations by filing the registration statement in November 2013.

15.Stock-Based Compensation

The following table presents the components of stock-based compensation, a component of selling, general and administrative expenses:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Restricted stock units (“RSUs”)	$	815	$	1,203
Non-Plan Inducement Grants	256		114
Modifications:
Acceleration of RSU vesting terms	94		2,580
Amortization of deferred modification expense	1,011		1,008
Stock-based compensation	$	2,176	$	4,905

Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 included $1.0 million for amortization of deferred modification expense resulting from a 2011 tender offer, as discussed further below. Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $2.6 million for the acceleration of RSU vesting related to the separations of the Chief Executive Officer, Executive Chairman, Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Information Officer in accordance with the terms of their employment agreements, as well as accelerated vesting of director RSUs.

At December 31, 2013, there was $1.2 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years. In addition to this, RSUs were issued subsequent to December 31, 2013 as discussed further in Note 21.

F-29

Summary of Plans and Awards

The Company sponsored two stock-based compensation plans for which awards were either outstanding or available for future grant at December 31, 2013: (i) the 2009 Omnibus Securities Plan (the “2009 Plan”); and (ii) the 2013 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “2013 Plan”) (collectively, the “Plans”). The Plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or by one or more committees of the Board of Directors as designated. The administrator of the Plans and its authorized delegates have the authority to select the persons to whom awards may be granted, the number, type and value of awards and the terms and conditions of awards. Participation in the Plans is limited to employees, directors and consultants. Unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors, the 2009 Plan will expire on September 24, 2019, and the 2013 Plan will expire on December 5, 2023.

The 2013 Plan was approved by the Company’s shareholders on December 5, 2013 as the successor to the 2009 Plan. A total of 3.2 million shares of the Company’s common stock were authorized for issuance under the 2013 Plan. At December 31, 2013, 2.8 million shares were eligible for the grant of future awards under the 2013 Plan. At December 31, 2013, substantially all outstanding plan-based awards had been issued under the 2009 Plan. No additional shares were eligible for issuance under the 2009 Plan.

The Plans provide for the grant of various types of stock-based awards, of which the Company has primarily issued RSUs. The Company has also granted restricted shares and restricted stock units to certain of its executives as inducement grants, which are not included under any of the Plans (“Non-Plan Inducement Grants”). The significant features of stock-based awards are provided for in grant agreements.

The Company uses stock-based compensation to supplement the cash compensation paid to senior management and directors and to provide incentives for achieving financial performance and providing continuing service to the Company. Senior management participates in a Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). The LTIP provides for annual target grants of RSUs valued as a percentage of participants’ base salaries. Each award consists of two components:

• Time-vesting — 50% of the award vests in equal annual installments over the four-year period following the date of grant, provided that employees provide continuing service to the Company. Expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over four years commencing on the date of grant; and

• Performance-vesting — 50% of the award vests at the end of the third year following the date on which the RSUs were awarded, with the number of shares to be issued based upon the achievement of annual earnings targets for each of those three fiscal years. The number of shares to be issued is determined as follows: (a) if less than 90% of the earnings target is achieved, no shares will be issued; (b) if between 90% and 100% of the earnings target is achieved, the number of shares to be issued will be prorated from 50% (at 90% achievement) to 100% (at 100% achievement) of the initial grant; and (c) if over 100% of the earnings target is achieved, the number of shares to be issued increases commensurate with the percentage of achievement over target, up to 150% of the initial grant. Expense for performance-vesting awards is measured separately for each performance year based on the intrinsic value of the awards and adjusted by a factor reflecting management’s estimate of earnings performance for each year. Expense is recognized on a straight-line basis from each date of grant, discussed further in the following sentence, through the end of the third year following the date on which the RSUs were awarded. The grant date typically occurs upon Board approval of the annual performance target at the beginning of each year. Management reevaluates estimated earnings achievement quarterly, with cumulative adjustments to expense provided in any periods of change.

Directors receive an annual stipend of RSUs that vests in four equal installments at the end of each quarter in the year, provided that the directors provide continuing service to the Company. Expense for these awards is measured based on the quoted market price of common stock on the grant date and recognized on a straight-line basis over each quarterly vesting period of the award.

In January 2011, the Company completed a tender offer whereby substantially all stock-based awards previously issued to management were tendered for replacement stock options and RSUs under the 2009 Plan. No stock options have been granted or exercised since, and substantially all of the replacement options had been forfeited or expired as of December 31, 2013. The tender offer was accounted for as a modification of the previous awards. As a result of the modification, $3.5 million of unamortized expense related to the previous stock options are being recorded on a straight-line basis over the 3.5 year life of the replacement RSUs, of which $1.0 million was recognized during each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The expense related to the modification will cease beginning in the third quarter of 2014.

Upon a change of control of the Company, the grant agreements provide that all RSUs and Non-Plan Inducement Grants will immediately become fully vested.

F-30

Stock-Based Award Activity

The following table presents changes in outstanding stock options and nonvested RSUs and Non-Plan Inducement Grants:

	RSUs				Non-Plan Inducement Grants
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value		Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Balance at December 31, 2012	232		$	6.12	192		$	2.60
Granted	393		3.40		32		1.64
Vested	(219	)	4.59		(96	)	2.60
Forfeited	(176	)	5.26		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2013	230		$	3.58	128		$	2.36

During the year endedDecember 31, 2013, the Company granted 269 thousand RSUs and 32 thousand Non-Plan Inducement Grants to senior executives and 124 thousand RSUs to members of the Board of Directors as a portion of their compensation for services provided to the Company. During that same period, 169 thousand RSUs and 96 thousand Non-Plan Inducement Grants vested as scheduled, and the Company entered into an agreement with a former member of senior management entitling him to the immediate vesting of 50 thousand RSUs. As a result of the Audit Committee Investigation, described further in Note 18, the former Chief Financial Officer, the former Chief Accounting Officer and the former President of Pinnacle Wireless were terminated, resulting in the forfeiture of 129 thousand RSUs. An additional 47 thousand RSUs were canceled, were forfeited or expired pursuant to underlying agreements or the terms of the Plans.

The following table presents the weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs and Non-Plan Inducement Grants granted:

	Year Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
RSUs	$	3.40	$	3.80
Non-Plan Inducement Grants	1.64		2.60

The fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $1.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

F-31

16.Income Taxes

The following table presents the components of income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
United States	$	(51,537	)	$	(39,058	)
Foreign	494			(60		)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	$	(51,043	)	$	(39,118	)

The following table presents the components of income tax expense or benefit:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Current income tax expense:
Federal	$	—		$	—
Foreign	(107		)	313
State	(41		)	160
Total	(148		)	473
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal	(451		)	143
Foreign	166			(304		)
State	(119		)	41
Total	(404		)	(120		)
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	(552	)	$	353

The following table presents the components of deferred tax assets, net, and deferred tax liabilities:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Deferred tax assets, net:
Net operating losses	$	53,138		$	35,000
Depreciation and amortization	19,637			21,616
Accrued liabilities	11,248			11,550
Goodwill	11,154			11,199
Other	3,005			1,655
Deferred tax assets, gross	98,182			81,020
Valuation allowance	(97,000		)	(79,655		)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	1,182		$	1,365
Deferred tax liabilities:
Goodwill	$	135		$	706
Deferred tax liabilities	$	135		$	706

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $138.0 million and $86.6 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2014 and will be fully expired in 2032. The Company has experienced an ownership change as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and therefore the use of the net operating loss carry forwards is subject to limitation.

Deferred tax assets, net, and deferred tax liabilities are included within other assets, net and other liabilities, net on the consolidated balance sheets. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased by $18.0 million and $26.1 million, respectively.

Because the Company has not yet achieved profitable operations outside of Canada, the Company determined that its non-Canadian deferred tax assets do not satisfy the criteria for realizability and established a full valuation allowance for such assets. Additionally,

F-32

for tax purposes, certain goodwill is being amortized. In periods when the book basis of tax deductible goodwill exceeds its tax basis, the Company records a deferred tax liability because the basis difference will not reverse within the periods that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be recognized.

The following table presents the reconciliation of income tax expense or benefit as calculated using the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to income tax expense or benefit:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Income tax benefit at U.S. statutory federal rate	$	(18,005	)	$	(13,691	)
Shortfall of tax benefit on stock-based compensation	158			953
Nondeductible expenses	1,559			2,076
Change in blended state rate	742			(1,043		)
Change in valuation allowance	16,760			15,106
Other	(1,766		)	(3,048		)
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	(552	)	$	353

17.Discontinued Operations

The following table presents the results of discontinued operations:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Revenues	$	1,660		$	48,692
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes	(1,565		)	(43,739		)
Income tax expense (benefit) from discontinued operations	17			(5,480		)
Loss from discontinued operations	$	(1,582	)	$	(38,259	)

Sale of Wireline Group

On December 28, 2012, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of the wireline telecommunications business (the “Wireline Group”) to NX Utilities, LLC (“NX Utilities”). The executive who previously headed the Wireline Group was a minority owner of NX Utilities and left the Company following the transaction.

The fair value of the net assets sold was estimated at $6.9 million as of the effective date of the agreement. As required by the agreement, the sale took place in two stages, the first of which occurred on December 28, 2012 and the second of which occurred on March 2, 2013. At the request of NX Utilities, the Company continued to operate certain markets of the Wireline Group through the second stage of the closing. However, due to the terms of the agreement, the Company did not bear the risk and rewards of these assets subsequent to the effective date of the agreement. Therefore, these assets were included in the sale as of December 31, 2012.

The purchase price for the net assets sold was $5.9 million, subject to certain adjustments, and was payable to the Company in two installments. The first installment of $5.4 million was due upon the closing of the Wireline Sale Agreement and was collected by the Company on December 28, 2012. The second installment of $0.5 million was held in escrow until the second stage of the asset transfers between the Company and NX Utilities. As of December 31, 2012, the Company reported the second installment of the purchase price as a receivable within other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company retained certain working capital assets of the Wireline Group, consisting primarily of accounts receivable, in lieu of additional cash consideration. The value of the working capital assets at December 28, 2012 was approximately $4.1 million. These assets were fully settled during the year ended December 31, 2013.

F-33

The Wireline Group was previously reported as part of the Engineering and Construction segment, and as a result of this transaction, its results of operations have been reclassified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 included pretax impairment charges of $35.2 million, as discussed further in Note 11, and a preliminary loss on sale of $1.0 million. Discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 included an additional $0.6 million loss on sale reflecting the final settlements of the sale agreement and the retained working capital assets.

18.    Restatement, Investigation and Related Costs

The following table presents the components of restatement, investigation and related costs:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Incremental audit fees	$	2,871	$	—
Other professional services	5,949		—
Restatement, investigation and related costs	$	8,820	$	—

On April 12, 2013, the Company announced that as a result of an internal investigation conducted by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, with the assistance of outside independent counsel and a forensic accounting firm (the “Audit Committee Investigation”), it was determined that several employees of the Company’s Pinnacle Wireless division engaged in fraudulent activities that resulted in improper revenue recognition. In connection with the Audit Committee Investigation, the former President and several other employees of the Pinnacle Wireless division were terminated. In addition, the Company’s former Chief Financial Officer, former Chief Accounting Officer and another former finance department employee were terminated.

As a result of the Audit Committee Investigation, the Company concluded that certain previously issued financial statements could no longer be relied upon due to the improper revenue recognition at the Pinnacle Wireless division and certain other errors related to the valuation of contingent consideration, the application of a revenue recognition policy and classification of debt and cash overdrafts. The Company undertook a process to restate those financial statements (the “Restatement”), which it completed with the filing of its 2012 Form 10-K in August 2013.

The Audit Committee Investigation and the Restatement required the Company to incur substantial additional costs for audit fees and other professional services, including the cost of litigation and consultants, as well as costs to indemnify current and former officers for legal costs (see Note 13). Additional costs for related legal matters are likely to arise in the future, such as the Company’s obligation to indemnify current and former officers in connection with potential regulatory or legal proceedings. Management is not able to estimate what the costs related to these matters might be, but such costs could be significant.

19.Restructuring

The following table presents changes in accrued restructuring costs:

(in thousands)	One-Time Termination Benefits			Other			Total
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	—		$	—		$	—
Restructuring charges	6,356			1,936			8,292
Amounts paid	(3,544		)	(1,936		)	(5,480		)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	2,812		$	—		$	2,812
Restructuring charges	1,071			—			1,071
Amounts paid	(3,100		)	—			(3,100		)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	783		$	—		$	783

During 2012 and 2013, the Company made changes to its management structure in order to align its executive management for continued growth in wireless and fulfillment services. Restructuring charges for the years endedDecember 31, 2013 and 2012 resulted from the separation of former members of senior management in accordance with this plan. Additional costs for these initiatives are expected to be incurred in future periods.

F-34

20.Segment Reporting

The Company reports its results in two segments based on the services that it provides and the industries that it serves. The Company’s Fulfillment segment provides comprehensive installation and fulfillment services to customers in the satellite television and broadband cable industries. This segment represents the aggregation of the Company’s satellite and broadband cable operating segments. Revenues in this segment are primarily recurring in nature and based on predetermined rates for each type of service performed. The Company’s Engineering and Construction segment provides wireless telecommunication construction, project management and systems integration services to customers in the wireless telecommunications and public safety industries. Revenues in this segment are primarily contract-based and are recognized primarily using the percentage-of-completion method using estimated costs incurred to date or milestones achieved to measure progress towards completion.

The following table presents selected segment financial information:

	Year Ended December 31, 2013									Year Ended December 31, 2012
(in thousands)	Fulfillment			Engineering & Construction			Total			Fulfillment			Engineering & Construction			Total
Revenues	$	316,882		$	155,051		$	471,933		$	305,307		$	132,289		$	437,596
Cost of revenues	252,988			134,388			387,376			243,503			113,291			356,794
Gross profit	63,894			20,663			84,557			61,804			18,998			80,802
Selling, general and administrative expenses	25,313			16,910			42,223			27,276			19,081			46,357
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	(114		)	—			(114		)	(381		)	10,477			10,096
Restructuring charges	709			362			1,071			5,222			2,791			8,013
Restatement, investigation and related costs	5,851			2,969			8,820			—			—			—
Impairment charges	12,700			11,674			24,374			—			14,900			14,900
Depreciation and amortization	13,390			6,868			20,258			19,615			6,854			26,469
Operating income (loss)	$	6,045		$	(18,120	)	$	(12,075	)	$	10,072		$	(35,105	)	$	(25,033	)
Acquisition of property and equipment	$	459		$	1,901		$	2,360		$	2,269		$	3,373		$	5,642

At December 31, 2013, the total assets of the Fulfillment segment and the Engineering and Construction segment were $173.5 millionand $97.1 million, respectively, compared to $193.0 million and $133.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately $4.9 million and $5.3 million, respectively, of the Company’s assets related to its Canadian operations, of which $4.9 million and $2.2 million were property and equipment.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized revenues of $15.7 million and $15.4 million, respectively, from customers located in Canada.

21.    Subsequent Events

Stock-Based Compensation

On February 3, 2014, the Board of Directors awarded an aggregate of 499,203 RSUs to senior management under the Company’s LTIP program. On February 19, 2014, the Board of Directors were awarded an aggregate of 260,875 RSUs as part of their annual stipend for continuing service to the Company. See Note 15 for further information about the Company’s stock-based compensation programs.

Change in Control Plan

In March 2014, the Board of Directors approved the Company’s entering into a Change in Control Plan (“CIC Plan). The CIC Plan covers certain key executives. The CIC Plan provides severance benefits in the event of a termination connected with a change of control of the Company.

F-35

EX-10.36

Exhibit 10.36

UNITEK GLOBAL SERVICES INC.

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN

1.Purpose. The purpose of the Unitek Global Services Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan (the “Plan”) is to diminish the distraction of Participants (as defined below) in the event of a threatened or pending Change in Control (as defined below) and to provide financial assistance to any Participant whose employment) is terminated under certain circumstances following a Change in Control.

2.Term. The Plan shall commence upon the Effective Date (as defined below) and shall continue until terminated in accordance with Section 19.

3.Definitions. For purposes of the Plan, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

“Accrued Obligations” has the meaning for that term in Section 5(a).

“Affiliate” means any company or other entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

“Base Salary” means the Participant’s annual rate of base salary in effect as of the Qualifying Termination, disregarding any reduction that would constitute Good Reason.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company

“Cause” means the Participant’s:

(a) conviction of, or guilty or nolocontendere plea by the Participant to, a felony;

(b) willful and gross misconduct that results in material damage to the Company (monetarily or otherwise); or

(c) willful and continued failure to substantially perform duties after written demand.

The termination of a Tier 1 Participant’s employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until (i) there shall have been delivered to the Participant written notice of the Company’s intention to terminate for Cause, and (ii) the Participant fails to fully correct or cure any of the events listed in clauses (a), (b), or (c), if such events are reasonably capable of being fully corrected or cured, within thirty (30) days following delivery of the Company’s written notice of its intention to terminate for Cause.

The termination of a Tier 2 Participant’s employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Participant written notice of the Company’s intention to terminate such employment for Cause.

“Change in Control” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) below:

(i) Any person, within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (other than the Company or any corporation or other such person of which a majority of its voting power or its voting equity securities or equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company (a “Related Entity”), or any employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company or any Related Entity), becomes, after the Effective Date, the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals, who at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board and any new director of the Company (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iv) of this definition) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors of the Company then still in office who either were directors of the company at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;

(iii) A merger or consolidation (other than any merger or consolidation that shall not, pursuant to any proviso to this clause (iii), constitute a Change in Control) of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than

fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or its successor surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; provided, however, that a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities shall not constitute a Change in Control under this clause (iii) or clauses (i) or (ii) above; and provided further, a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the surviving entity (other than as a wholly owned subsidiary of another entity) and in which the Board or the board of directors of the successor to the Company, after giving effect to the merger or consolidation, is comprised of a majority of members who are either (x) directors of the Company immediately preceding the merger or consolidation, or (y) appointed to the Board by the Company (or the Board) as an integral part of such merger or consolidation, shall not constitute a Change in Control under this clause (iii) or clauses (i) or (ii) above); or

(iv) Approval by the stockholders of the Company or any order by a court of competent jurisdiction of a plan of liquidation of the Company, or the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than (i) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a person or persons who beneficially own, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the time of the sale; or (ii) pursuant to a dividend in kind or spinoff type transaction, directly or indirectly, of such assets to the stockholders of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Change in Control of the type described in paragraph (ii), (iii) or (iv) shall be deemed to be completed on the date it occurs, and a Change in Control of the type described in paragraph (i) shall be deemed to be completed as of the date the entity or group attaining 50% or greater ownership has elected its representatives to the Board and/or caused its nominees to become officers of the Company with the authority to terminate or alter the terms of any Employee’s employment; and (2) to the extent the amounts payable pursuant to the Plan are deferred compensation that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, the transaction constituting a “Change in Control” must also constitute a “change in control event” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

“Company” means Unitek Global Services Inc. and any successor to its business or assets, by operation of law or otherwise.

“Disability” means the absence of the Participant from the Participant’s duties with the Company on a full-time basis for (i) 180 consecutive days as a result of mental or physical incapacity or (ii) 180 days in any twelve month period and is for a period of time which would entitle the Participant to receive benefits under the long-term disability policy in effect at the time of such illness or other physical or mental incapacity.

“Effective Date” means March 27, 2014

“Employee” means an employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

“Good Reason” means

(a) A material diminution in the scope of the Participant’s position, duties, reporting relationships, or responsibilities immediately prior to the Change in Control; provided, that, in order to promote an orderly transition of duties and responsibilities, the Termination Date in the event of this trigger will be no earlier than six months after the occurrence of such diminution (subject to the Board’s ability to waive or reduce the waiting period in its sole discretion);

(b) The reduction in the Participant’s annual base salary of more than 3%;

(c) The reduction in the Participant’s Target Bonus of more than 3%;

(d) The relocation of the Company’s executive offices by more than fifty (50) miles from its then current location;

(e) Any material breach of the Plan by the Company; or

(f) The failure of any successor to the Company in a Change of Control to expressly assume the Plan.

In order to terminate employment for Good Reason, a Participant must, within thirty (30) days of learning of circumstances constituting Good Reason, notify the Company in writing of the existence of such circumstances and specify in such notice a termination date within ninety (90) days of such circumstances (but, in case of Good Reason pursuant to clause (a), the termination date shall be six (6) months after occurrence of the diminution event), and the Company shall then have thirty (30) days to remedy the

circumstances. If the circumstances have not been fully remedied by the Company, the Participant shall have the right to terminate for Good Reason on the date specified pursuant to the Participant’s notice to the Company. The Participant shall be conclusively deemed to have learned of such circumstances on the date of any written notice to the Participant concerning such circumstances. If the Participant does not timely do so, the right to terminate for Good Reason shall lapse and be deemed waived, and the Participant shall not thereafter have the right to terminate for Good Reason unless further circumstances occur which themselves give rise to a right to terminate for Good Reason.

“Participant” means an Employee who has been designated as a Participant under Section 4(a) hereof, until such time as the Employee’s participation ceases in accordance with Section 4(b) hereof.

“Protection Period” means the period beginning six (6) months prior to the date of the Change in Control and ending eighteen (18) months following the date of the Change in Control.

“Qualifying Termination” means a termination of the Participant’s employment by the Company without Cause or by the Participant with Good Reason during the Protection Period.

“Severance Multiple” means the applicable number of years for the Participant on Exhibit A.

“Severance Payment” has the meaning given that term in Section 5(b)(i) hereof.

“Target Bonus” means the Participant’s target bonus for the performance period that is in effect as of the Qualifying Termination, disregarding any reduction that would constitute Good Reason.

“Termination Date” means the date on which a Participant has a Qualifying Termination, provided that if the Qualifying Termination occurs prior to a Change in Control, then the Termination Date shall be the date of the Change in Control for purposes of any payments of benefits under Section 5(b) hereof.

“Tier 1 Participant” means each of the Participants listed as such on Exhibit A.

“Tier 2 Participant” means each of the Participants listed as such on Exhibit A.

4. Participation.

(a)    Designation of Participants. The Participants in the Plan are the executive officers and other key employees of the Company and its Affiliates who are designated as Participants on Exhibit A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the benefits under the Plan shall not duplicate severance benefits provided in a Participant’s individual employment agreement; as such, a Participant who is a party to an individual employment agreement shall be entitled to the greater of the benefits provided under such employment agreement or those under the Plan.

(b)    Cessation of Participation. A Participant shall cease to be a Participant and shall have no rights hereunder, without further action, when the Participant ceases to be an Employee (unless such Participant is then entitled to severance payments and benefit as provided in Section 5). A Participant entitled to severance payments and benefit under Section 5 shall remain a Participant in this Plan until the full amount of the severance payments and benefits under the Plan have been fully paid and provided to the Participant.

(c)     No Employment Rights. Nothing in the Plan will reduce or eliminate the right of the Company and its Affiliates to terminate a Participant’s employment at any time for any reason.

5. Payments and Benefits on Termination of Employment.

(a)     For Cause, Death or Disability or Termination without Good Reason. If during the Protection Period (x) a Participant terminates employment with the Company and its Affiliates without Good Reason, (y) the Company and its Affiliates terminates a Participant’s employment for Cause or by reason of the Participant’s Disability, or (z) a Participant’s employment is terminated by reason of the Participant’s death, then Participant will not be entitled to any compensation or benefits under the Plan other than the sum of:

(i)     the portion of the Participant’s Base Salary earned through the Termination Date, to the extent not theretofore paid;

(ii)     except in the event of a termination of a Participant’s employment for Cause or by a Participant for any reason, the amount of any annual incentive compensation under the annual incentive plan applicable to the Participant that has been earned by the Participant for a completed fiscal year preceding the Termination Date, but has not yet been paid to the Participant; and

(iii)     any accrued paid vacation, sick leave and other paid time-off to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”).

The Accrued Obligations will be paid to the Participant in a lump sum within thirty (30) calendar days after the Participant’s Termination Date.

(b)     Qualifying Termination. In addition to the Accrued Obligations, in the event of a Participant’s Qualifying Termination, the Participant will be entitled to receive the payments and benefits provided below, subject to the Release described in Section 7 becoming effective and irrevocable in accordance with its terms:

(i)    Severance Payment. Subject to Sections 6, 7 and 8, a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Participant’s Base Salary and Target Bonus, each multiplied by the Participant’s Severance Multiple, and (B) the Participant’s Target Bonus, multiplied by the ratio of the number of calendar days prior to the Qualifying Termination during the performance period over the total number of days in the performance period. The amounts under this Section 5(b)(i) shall be payable within sixty (60) days, subject to the Release described in Section 7 becoming effective and irrevocable in accordance with its terms.

(ii)     Health Care Coverage. Provided that the Participant is eligible for and timely elects COBRA continuation coverage under the Company’s group health plan, the Company will reimburse Participant for the monthly COBRA cost of continued coverage under such plan for the Participant, and, where applicable, the Participant’s spouse and dependents, less the amount that Participant would be required to contribute for such health coverage if Participant were an active employee of the Company, for 18 months, commencing with the first calendar month following the Termination Date (the “Benefit Continuation Period”); provided that the Benefit Continuation Period shall cease when the Participant becomes eligible for any such coverage under a plan maintained by another employer). The Participant shall submit appropriate evidence of each such expense within sixty (60) days after his receipt of the invoice or billing statement for such expense, and the Company shall provide the Participant with the requisite reimbursement on the next payroll date thereafter. The monthly reimbursements described in this subsection (iii) shall (a) commence within sixty (60) days after the Participant’s Termination Date, subject to the Participant’s execution and non-revocation of the release described in Section 7, and (b) run concurrently with the COBRA health care continuation coverage period under section 4980B of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to restructure the foregoing continued coverage arrangement in any manner reasonably necessary or appropriate to avoid penalties or negative tax consequences to the Company or the Participant, as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

(iii)    Outplacement Services. The Company shall reimburse the Participant for the actual cost paid by the Participant for outplacement services, provided that the cost reimbursed under this Section 5(b)(iii) shall not exceed $25,000, through the sixth month anniversary of the Termination Date, or, if earlier, the date on which the Participant becomes employed by another employer.

6.Impact of Section 4999 Excise Tax.

(a)    Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, in the event it shall be determined that (i) any payment, award, benefit or distribution (or any acceleration of any payment, award, benefit or distribution) by the Company or any Affiliate or any entity which effectuates a Change in Control (or any of its affiliated entities) to or for the benefit of a Participant (whether pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise) (the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), and (ii) the reduction of the amounts payable to Participant under this Plan to the maximum amount that could be paid to Participant without giving rise to the Excise Tax (the “Safe Harbor Cap”) would provide Participant with a greater after-tax amount than if such amounts were not reduced, then the amounts payable to the Participant under the Plan shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the Safe Harbor Cap. If required under Section 409A of the Code, the reduction of the amounts payable hereunder, if applicable, shall be made to the extent necessary in the following order: (i) if applicable, the acceleration of vesting of stock options and other equity awards with an exercise price that exceeds the then fair market value of the stock subject to the award, (ii) outplacement services under Section 5(b)(iii), (iii) health care coverage under Section 5(b)(ii), and (iii) severance payments under Section 5(b)(i). If the reduction of the amounts payable hereunder would not result in a greater after-tax result to Participant, no amounts payable to Participant under the Plan (and no other Payments) shall be reduced, unless consented to by Participant.

(b)    All determinations required to be made under this Section shall be made by the public accounting firm that is retained by the Company as of the date immediately prior to the Change in Control (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Participant within sixty (60) business days of the receipt of notice from the Company or Participant that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event (i) the Board shall determine prior to the Change in Control that the Accounting Firm is precluded from performing such services under applicable auditor independence rules or (ii) the Audit Committee of the Board determines that it does

not want the Accounting Firm to perform such services because of auditor independence concerns or (iii) the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the person(s) effecting the Change in Control, the Board shall appoint another nationally recognized public accounting firm or other calculation expert to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm or calculation expert shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses (including, but not limited to, the costs of retaining experts) of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company and the Company shall enter into any agreement requested by the Accounting Firm in connection with the performance of the services hereunder.

If payments are reduced to the Safe Harbor Cap or the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Participant without a reduction in payments, the Accounting Firm shall provide a written opinion to Participant to such effect, that the Participant is not required to report any Excise Tax on the Participant’sfederal income tax return, and that the failure to report the Excise Tax, if any, on Participant’s applicable federal income tax return will not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. For purposes of making the calculations and determinations under this Section, after taking into account the information provided by the Company and the Participant, the Accounting Firm may make reasonable, good faith assumptions and approximations concerning the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999. The Company and the Participant shall furnish the Accounting Firm with such information and documents as said Accounting Firm may reasonably request to assist the Accounting Firm in making calculations and determinations under this Section. The determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Participant (except as provided in paragraph (c) below).

(c)    If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) proceeding which has been finally and conclusively resolved, that Payments have been made to, or provided for the benefit of, Participant by the Company, which are in excess of the limitations provided in this Section (hereinafter referred to as an “Excess Payment”), Participant shall repay the Excess Payment to the Company on demand, together with interest on the Excess Payment at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of Participant’s receipt of such Excess Payment until the date of such repayment. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the determination, it is possible that Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (an “Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made under this Section. In the event that it is determined (i) by the Accounting Firm, the Company (which shall include the position taken by the Company, or together with its consolidated group, on its federal income tax return) or the IRS or (ii) pursuant to a determination by a court, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Company shall pay an amount equal to such Underpayment to Participant within sixty (60) days of such determination together with interest on such amount at the applicable federal rate from the date such amount would have been paid to Participant until the date of payment. Participant shall cooperate, to the extent the Participant’sexpenses are reimbursed by the Company, with any reasonable requests by the Company in connection with any contests or disputes with the IRS in connection with the Excise Tax or the determination of the Excess Payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that amounts payable under the Plan were reduced pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Plan and the value of stock options is subsequently re-determined by the Accounting Firm within the context of Treasury Regulation §1.280G-1 Q/A 33 that reduces the value of the Payments attributable to such options, the Company shall promptly pay to Participant any amounts payable under the Plan that were not previously paid solely as a result of paragraph (a), subject to the Safe Harbor Cap.

7.Release. The severance compensation and benefits to be provided under Section 5(b) shall be provided only if the Participant timely executes and does not timely revoke a Release. The Release must be signed by the Participant (or his legal representative, if applicable) and become effective and irrevocable in accordance with its terms (taking into account any applicable revocation period set forth therein), no later than the fiftieth (50th) day after the Participant’s Termination Date. If the Participant fails to execute and furnish the Release, or if the Release furnished by the Participant has not become effective and irrevocable in accordance with its terms (taking into account any applicable revocation period set forth therein) by the fiftieth (50th) day after the Participant’s Termination Date, the Participant will not be entitled to any payment or benefit under the Plan other than the Accrued Obligations.

8.Covenants. The severance compensation and benefits to be provided under Section 5(b) are subject to the Participant’s continued compliance with the covenants set forth on Exhibit B. The Company’s obligations and the Participant’s right, if any, to severance compensation and benefits under Section 5(b) shall cease in the event of a material breach by the Participant of any provision of Exhibit B (and, in only those cases where such material breach is curable, the failure to cure such material breach within ten (10) business days after written notice to the Participant, which notice details, with reasonable specificity, such material breach). Any such cessation of payment shall not reduce any monetary damages that may be available to the Company as a result of such breach.

9.No Mitigation. In no event shall the Participant be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Participant under any of the provisions of this Plan and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Participant obtains other employment.

10.Effect on Other Plans, Agreements, and Benefits. Except to the extent expressly set forth herein, any benefit or compensation to which a Participant is entitled under any agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates or under any plan maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates in which the Participant participates or participated shall not be modified or lessened in any way, but shall be payable or provided according to the terms of the applicable plan or agreement.

11.Administration. The Committee shall administer the Plan and shall have full and final authority in its discretion to take all actions determined by the Committee to be necessary in the administration of the Plan. Prior to a Change in Control, the Committee may delegate, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, any of its authority hereunder to such person or persons from time to time as it may designate and, in the event of such delegation, all references to the Committee in this Plan shall be deemed references to such delegates as it relates to those aspects of the Plan that have been delegated. After a Change in Control, this Plan must be administered by the board of directors (or its equivalent governing body) or the compensation committee (or its equivalent) of the successor entity.

12.Committee Authority. The Committee shall have the sole authority to designate participants under the Plan and deal with any other matters arising under the Plan. The Committee shall have full power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan, to make factual determinations and to adopt or amend such rules, regulations, agreements, and instruments for implementing the Plan and for the conduct of its business as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion. The Committee’s interpretations of the Plan and all determinations made by the Committee pursuant to the powers vested in it hereunder shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having any interest in the Plan or in any awards granted hereunder. All powers of the Committee shall be executed in its sole discretion, in the best interest of the Company, not as a fiduciary, and in keeping with the objectives of the Plan and need not be uniform as to similarly situated individuals.

13.Participants Deemed to Accept Plan. By accepting any payment or benefit under the Plan, each Participant and each person claiming under or through any such Participant shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and any action taken under the Plan by the Committee or the Company or its Affiliates, in any case in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

14.Successors.

(a)    Company Successors. This Plan shall bind any successor of the Company, its assets or its businesses (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise), in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be obligated under this Plan if no succession had taken place. In the case of a Change in Control or any transaction in which a successor would not by the foregoing provision or by operation of law be bound by this Plan, the Company shall require such successor expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under this Plan, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The term “Company,” as used in this Plan, shall mean the Company as heretofore defined and any successor or assignee to the business or assets which by reason hereof becomes bound by this Plan.

(b)    Participant Successors. This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Participant’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and/or legatees. The rights under this Plan are personal in nature and neither the Company nor any Participant shall, without the consent of the other, assign, transfer or delegate any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in this Section. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Participant’s right to receive any benefits hereunder shall not be assignable, transferable or delegable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a transfer by his or her will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this paragraph, the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned, transferred or delegated.

15.Resolutions of Disputes.

(a)    Arbitration. Any and all controversies arising out of or relating to the validity, interpretation, enforceability, or performance of the Plan will be solely and finally settled by means of binding arbitration in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable employment dispute resolution rules of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitration will be final, conclusive, and binding upon the parties. All arbitrator’s fees and related expenses shall be divided equally between the parties.

(b)    Legal Fees. The arbitrator shall award the Participant attorneys’ fees and expenses if the Participant prevails on at least one material issue in dispute, including the attorneys’ fees and expenses the Participant incurs in connection with any appeal or the enforcement of any award. Any award of attorneys’ fees and expenses to the Participant shall be paid by the Company within 60 days following the award of such fees and costs by the arbitrator (or, if later, when such fees and expenses are incurred), but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year following the year of the conclusion of the arbitration (or, if later, December 31 of the calendar year following the year in which such fees and expenses are incurred).

16.Unfunded Plan Status. All payments pursuant to the Plan shall be made from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established or other segregation of assets made to assure payment. No Participant or other person shall have under any circumstances any interest in any particular property or assets of the Company as a result of participating in the Plan.

17.Withholding. The Company shall have the right to deduct and withhold from any amounts payable under the Plan such federal, state, local or other taxes as are required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

18.Notice. For the purpose of this Plan, notices and all other communications provided for in this Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when actually delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Secretary at the Company’s corporate headquarters address, and to the Participant (at the last address of the Participant on the Company’s books and records).

19.Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend (in whole or in part) or terminate the Plan provided that no amendment or termination will be effective if a Change in Control occurs within twelve months after the date the Board has provided written notice to each Participant of such amendment or termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no termination shall reduce or terminate any Participant’s right to receive, or continue to receive, any payments and benefits that became payable in respect of a termination of employment that occurred prior to the date of such termination of the Plan.

20.Governing Law. Except to the extent preempted by federal law, the provisions of the Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

21.Validity and Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect, and any prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

22.Headings; Interpretation. Headings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof. Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, the masculine pronoun wherever used herein shall be construed to include the feminine pronoun.

23.Section 409A.

(a)    It is intended that the payments and benefits provided under the Plan shall be exempt from the application of the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. This Plan shall be construed, administered, and governed in a manner that effects such intent, and the Committee shall not take any action that would be inconsistent with such intent. Specifically, any taxable benefits or payments provided under this Plan are intended to be separate payments that qualify for the “short-term deferral” exception to Section 409A of the Code to the maximum extent possible, and to the extent they do not so qualify, are intended to qualify for the separation pay exceptions to Section 409A of the Code, to the maximum extent possible. To the extent that none of these exceptions (or any other available exception) applies, then notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, and to the extent required to comply with Section 409A of the Code, if a Participant is a “specified employee,” as determined under the Company’s policy for identifying specified employees on his or her Termination Date, then all amounts due under this Plan that constitute a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, that are provided as a result of a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, and that would otherwise be paid or provided during the first six months following the Termination Date, shall be accumulated through and paid or provided on the first business day that is more than six months after the date of the Termination Date (or, if the Participant dies during such six-month period, within 90 days after the Participant’s death).

(b)    With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Section 409A of the Code: (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, provided during any calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year; and (iii) such payments shall be made on or before the last day of the Participant’s calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense occurred, or such earlier date as required hereunder.

(c)    The payments and benefits provided under this Plan may not be deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out, or modified in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon Participants. Although the Company will use its best efforts to avoid the imposition of taxation, interest, and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under this Plan is not warranted or guaranteed. Neither the Company, its Affiliates nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be held liable for any taxes, interest, penalties or other monetary amounts owed by a Participant (or any other individual claiming a benefit through the Participant) as a result of this Plan. In no event may the timing of a Participant’s execution of the Release required under Section 7 directly or indirectly result in the Participant

designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, then payment will be made in the later taxable year.

EXHIBIT A

PARTICIPANTS

Tier 1 Participants

Rocco Romanella

Tier 2 Participants

Donald Gately

Andrew J. Herning

Daniel Yannantuono

Kathleen M. McCarthy

Carole Dalton Slover

Stanley G. Jones

Shannon Schell

Glorminda A. McAllister

James Brennan

Selected key executives designated by the Board of Directors

Severance Multiple

Tier 1 Participants            2.0

Tier 2 Participants            1.5

EXHIBIT B

COVENANTS

1.    Confidential Information

(a)    For purposes of this Exhibit B “Confidential Information” means ideas, concepts, information, and material that constitute trade secrets and/or proprietary and confidential information of the Company and its Affiliates. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information and knowledge pertaining to products and services offered, ideas, plans, manufacturing, marketing, pricing, distribution and sales methods and systems, sales and profit figures, customer and client lists, and relationships between the Company or its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates, dealers, distributors, wholesalers, customers, clients, suppliers and other who have business dealings with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(b)    Confidential Information is the sole and exclusive property of the Company. The Participant must not, either during or after the term of this Plan, directly or indirectly disclose any Confidential Information to any third party without the written permission of the Board, except as required by his employment with the Company, unless such information is in the public domain for reasons other than the Participant’s conduct, or except as may be required by law (provided that the Participant shall give the Company notice of any disclosure required by law so that the Company shall have a reasonable opportunity to attempt to preclude such disclosure). The Participant shall not use Confidential Information to his own advantage or the advantage of parties other than the Company. The Participant shall take all steps necessary to protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information and to inform the Company immediately of any attempted or actual disclosure of Confidential Information to any third party. The Participant agrees that, upon request of the Company or termination of employment, whichever is first, he shall turn over to the Company all documents, memoranda, notes, plans, records or material in his possession or control that contain or are derived from Confidential Information.

(c)     If at any time the Participant has any material information which belongs to any former employer that the Participant is not entitled to have or use for the benefit of the Company and its Affiliates, the Participant shall promptly return any such materials to the Participant’s former employer or obtain any necessary consents. The Participant is not permitted to use or refer to any such materials in the performance of the Participant’s duties.

2.    Non-Competition. During the period of the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates and continuing for twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (the “Restricted Period), the Participant shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, be employed by, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business within any geographical area in which the Company or any of its controlled affiliates engage or have active plans at the Termination Date to engage in such businesses. The restriction is without specific geographic limitation inasmuch as the Company and its Affiliates conduct business on a nationwide and international basis, that its sales and marketing prospects are for continued expansion both nationally and internationally, that access to the Company’s Confidential Information would provide any national or international competitor with an unfair competitive advantage, and that, therefore, the restrictions set forth in this section are reasonable and properly required for the adequate protection of the legitimate interests of the Company. Nothing herein shall prohibit the Participant from owning beneficially not more than 2% of any class of outstanding equity securities or other comparable interests of any issuer that is publicly traded, so long as the Participant has no active participation in the business of such issuer. For purposes hereof, the term “Competing Business” means any business that engages in the business of providing permanently outsourced infrastructure and engineering, construction management and installation fulfillment services to companies specializing in the telecommunications, broadband cable, wireless, two-way radio, transportation, public safety and satellite television industries, or that otherwise competes with the Company or any of its Affiliates anywhere in the United States of America and Canada. This restriction shall not prevent the Participant from working for a subsidiary, division, venture or other business or functional service unit (collectively a “Unit”) of a Competing Business so long as (i) such Unit is not itself a Competing Business, (ii) the Participant does not manage or participate in business activities or projects of any Unit that is a Competing Business, and (iii) the Participant otherwise strictly complies with the restrictive covenants contained in this Exhibit.

3.Nonsolicitation.

(a)    During the Restricted Period the Participant must not, as an individual, employee, consultant, agent, owner, partner, director, or stockholder, directly or indirectly solicit, call on or accept any business from any Customer of the Company or its subsidiaries. The term “Customer” means all persons, firms or corporations to whom the Company or its subsidiaries sold products at any time during the one year period immediately preceding when the Participant’s employment with the Company ceased, notwithstanding that some or all of such persons, firms or corporations may have been induced to give business to the Company or its subsidiaries by the Participant.

(b)    During the Restricted Period the Participant must not take any action to divert from the Company or its subsidiaries any opportunity in the scope of any present or contemplated future business of the Company or its subsidiaries that arose while he was employed by the Company.

(c)    During the Restricted Period the Participant must not directly or indirectly solicit, hire, employ, or engage any employee or any former employee of the Company or its Affiliates whose employment with the Company or its Affiliates ceased less than one year before the date of such solicitation, enticement, hiring, or engagement.

4.Scope of Restrictions. In the event any provision relating to the time period or scope of the restrictions in this Exhibit B shall be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to exceed the maximum time period or scope such court deems reasonable and enforceable, such time period or scope shall be deemed amended and reformed to the minimum degree necessary to be enforceable.

EX-10.37

Exhibit 10.37

UniTek Global Services

1777 Sentry Parkway West

Gwynedd Hall, Suite 302

Blue Bell, PA 19422

March 31, 2014

Daniel Yannantuono

4069 Steeple Chase Drive

Collegeville, PA 19426

Dear Dan:

You and Unitek Global Services Inc. (the “Company”) are currently parties to an Employment Agreement dated July 5, 2009, as amended as of December 1, 2010 (the “Employment Agreement”). You and the Company have mutually agreed to terminate the Employment Agreement, and to waive the notice provisions set forth in Section 5 of the Employment Agreement. As consideration for your agreement to terminate the Employment Agreement, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company has approved your participation in the Unitek Global Services Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan, effective upon the termination of the Employment Agreement.

Accordingly, you and the Company agree that the Employment Agreement, including, but not limited to the non-competition restrictions set forth in Section 9(b) of the Employment Agreement and any other agreement dated prior to March 26, 2014, containing provisions pertaining to a non-competition restriction, are hereby terminated. It is understood that the termination of the Employment Agreement in accordance with the terms set forth herein does not affect your continued status as an employee of the Company.

This letter agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Pennsylvania applicable therein, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

Sincerely,

/s/ Rocky Romanella

Rocky Romanella

Chief Executive Officer

Agreed and Accepted:

/s/ Daniel Yannantuono

Daniel Yannantuono

Date:March 31, 2014

EX-21

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Advanced Communications USA, Inc. (Delaware)

Pinnacle Wireless USA, Inc. (Delaware)

DirectSat USA, LLC (Delaware)

FTS USA, LLC (Delaware)

Nex-Link USA Communications, Inc. (California)

Unitek Acquisition, Inc. (Delaware)

Unitek Canada Inc. (Ontario)

UniTek USA, LLC (Delaware)

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have issued our report dated March 31, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report of UniTek Global Services, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013. We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said report in the Registration Statements of UniTek Global Services, Inc. on Forms S-3 (File No. 333-174885 and File No. 333-182158) and on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-164080, File No. 333-144946 and File No. 333-192792).

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 31, 2014

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-144946) pertaining to the Berliner Communications, Inc. Omnibus Securities Plan,

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-164080) pertaining to the Berliner Communications, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan,

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-174885) of UniTek Global Services, Inc.,

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-182158) of UniTek Global Services, Inc., and

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-192792) pertaining to the UniTek Global Services, Inc. 2013 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan

of our report dated August 9, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of UniTek Global Services, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of UniTek Global Services, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 31, 2014

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

Principal Executive Officer’s Certification

I, Rocco Romanella, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of UniTek Global Services, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading for the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date:	March 31, 2014	By:	/s/ Rocco Romanella
			Rocco Romanella
			Chief Executive Officer
			(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

Principal Financial Officer’s Certification

I, Andrew J. Herning, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of UniTek Global Services, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading for the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date:	March 31, 2014	By:	/s/ Andrew J. Herning
			Andrew J. Herning
			Chief Financial Officer
			(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of UniTek Global Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify that, to his knowledge:

The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Annual Report”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) and the information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:	March 31, 2014	By:	/s/ Rocco Romanella
			Rocco Romanella
			Chief Executive Officer
			(Principal Executive Officer)
Date:	March 31, 2014	By:	/s/ Andrew J. Herning
			Andrew J. Herning
			Chief Financial Officer
			(Principal Financial Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the Annual Report or as a separate disclosure document.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to UniTek Global Services, Inc. and will be retained by UniTek Global Services, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

Discontinued Operations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Discontinued Operations and Disposal Groups [Abstract]

Schedule of the results of discontinued operations

The following table presents the results of discontinued operations:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Revenues	$	1,660		$	48,692
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes	(1,565		)	(43,739		)
Income tax expense (benefit) from discontinued operations	17			(5,480		)
Loss from discontinued operations	$	(1,582	)	$	(38,259	)

XML

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets - Components of Goodwill by Segment (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Goodwill [Line Items]
Gross Amount	$ 136,763,000	$ 136,820,000
Accumulated Impairment Losses	(38,184,000)	(14,900,000)
Net Amount	98,579,000	121,920,000	163,797,000
Fulfillment Segment [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Gross Amount	111,279,000	111,336,000
Accumulated Impairment Losses	(12,700,000)	0
Net Amount	98,579,000	111,336,000	105,308,000
Amount of goodwill denominated in Canadian Dollars included in the fulfillment segment	900,000
Engineering and Construction Segment [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Gross Amount	25,484,000	25,484,000
Accumulated Impairment Losses	(25,484,000)	(14,900,000)
Net Amount	$ 0	$ 10,584,000	$ 58,489,000

XML

Business Combinations - Narrative (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended		0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	24 Months Ended	0 Months Ended							12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 14, 2012 Skylink [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Skylink [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Skylink [Member]	Sep. 14, 2012 Skylink [Member] Maximum [Member]	Sep. 14, 2012 Skylink [Member] Earn-out Two [Member]	Sep. 14, 2012 Skylink [Member] Deferred Consideration [Member]	Sep. 14, 2012 Skylink [Member] Deferred Consideration [Member] Earn-out Two [Member]	Sep. 14, 2012 Skylink [Member] Contingent Consideration [Member] Maximum [Member]	Sep. 14, 2012 Skylink [Member] Contingent Consideration [Member] Earn-out One [Member]	Sep. 14, 2012 Skylink [Member] Contingent Consideration [Member] Earn-out Two [Member] Maximum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Skylink [Member] Customer Relationships [Member]	Mar. 02, 2012 Cableview [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Cableview [Member]	Mar. 02, 2012 Cableview [Member] Earn-out One [Member] Maximum [Member]	Mar. 02, 2012 Cableview [Member] Earn-out Two [Member] Maximum [Member]	Jan. 03, 2012 Streamline [Member]
Additional information about calculation of purchase price:
Purchase price					$ 23,350,000	$ 23,500,000								$ 2,900,000				$ 500,000
Purchase price, cash			14,000,000		14,000,000
Purchase price, liabilities assumed					5,332,000		6,000,000	4,000,000	4,000,000	5,500,000	3,500,000	2,000,000				400,000	1,400,000
Fair value of contingent consideration														500,000
Additional information about assets and liabilities acquired:
Remaining contractual term													4 years
Additional information about statement of comprehensive income or loss:
Revenues	471,933,000	437,596,000		8,500,000
Operating income	(12,075,000)	(25,033,000)		2,200,000
Acquisition related costs				200,000
Unaudited supplemental pro forma information:
Revenues				456,898,000
Loss from continuing operations				(37,862,000)
Fair value of income related to contingent consideration															$ 500,000

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Schedule of Stock-based Compensation Expense (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Stock-based compensation	$ 2,176,000	$ 4,905,000
Acceleration of RSU vesting terms	94,000	2,580,000
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense	1,200,000
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, period for recognition	1 year 3 months 18 days
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Stock-based compensation	815,000	1,203,000
Acceleration of RSU vesting terms	1,000,000	1,900,000
Non-Plan Inducement Grants [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Stock-based compensation	256,000	114,000
Stock Options [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Stock-based compensation	1,000,000	1,000,000
Amortization of deferred modification expense	1,011,000	1,008,000
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense	3,500,000
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, period for recognition	3 years 6 months
Terminated Officers [Member] | Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Stock-based compensation		$ 2,600,000

XML

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets - Components of Amortizable Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified							12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 Customer Relationships [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Customer Relationships [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Other [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Other [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Engineering and Construction Segment [Member] Acquired Technology Assets [Member]
Components of amortizable intangible assets, net
Amortizable intangible assets	$ 100,967	$ 123,581	$ 96,449	$ 116,222	$ 4,518	$ 7,359
Accumulated amortization	67,004	81,568	64,186	78,132	2,818	3,436
Amortizable intangible assets, net	33,963	42,013	32,263	38,090	1,700	3,923
Impairment of intangible assets							$ 1,100

XML

Subsequent Events (Details)	Dec. 05, 2013	Feb. 03, 2014 Subsequent Event [Member] RSUs [Member] Management [Member]	Feb. 19, 2014 Subsequent Event [Member] RSUs [Member] Director [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Shares of common stock authorized for issuance	3,200,000	499,203	260,875

XML

Business Combinations - Calculation and Allocation of Purchase Price (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified				0 Months Ended	24 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 14, 2012 Skylink [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Skylink [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Cable Acquisitions [Member]
Calculation of purchase price:
Cash				$ 14,000	$ 14,000	$ 2,858
Fair value of equity consideration					4,018
Fair value of contingent consideration					5,332	484
Purchase price					23,350	3,342
Allocation of purchase price:
Accounts receivable					1,789	0
Inventories					1,548	0
Property and equipment					1,115	599
Amortizable intangible assets					17,490	690
Goodwill	98,579	121,920	163,797		3,752	2,257
Accounts payable and other current liabilities					(2,344)	0
Capital lease obligations					0	(204)
Purchase price					$ 23,350	$ 3,342

XML

Long-Term Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Debt Instrument [Line Items]

Schedule of future maturities of long-term debt

The following table presents future maturities of long-term debt, excluding debt discounts, at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Future Maturities
Year ending December 31,
2014	$	7,502
2015	1,350
2016	49,403
2017	1,350
2018	136,905
Thereafter	—
Total	$	196,510

Components [Member]

Debt Instrument [Line Items]

Schedule of long-term debt

The following table presents the components of long-term debt:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Revolving credit facility, net of discount of $3,013 at December 31, 2013	$	45,040	$	26,892
Term loan facility, net of discounts of $11,951 and $3,401	130,354		129,572
Redeemable obligation	6,152		—
Long-term debt	181,546		156,464
Current portion of long-term debt	7,502		3,450
Long-term debt, net of current portion	$	174,044	$	153,014

Debt Covenant [Member]

Debt Instrument [Line Items]

Schedule of long-term debt

The following table presents the specified amounts of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

	Consolidated Leverage Ratio		Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
Twelve months ending:
December 31, 2013	4.90	:1.00	1.32	:1.00
March 31, 2014	4.87	:1.00	1.25	:1.00
June 30, 2014	4.26	:1.00	1.31	:1.00
September 30, 2014	4.11	:1.00	1.32	:1.00
December 31, 2014	3.94	:1.00	1.38	:1.00
December 31, 2015	3.11	:1.00	1.76	:1.00
December 31, 2016	2.38	:1.00	2.22	:1.00
December 31, 2017 and thereafter	1.65	:1.00	2.82	:1.00

Uses of Proceeds [Member]

Debt Instrument [Line Items]

Schedule of debt refinancing

The following table presents the uses of proceeds from the refinancing:

(in thousands)	Revolving Credit Facility July 10, 2013		Term Loan Facility July 25, 2013
Repayment of / balance of prior long-term debt	$	24,822	$	137,720
Collateralization of standby letters of credit	24,716		—
Payment of accrued interest and fees	261		—
Second amendment waiver and amendment fee (2.00%)	—		2,765
Additional borrowings for general business purposes	15,201		—
Proceeds from / balance of current long-term debt	$	65,000	$	140,485

Components of Loss on Extinguishment of Debt [Member]

Debt Instrument [Line Items]

Schedule of debt refinancing

The following table presents the components of refinancing costs recognized currently in the Company’s results of operations. Such costs are presented as loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss:

(in thousands)	Revolving Credit Facility		Term Loan Facility		Total
Write-off of unamortized costs of prior debt:
Deferred financing costs	$	465	$	2,693	$	3,158
Discount on long-term debt	—		3,025		3,025
Refinancing costs paid or payable to lenders	65		2,999		3,064
Loss on extinguishment of debt	$	530	$	8,717	$	9,247

Refinancing Costs Deferred To Future Periods [Member]

Debt Instrument [Line Items]

Schedule of debt refinancing

The following table presents the components of refinancing costs that have been deferred to future periods:

(in thousands)	Balance sheet location	Revolving Credit Facility		Term Loan Facility		Total
Deferred financing costs, gross	Other assets, net	$	1,195	$	1,766	$	2,961
Discount on long-term debt, gross	Long-term debt, net of current portion	3,551		13,100		16,651
Refinancing costs deferred to future periods		$	4,746	$	14,866	$	19,612

XML

Income Taxes (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Components of income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes
United States	$ (51,537,000)	$ (39,058,000)
Foreign	494,000	(60,000)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(51,043,000)	(39,118,000)
Components of income tax expense or benefit
Current income tax expense, Federal	0	0
Current income tax expense, Foreign	(107,000)	313,000
Current income tax expense, State	(41,000)	160,000
Total current income tax expense	(148,000)	473,000
Deferred income tax expense (benefit), Federal	(451,000)	143,000
Deferred income tax expense (benefit), Foreign	166,000	(304,000)
Deferred income tax expense (benefit), State	(119,000)	41,000
Total deferred income tax expense (benefit)	(404,000)	(120,000)
Income tax expense	(552,000)	353,000
Components of deferred tax assets, net, and deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets, Net operating losses	53,138,000	35,000,000
Deferred tax assets, depreciation and amortization	19,637,000	21,616,000
Deferred tax assets, Accrued liabilities	11,248,000	11,550,000
Deferred tax assets, Goodwill	11,154,000	11,199,000
Deferred tax assets, Other	3,005,000	1,655,000
Deferred tax assets, gross	98,182,000	81,020,000
Deferred tax assets, Valuation allowance	(97,000,000)	(79,655,000)
Deferred tax assets, net	1,182,000	1,365,000
Deferred tax liabilities, Goodwill	135,000	706,000
Deferred tax liabilities	135,000	706,000
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance	18,000,000	26,100,000
Reconciliation of income tax expense or benefit as calculated using the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to income tax expense or benefit
Federal statutory tax rate	35.00%	35.00%
Income tax benefit at U.S. statutory federal rate	(18,005,000)	(13,691,000)
Shortfall of tax benefit on stock-based compensation	158,000	953,000
Nondeductible expenses	1,559,000	2,076,000
Change in blended state rate	742,000	(1,043,000)
Change in valuation allowance	16,760,000	15,106,000
Other	(1,766,000)	(3,048,000)
Operating loss carryforwards	$ 138,000,000	$ 86,600,000

XML

Long-Term Debt - Components and Future Maturities of Long-Term Debt (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	May 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	$ 181,546		$ 156,464
Current portion of long-term debt	7,502		3,450
Long-term debt, net of current portion	174,044		153,014
Maturities of Long-term Debt
Year ending December 31, 2014	7,502
Year ending December 31, 2015	1,350
Year ending December 31, 2016	49,403
Year ending December 31, 2017	1,350
Year ending December 31, 2018	136,905
Thereafter	0
Total	196,510
Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	45,040		26,892
Discount on long-term debt	3,013
Term Loan Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	130,354		129,572
Discount on long-term debt	11,951		3,401
Redeemable Obligation [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	$ 6,152	$ 6,200	$ 0

XML

Restructuring (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	$ 2,812	$ 0
Restructuring charges	1,071	8,292
Amounts paid	(3,100)	(5,480)
Ending balance	783	2,812
One-Time Termination Benefits [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	2,812	0
Restructuring charges	1,071	6,356
Amounts paid	(3,100)	(3,544)
Ending balance	783	2,812
Other [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	0	0
Restructuring charges	0	1,936
Amounts paid	0	(1,936)
Ending balance	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Segment Reporting (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Segment	Dec. 31, 2012
Selected segment financial information
Number of reportable segments	2
Revenues	$ 471,933	$ 437,596
Cost of revenues	387,376	356,794
Gross profit	84,557	80,802
Selling, general and administrative expenses	42,223	46,357
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	(114)	10,096
Restructuring charges	1,071	8,013
Restatement, investigation and related costs	8,820	0
Impairment charges	24,374	14,900
Depreciation and amortization	20,258	26,469
Operating loss	(12,075)	(25,033)
Acquisition of property and equipment	2,360	5,642
Assets	270,548	326,403
Canada [Member]
Selected segment financial information
Revenues	15,700	15,400
Assets	4,900	5,300
Canada [Member] | Property, Plant and Equipment [Member]
Selected segment financial information
Assets	2,200
Fulfillment Segment [Member]
Selected segment financial information
Revenues	316,882	305,307
Cost of revenues	252,988	243,503
Gross profit	63,894	61,804
Selling, general and administrative expenses	25,313	27,276
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	(114)	(381)
Restructuring charges	709	5,222
Restatement, investigation and related costs	5,851	0
Impairment charges	12,700	0
Depreciation and amortization	13,390	19,615
Operating loss	6,045	10,072
Acquisition of property and equipment	459	2,269
Assets	173,500	193,000
Engineering and Construction Segment [Member]
Selected segment financial information
Revenues	155,051	132,289
Cost of revenues	134,388	113,291
Gross profit	20,663	18,998
Selling, general and administrative expenses	16,910	19,081
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	0	10,477
Restructuring charges	362	2,791
Restatement, investigation and related costs	2,969	0
Impairment charges	11,674	14,900
Depreciation and amortization	6,868	6,854
Operating loss	(18,120)	(35,105)
Acquisition of property and equipment	1,901	3,373
Assets	$ 97,100	$ 133,400

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Summary of Plans and Awards (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Plan	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 05, 2013
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Number of sponsored stock-based compensation plans	2
Shares of common stock authorized for issuance			3,200,000
Shares of common stock available for grant	2,800,000
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, period for recognition	1 year 3 months 18 days
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense	$ 1,200,000
Stock-based compensation	2,176,000	4,905,000
RSUs [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Portion of overall award (as a percentage)	50.00%
Stock-based compensation	815,000	1,203,000
RSUs [Member] | Director [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Stock-based compensation	124,000
RSUs [Member] | Terminated Officers [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Stock-based compensation		2,600,000
Restricted shares [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Stock-based compensation	256,000	114,000
Restricted shares [Member] | Senior Executives [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Stock-based compensation	32,000
Stock Options [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, period for recognition	3 years 6 months
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense	3,500,000
Stock-based compensation	1,000,000	1,000,000
Performance Shares [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Portion of overall award (as a percentage)	50.00%
Award vesting period	4 years
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, period for recognition	4 years
2009 Plan
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Shares of common stock available for grant	0
1999 Plan
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Stock-based compensation	$ 1,000,000	$ 1,000,000
Minimum [Member] | Achievement between 90% and 100% of Target [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Percentage of target award earned	50.00%
Maximum [Member] | Achievement between 90% and 100% of Target [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Percentage of target award earned	100.00%
Achievement Less than 90% [Member] | Minimum [Member] | Performance Shares [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Percent of targeted performance achieved	90.00%
Achievement between 90% and 100% of Target [Member] | Maximum [Member] | Performance Shares [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Percent of targeted performance achieved	100.00%
Achievement over 100% of Target [Member] | Maximum [Member] | Performance Shares [Member]
Stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares
Percent of targeted performance achieved	150.00%

XML

Restructuring

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Restructuring

Restructuring

The following table presents changes in accrued restructuring costs:

(in thousands)	One-Time Termination Benefits			Other			Total
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	—		$	—		$	—
Restructuring charges	6,356			1,936			8,292
Amounts paid	(3,544		)	(1,936		)	(5,480		)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	2,812		$	—		$	2,812
Restructuring charges	1,071			—			1,071
Amounts paid	(3,100		)	—			(3,100		)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	783		$	—		$	783

During 2012 and 2013, the Company made changes to its management structure in order to align its executive management for continued growth in wireless and fulfillment services. Restructuring charges for the years endedDecember 31, 2013 and 2012 resulted from the separation of former members of senior management in accordance with this plan. Additional costs for these initiatives are expected to be incurred in future periods.

XML

Concentration Risks (Details) (Customer Concentration Risk [Member])	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Customer
Concentration of credit risk
Number of largest customers	3
Revenues [Member] | Customer One [Member]
Concentration of credit risk
Concentration risk percentage	44.00%
Revenues [Member] | Customer Two [Member]
Concentration of credit risk
Concentration risk percentage	18.00%
Revenues [Member] | Customer Three [Member]
Concentration of credit risk
Concentration risk percentage	12.00%
Accounts Receivable [Member] | Customer One [Member]
Concentration of credit risk
Concentration risk percentage	39.00%
Accounts Receivable [Member] | Customer Two [Member]
Concentration of credit risk
Concentration risk percentage	13.00%
Accounts Receivable [Member] | Customer Three [Member]
Concentration of credit risk
Concentration risk percentage	11.00%

XML

Segment Reporting (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of selected segment financial information

The following table presents selected segment financial information:

	Year Ended December 31, 2013									Year Ended December 31, 2012
(in thousands)	Fulfillment			Engineering & Construction			Total			Fulfillment			Engineering & Construction			Total
Revenues	$	316,882		$	155,051		$	471,933		$	305,307		$	132,289		$	437,596
Cost of revenues	252,988			134,388			387,376			243,503			113,291			356,794
Gross profit	63,894			20,663			84,557			61,804			18,998			80,802
Selling, general and administrative expenses	25,313			16,910			42,223			27,276			19,081			46,357
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	(114		)	—			(114		)	(381		)	10,477			10,096
Restructuring charges	709			362			1,071			5,222			2,791			8,013
Restatement, investigation and related costs	5,851			2,969			8,820			—			—			—
Impairment charges	12,700			11,674			24,374			—			14,900			14,900
Depreciation and amortization	13,390			6,868			20,258			19,615			6,854			26,469
Operating income (loss)	$	6,045		$	(18,120	)	$	(12,075	)	$	10,072		$	(35,105	)	$	(25,033	)
Acquisition of property and equipment	$	459		$	1,901		$	2,360		$	2,269		$	3,373		$	5,642

XML

Restatement, Investigation and Related Costs (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Restatement, Investigation and Related Costs [Abstract]
Incremental audit fees	$ 2,871	$ 0
Other professional services	5,949	0
Restatement, investigation and related costs	$ 8,820	$ 0

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Schedule of stock-based compensation

The following table presents the components of stock-based compensation, a component of selling, general and administrative expenses:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Restricted stock units (“RSUs”)	$	815	$	1,203
Non-Plan Inducement Grants	256		114
Modifications:
Acceleration of RSU vesting terms	94		2,580
Amortization of deferred modification expense	1,011		1,008
Stock-based compensation	$	2,176	$	4,905

Schedule of changes in outstanding stock options and nonvested RSUs and non-plan inducement grants

The following table presents changes in outstanding stock options and nonvested RSUs and Non-Plan Inducement Grants:

	RSUs				Non-Plan Inducement Grants
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value		Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Balance at December 31, 2012	232		$	6.12	192		$	2.60
Granted	393		3.40		32		1.64
Vested	(219	)	4.59		(96	)	2.60
Forfeited	(176	)	5.26		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2013	230		$	3.58	128		$	2.36

Schedule of weighted average grant date fair value of units granted

The following table presents the weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs and Non-Plan Inducement Grants granted:

	Year Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
RSUs	$	3.40	$	3.80
Non-Plan Inducement Grants	1.64		2.60

XML

Property and Equipment (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 64,101,000	$ 68,346,000
Accumulated depreciation	(49,189,000)	(41,953,000)
Property and equipment, net	14,912,000	26,393,000
Depreciation expense	13,300,000	15,900,000
Capital lease assets, gross	30,300,000	33,200,000
Capital lease assets, accumulated depreciation	22,300,000	18,100,000
Vehicles [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	32,456,000	36,343,000
Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	23,025,000	23,051,000
Software [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	4,942,000	4,401,000
Other [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 3,678,000	$ 4,551,000

XML

Lease Obligations (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Capital Leases
Capital Leases, 2014	$ 4,916,000
Capital Leases, 2015	2,854,000
Capital Leases, 2016	571,000
Capital Leases, 2017	134,000
Capital Leases, 2018	50,000
Capital Leases, Thereafter	0
Capital Leases, Total minimum lease payments	8,525,000
Capital Leases, amounts representing interest	167,000
Capital lease obligations	8,358,000
Current portion of capital lease obligations	4,849,000	7,688,000
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion	3,509,000	8,040,000
Operating Leases
Operating Leases, 2014	9,712,000
Operating Leases, 2015	7,970,000
Operating Leases, 2016	3,855,000
Operating Leases, 2017	1,148,000
Operating Leases, 2018	73,000
Operating Leases, Thereafter	0
Operating Leases, Total minimum lease payments	22,758,000
Operating lease expense	$ 14,000,000	$ 10,700,000

XML

Long-Term Debt - Security Provisions and Covenants (Details) (Term Loan Facility [Member])	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Twelve months ended December 31, 2013 | Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Consolidated Leverage Ratio	4.9
Twelve months ended December 31, 2013 | Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio	1.32
Twelve months ended March 31, 2014 | Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Consolidated Leverage Ratio	4.87
Twelve months ended March 31, 2014 | Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio	1.25
Twelve months ended June 30, 2014 | Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Consolidated Leverage Ratio	4.26
Twelve months ended June 30, 2014 | Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio	1.31
Twelve months ended September 30, 2014 | Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Consolidated Leverage Ratio	4.11
Twelve months ended September 30, 2014 | Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio	1.32
Twelve months ended December 31, 2014 | Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Consolidated Leverage Ratio	3.94
Twelve months ended December 31, 2014 | Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio	1.38
Twelve months ended December 31, 2015 | Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Consolidated Leverage Ratio	3.11
Twelve months ended December 31, 2015 | Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio	1.76
Twelve months ended December 31, 2016 | Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Consolidated Leverage Ratio	2.38
Twelve months ended December 31, 2016 | Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio	2.22
Twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and thereafter | Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Consolidated Leverage Ratio	1.65
Twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and thereafter | Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio	2.82

XML

Business Combinations - Acquired Amortizable Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	24 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Skylink [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired intangible assets	$ 17,490
Weighted average amortization period	6 years 10 months 24 days
Skylink [Member] | Customer Relationships [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired intangible assets	17,000
Weighted average amortization period	7 years
Skylink [Member] | Other [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired intangible assets	490
Weighted average amortization period	3 years
Cable Acquisitions [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired intangible assets	690
Weighted average amortization period	1 year 9 months 18 days
Cable Acquisitions [Member] | Customer Relationships [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired intangible assets	560
Weighted average amortization period	2 years
Cable Acquisitions [Member] | Other [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired intangible assets	$ 130
Weighted average amortization period	1 year

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations by estimating the fair value of consideration paid for acquired businesses, including contingent consideration, and allocating that amount to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remainder assigned to goodwill. The estimates of fair values are determined utilizing customary valuation procedures and techniques, which require the Company, among other things, to estimate future cash flows and discount rates. The accounting for business combinations is preliminary and subject to potential adjustment until finalized no later than one year from the date of acquisition.

The Company recognizes the acquisition date fair value of contingent consideration as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. Contingent consideration is classified as either a liability or equity in accordance with GAAP. If classified as a liability, the liability is remeasured to fair value at each subsequent reporting date until the contingency is resolved, with changes in fair value recorded on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss. If classified as equity, contingent consideration is not remeasured, and subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, including Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash, restricted cash and cash equivalents held with banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. Consequentially, our cash and cash equivalents are subject to credit risk. Cash or cash equivalents that are restricted as to withdrawal or usage are classified separately from cash, with such provisions disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances

Accounts receivable are customer obligations for services rendered under normal trade terms. The Company’s customers are primarily satellite television, broadband cable and other telecommunications companies, their contractors, and municipalities and related agencies in the United States and Canada. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition but generally does not require its customers to provide collateral. Trade accounts receivable and contract billings are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Unbilled contract revenues represent revenues recognized on construction and equipment installation contracts that are not yet billed or billable pursuant to contract terms. Unbilled contract revenues are generally billed within three months subsequent to the provision of the services, although for some customers such periods may extend longer.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from uncollectible accounts. The Company records a specific reserve for known or suspected doubtful accounts receivable. For all other accounts, the Company records a general reserve based on the length of time receivables are past due and historical write-off experience. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the reserve using several factors including the age of receivables, historical collections experience with the customer, changes in the customer’s credit worthiness or financial condition, availability of liens, payment bonds or other sources of payment, and current industry and economic trends. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when they are deemed uncollectible. The provision for doubtful accounts is recorded as a reduction to revenues or in selling, general and administrative expenses depending upon whether the related revenues have been billed to the customer.

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of materials and supplies purchased from the customer and other suppliers used for installation fulfillment services and wireless construction. The Company’s inventories in the Fulfillment segment include serialized and non-serialized inventories. Serialized inventories consist primarily of receivers and similar devices supplied by the customer for installation purposes. Non-serialized inventories consist of dishes, poles, cables, switches and various other parts. Inventories for the Fulfillment segment are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first in, first out method. The Company’s inventories in the Engineering and Construction segment consist primarily of off-the-shelf inventories used on wireless construction projects. Inventories for the Engineering and Construction segment are stated at lower of cost or market using the average cost method.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consists primarily of vehicles, equipment and software and are either owned or held under capital leases. Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, except for capital lease assets which are depreciated over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Vehicles are depreciated over three to five years, equipment is depreciated over eighteen months to seven years and software is depreciated over three to five years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, whereas significant renewals and betterments are capitalized. Certain costs to develop or obtain software for internal use are capitalized and classified within software. Upon retirement or other disposition of property and equipment, cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected as other income or expense, net. Depreciation of property and equipment is classified within depreciation and amortization.

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired net of liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is assigned to individual reporting units that have been established at the operating segment level. The Company amortizes intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the estimated lives of those assets.

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment at least annually or more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which indicates that their carrying amount may exceed their fair value. The annual impairment review is performed as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year based upon information and estimates available at that time. To perform the impairment testing, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair values of its reporting units are less than their carrying amounts. The Company then estimates the fair value of each reporting unit not meeting the qualitative criteria and compares their fair values to their carrying values. The Company determines fair value of the reporting unit using a combination of a market-based approach and an income approach relying on a discounted cash flow analysis. Determining fair value required the exercise of significant judgment, including judgments about the amount and timing of future cash flows, appropriate discount rates and relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach. The cash flows employed in the discounted cash flow analyses were based on business forecasts for the subsequent year, and for years beyond that, the growth rates used incorporated estimated future growth and profitability rates in the Company’s industry, considering company-specific factors such as its liquidity position. The discount rates used in the discounted cash flow analyses were intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit and were based on a market participant’s estimated cost of capital. In addition, the market-based approach utilizes comparable company public trading values, research analyst estimates and, where available, values observed in private market transactions.

If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company determines the implied fair value of goodwill assigned to that reporting unit by deducting the estimated fair value of its net assets, other than goodwill, from its overall fair value. If the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, the Company recognizes an impairment charge for the difference.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, consisting primarily of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. In analyzing recoverability, the Company uses projections of future undiscounted cash flows from the assets. These projections are based on estimated growth rates for the related business, anticipated future economic conditions and estimated residual values. If the future undiscounted cash flows of such assets are less than their carrying value, the Company recognizes an impairment charge for the amount by which their carrying value exceeds their fair value.

Accrued Insurance

The Company maintains high-deductible insurance policies for workers’ compensation, general liability, automobile, medical and dental claims. Because most claims against the Company do not exceed its deductibles, the Company is effectively self-insured for substantially all claims. Accrued insurance represents the Company’s estimate of the loss that will ultimately be incurred on reported claims and claims that have been incurred but not yet reported. The Company’s insurance accruals incorporate historical loss experience and judgments about the present and expected levels of cost per claim. Trends in actual experience are a significant factor in the determination of such reserves. The Company updates its estimates and the appropriateness of its reserves quarterly based upon known facts, historical trends and its judgments regarding future claims.

Long-Term Debt, including Financing Costs

Costs associated with obtaining long-term debt are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method. Deferred costs paid to lenders are classified as a discount to long-term debt, and deferred costs paid to others are classified within other assets, net, on the consolidated balance sheets.

Lease Obligations

The Company rents vehicles and also equipment, office space and certain other assets under non-cancelable leases. Depending upon contractual terms and the characteristics of the leased assets, leases are classified as either capital or operating. Capital lease assets and related obligations are classified on the consolidated balance sheets as property and equipment, net, and capital lease obligations, respectively. Acquisitions of capital lease assets are disclosed as significant non-cash investing and financing activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows. Capital lease payments are separated into principal and interest and classified as financing and operating activities, respectively, on the consolidated statements of cash flows. Operating leases are not included on the consolidated balance sheets, are expensed as incurred and payments thereon are classified as operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and represents the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company estimates the fair value of assets and liabilities using a combination of available market information and commonly accepted valuation methodologies that are classified into three categories:

• Level 1 — Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

• Level 2 — Observable market based inputs or other observable inputs corroborated by market data at the measurement date, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, either directly or indirectly.

• Level 3 — Significant unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data and reflect the use of significant management judgment. These values are generally determined using valuation models that utilize management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.

The Company exercises considerable judgment when estimating fair value, particularly when judging what assumptions market participants would likely make when assessing fair value. The use of different assumptions or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values.

Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation and other contingencies are reflected in the consolidated financial statements based on management’s assessments of the expected outcome of legal proceedings or the expected resolution of other contingencies. Liabilities for estimated losses are accrued if the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether the amount of an exposure is reasonably estimable. Due to uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, management reassesses potential liabilities related to pending claims and litigation and may revise its previous estimates.

The Company generally warrants the work it performs for one to two years following substantial completion of a project. Warranty reserves are included within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Historically, the Company has not accrued material warranty reserves or experienced material warranty claims.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenues are recognized net of any estimated allowances.

Fulfillment

The Company recognizes revenues from installation and fulfillment services as the services are rendered. Fulfillment services are performed pursuant to work orders under master service or similar types of service agreements that specify units of service to be performed for a contractually stated fixed price per unit. Revenues from fulfillment services are reported net of equipment costs payable to the customer because the Company acts as an agent with respect to the equipment. Generally, the recognition of revenues in the Fulfillment segment does not require significant estimates or assumptions.

Engineering and Construction

The Company recognizes revenues from wireless telecommunication construction, project management and systems integration contracts under the percentage of completion method based on the percentage of costs incurred to date compared to estimated total costs at completion. Such services are performed pursuant to work orders under agreements or master agreements that specify units of service to be performed for a contractually stated price per unit that the Company is entitled to receive upon satisfactory completion of each unit. Contracts generally become billable upon satisfaction of contractually specified performance milestones per individual contract terms or, in most cases, for work completed to date in the event of project termination. The Company combines contracts when they are, in effect, parts of a single project with an overall profit margin. Costs used to determine percentage of completion include direct costs such as materials, labor and subcontractor costs and indirect costs specifically allocable or identifiable to each contract, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools and repairs. Contract losses are recognized currently if it becomes known that a contract will be performed at an overall loss.

Unbilled contract revenues represent revenues recognized pursuant to such contracts that are not yet billed or billable pursuant to contract terms. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings represent the value of services to customers that have been billed as of the balance sheet date but for which the requisite services have not yet been rendered.

Certain contracts include multiple deliverables, specifically systems integration contracts with a separate maintenance component for a specific period of time following implementation. The maintenance component of these contracts is typically for a period of one to ten years. The Company accounts for the maintenance component of these contracts as a separate unit of accounting with the revenue being recognized on a pro rata basis over the term of the maintenance period. The revenue for the remaining portion of the contract is recognized on the percentage of completion method. The value assigned to each unit of accounting is determined primarily based upon its separate selling price. The liability associated with these maintenance contracts is reflected within other current liabilities and other liabilities.

Costs relating to customer claims and change orders are expensed in the period incurred unless approved by the customer or persuasive evidence exists that the costs will be recovered, in which case they are included in the Company’s estimates of total contract revenues and costs. The Company determines the likelihood that costs relating to claims and change orders will be recovered based upon past practices or specific discussions, correspondence or negotiation with the customer.

At any time the Company has numerous contracts in progress which can be at various stages of completion. The percentage of completion method requires estimates of progress towards completion to determine the extent of revenue and earnings recognition. The Company reviews and revises its determination of total contract revenues and its estimates of total cost quarterly as work progresses. Any adjustments to earnings arising from such revisions are made cumulatively through the date of revision and are included in results of operations in the period of revision. The most significant estimates that the Company must make in order to recognize revenues are determining (i) the total estimated cost of each project at completion, including whether and when any contracts will be performed at an overall loss, and therefore recognizing that loss immediately; (ii) the relative values of each unit of accounting under multiple-element arrangements; (iii) the likelihood that costs related to claims and change orders will be recoverable; and (iv) for certain contracts, the estimation of total contract revenue. Such estimates, by their nature, involve judgment regarding future uncertainties and could result in significant changes in estimate in the future. To further illustrate the sensitivity of these estimates, the Company in prior years had to restate revenues in prior financial statements as a result of errors made in applying certain of these principles.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured based on the grant-date fair value of awards ultimately expected to vest. The grant-date fair value of restricted stock units and non-vested restricted shares is measured based on their intrinsic values, calculated from the quoted closing market prices for the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The number of awards ultimately expected to vest is estimated beginning on the date of grant by use of an estimated forfeiture rate. The estimated forfeiture rate is based on historical forfeiture data and expected employee turnover rates, which management reevaluates each period. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis, or as the awards vest if sooner, from the date of grant through the end of the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation has not had, and is not expected to have, any impact to cash flows because the Company does not expect to realize the benefits of the related deferred tax assets. The Company’s policy is to issue new shares of common stock upon the vesting of its stock-based awards.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense or benefit consists of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes related to differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be deductible or taxable when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through income tax expense or benefit.

The Company establishes tax valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets, such as tax loss carry forwards, to net realizable value. The Company considers future pretax income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the net realizable value of deferred tax assets and the need for such a valuation allowance. In the event that the Company determines that it may not be able to realize all or part of the net deferred tax asset in the future, a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset is charged against income tax expense or benefit in the period such determination is made. The establishment of the valuation allowance does not preclude the Company from utilizing its deferred tax assets in the future; however, the Company has experienced ownership changes as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, and therefore the use of the tax loss carry forwards is subject to limitation.

The Company provides an intra-period tax allocation of income tax expense or benefit to continuing operations and discontinued operations.

The Company recognizes uncertain tax positions in its financial statements when minimum recognition criteria are met in accordance with current accounting guidance. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense or benefit.

Discontinued Operations

The Company reports the results of operations of a business as discontinued operations if the business has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale, the operations and cash flows of the business have been or will be eliminated from ongoing operations as a result of a disposal transaction and there will not be any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the business after the disposal transaction. The results of discontinued operations, including any gain or loss recognized as a result of a disposal transaction, are reclassified from continuing operations to income or loss from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss and related footnote disclosures for all periods presented.

Foreign Currency Translation

The balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries are translated into United States dollars at current period-end rates, and the statements of comprehensive income or loss are translated at average monthly rates during each monthly period. Net exchange gains or losses resulting from the translation of foreign financial statements and the effect of exchange rate changes on intercompany transactions of a long-term investment nature are accumulated and credited or charged to accumulated other comprehensive income. Any foreign currency gains or losses related to transactions are charged to other income or expense, net.

New Accounting Pronouncements

There were no recently issued accounting pronouncements that significantly affected the consolidated financial statements or any yet-to-be-adopted accounting standards that, when adopted, are expected to materially affect the consolidated financial statements.

XML

Long-Term Debt - July 2013 Refinancing (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		0 Months Ended
	Jul. 25, 2013	Jul. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Jul. 10, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Jul. 25, 2013 Term Loan Facility [Member]	Jul. 25, 2013 Term Loan Facility [Member]
Uses of Proceeds from Refinancing [Abstract]
Repayment of prior credit facility		$ 24,700			$ 24,822
Repayment of prior long-term debt			1,298	1,277		137,720
Collateralization of standby letters of credit			(24,716)	0	24,716	0
Payment of accrued interest and fees			20,331	13,600	261	0
Second amendment waiver and amendment fee (2.00%)			8,204	0	0	2,765
Additional borrowings for general business purposes			(1,994)	3,303	15,201	0
Proceeds from refinancing/credit facility					65,000
Proceeds from term loan facilities			0	33,750		140,485
Warrants issued	$ 13,100		$ 13,066	$ 0		$ 13,100	$ 13,100
Waiver and amendment fee percentage						2.00%

XML

Business (Details) (Revenues [Member])	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Fulfillment Segment [Member]
Product Information [Line Items]
Concentration risk percentage	67.00%
Engineering and Construction Segment [Member]
Product Information [Line Items]
Concentration risk percentage	33.00%

XML

Business Combinations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Schedule of calculation and allocation of purchase price

The following table presents the calculation and allocation of purchase price for business combinations completed during the two year period ended December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Skylink			Cable Acquisitions
Calculation of purchase price:
Cash	$	14,000		$	2,858
Fair value of equity consideration	4,018			—
Fair value of contingent consideration	5,332			484
Purchase price	$	23,350		$	3,342
Allocation of purchase price:
Accounts receivable	$	1,789		$	—
Inventories	1,548			—
Property and equipment	1,115			599
Amortizable intangible assets	17,490			690
Goodwill	3,752			2,257
Accounts payable and other current liabilities	(2,344		)	—
Capital lease obligations	—			(204		)
Purchase price	$	23,350		$	3,342

Schedule of acquired amortizable intangible assets

The following table presents additional information about acquired amortizable intangible assets:

	Skylink		Cable Acquisitions
Acquired amortizable intangible assets (in thousands):
Customer relationships	$	17,000	$	560
Other	490		130
Total	$	17,490	$	690
Weighted average amortization period (in years):
Customer relationships	7.0		2.0
Other	3.0		1.0
Total	6.9		1.8

Skylink [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Schedule of unaudited pro forma revenues and income or loss from continuing operations

The following table presents unaudited pro forma revenues and income or loss from continuing operations as if the acquisition of Skylink occurred on January 1, 2012:

(in thousands)	Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenues	$	456,898
Loss from continuing operations	(37,862		)

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss and related footnote disclosures present the continuing operations of the Company, with discontinued operations presented separately where applicable. The consolidated balance sheets, statements of changes in stockholders’ equity, statements of cash flows and related footnote disclosures, including disclosures of changes in balance sheet amounts, present the total operations of the Company, including discontinued operations.

We experienced losses of $52.1 million and $77.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  While a significant portion of these losses were non-cash charges or resulting from unusual events, and we entered a new loan facility in 2013 which increased our borrowing capacity and liquidity but at higher cost, our liquidity is dependent upon continued improved financial performance. If the Company is unable to improve profitability, reduce long-term debt or obtain additional financing, the related lack of liquidity or compliance with long-term debt covenants could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations. At December 31, 2013 and March 17, 2014, in addition to cash on hand, the Company had availability under its revolving loan facility of $8.2 million, and it has the ability to borrow up to an incremental $10 million if underlying eligible receivables increase.

The following reclassifications were made to the prior balance sheet to conform to the current presentation: (i) prepaid insurance was separately presented from other current assets; (ii) deferred tax assets, net, were aggregated with other assets, net; (iii) current portion of contingent consideration was aggregated with other current liabilities; and (iv) deferred tax liabilities were aggregated with other liabilities.

All intercompany transactions and balances among subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses, and certain of the amounts contained in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Although such assumptions are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions the Company may undertake in the future, actual results could differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions. The Company’s more significant estimates relate to revenue recognition, impairment testing of goodwill and other long-lived assets, fair value measurements, the allowance for doubtful accounts, accrued insurance, income taxes and contingencies.

In the ordinary course of accounting for the items discussed above, the Company makes changes in estimates as appropriate and as the Company becomes aware of circumstances surrounding those changes. Such changes in estimates are reflected in reported results of operations in the period in which the changes are made, and if material, their effects are disclosed in the notes to theconsolidatedfinancial statements.

Net Income or Loss per Share

Net Income or Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the periods presented. Diluted net income or loss per share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the periods adjusted for the dilutive effect, if any, of the exercise or conversion of instruments into common stock, such as non-vested restricted stock units, non-vested restricted shares, warrants or redeemable obligations.

Business Combinations

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations by estimating the fair value of consideration paid for acquired businesses, including contingent consideration, and allocating that amount to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remainder assigned to goodwill. The estimates of fair values are determined utilizing customary valuation procedures and techniques, which require the Company, among other things, to estimate future cash flows and discount rates. The accounting for business combinations is preliminary and subject to potential adjustment until finalized no later than one year from the date of acquisition.

The Company recognizes the acquisition date fair value of contingent consideration as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. Contingent consideration is classified as either a liability or equity in accordance with GAAP. If classified as a liability, the liability is remeasured to fair value at each subsequent reporting date until the contingency is resolved, with changes in fair value recorded on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss. If classified as equity, contingent consideration is not remeasured, and subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents, including Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash, restricted cash and cash equivalents held with banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. Consequentially, our cash and cash equivalents are subject to credit risk. Cash or cash equivalents that are restricted as to withdrawal or usage are classified separately from cash, with such provisions disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances

Accounts receivable are customer obligations for services rendered under normal trade terms. The Company’s customers are primarily satellite television, broadband cable and other telecommunications companies, their contractors, and municipalities and related agencies in the United States and Canada. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition but generally does not require its customers to provide collateral. Trade accounts receivable and contract billings are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Unbilled contract revenues represent revenues recognized on construction and equipment installation contracts that are not yet billed or billable pursuant to contract terms. Unbilled contract revenues are generally billed within three months subsequent to the provision of the services, although for some customers such periods may extend longer.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from uncollectible accounts. The Company records a specific reserve for known or suspected doubtful accounts receivable. For all other accounts, the Company records a general reserve based on the length of time receivables are past due and historical write-off experience. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the reserve using several factors including the age of receivables, historical collections experience with the customer, changes in the customer’s credit worthiness or financial condition, availability of liens, payment bonds or other sources of payment, and current industry and economic trends. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when they are deemed uncollectible. The provision for doubtful accounts is recorded as a reduction to revenues or in selling, general and administrative expenses depending upon whether the related revenues have been billed to the customer.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of materials and supplies purchased from the customer and other suppliers used for installation fulfillment services and wireless construction. The Company’s inventories in the Fulfillment segment include serialized and non-serialized inventories. Serialized inventories consist primarily of receivers and similar devices supplied by the customer for installation purposes. Non-serialized inventories consist of dishes, poles, cables, switches and various other parts. Inventories for the Fulfillment segment are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first in, first out method. The Company’s inventories in the Engineering and Construction segment consist primarily of off-the-shelf inventories used on wireless construction projects. Inventories for the Engineering and Construction segment are stated at lower of cost or market using the average cost method.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consists primarily of vehicles, equipment and software and are either owned or held under capital leases. Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, except for capital lease assets which are depreciated over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Vehicles are depreciated over three to five years, equipment is depreciated over eighteen months to seven years and software is depreciated over three to five years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, whereas significant renewals and betterments are capitalized. Certain costs to develop or obtain software for internal use are capitalized and classified within software. Upon retirement or other disposition of property and equipment, cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected as other income or expense, net. Depreciation of property and equipment is classified within depreciation and amortization.

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired net of liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is assigned to individual reporting units that have been established at the operating segment level. The Company amortizes intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the estimated lives of those assets.

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment at least annually or more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which indicates that their carrying amount may exceed their fair value. The annual impairment review is performed as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year based upon information and estimates available at that time. To perform the impairment testing, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair values of its reporting units are less than their carrying amounts. The Company then estimates the fair value of each reporting unit not meeting the qualitative criteria and compares their fair values to their carrying values. The Company determines fair value of the reporting unit using a combination of a market-based approach and an income approach relying on a discounted cash flow analysis. Determining fair value required the exercise of significant judgment, including judgments about the amount and timing of future cash flows, appropriate discount rates and relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach. The cash flows employed in the discounted cash flow analyses were based on business forecasts for the subsequent year, and for years beyond that, the growth rates used incorporated estimated future growth and profitability rates in the Company’s industry, considering company-specific factors such as its liquidity position. The discount rates used in the discounted cash flow analyses were intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit and were based on a market participant’s estimated cost of capital. In addition, the market-based approach utilizes comparable company public trading values, research analyst estimates and, where available, values observed in private market transactions.

If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company determines the implied fair value of goodwill assigned to that reporting unit by deducting the estimated fair value of its net assets, other than goodwill, from its overall fair value. If the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, the Company recognizes an impairment charge for the difference.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, consisting primarily of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. In analyzing recoverability, the Company uses projections of future undiscounted cash flows from the assets. These projections are based on estimated growth rates for the related business, anticipated future economic conditions and estimated residual values. If the future undiscounted cash flows of such assets are less than their carrying value, the Company recognizes an impairment charge for the amount by which their carrying value exceeds their fair value.

Accrued Insurance

Accrued Insurance

The Company maintains high-deductible insurance policies for workers’ compensation, general liability, automobile, medical and dental claims. Because most claims against the Company do not exceed its deductibles, the Company is effectively self-insured for substantially all claims. Accrued insurance represents the Company’s estimate of the loss that will ultimately be incurred on reported claims and claims that have been incurred but not yet reported. The Company’s insurance accruals incorporate historical loss experience and judgments about the present and expected levels of cost per claim. Trends in actual experience are a significant factor in the determination of such reserves. The Company updates its estimates and the appropriateness of its reserves quarterly based upon known facts, historical trends and its judgments regarding future claims.

Long-Term Debt, including Financing Costs

Long-Term Debt, including Financing Costs

Costs associated with obtaining long-term debt are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method. Deferred costs paid to lenders are classified as a discount to long-term debt, and deferred costs paid to others are classified within other assets, net, on the consolidated balance sheets.

Lease Obligations

Lease Obligations

The Company rents vehicles and also equipment, office space and certain other assets under non-cancelable leases. Depending upon contractual terms and the characteristics of the leased assets, leases are classified as either capital or operating. Capital lease assets and related obligations are classified on the consolidated balance sheets as property and equipment, net, and capital lease obligations, respectively. Acquisitions of capital lease assets are disclosed as significant non-cash investing and financing activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows. Capital lease payments are separated into principal and interest and classified as financing and operating activities, respectively, on the consolidated statements of cash flows. Operating leases are not included on the consolidated balance sheets, are expensed as incurred and payments thereon are classified as operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and represents the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company estimates the fair value of assets and liabilities using a combination of available market information and commonly accepted valuation methodologies that are classified into three categories:

• Level 1 — Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

• Level 2 — Observable market based inputs or other observable inputs corroborated by market data at the measurement date, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, either directly or indirectly.

• Level 3 — Significant unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data and reflect the use of significant management judgment. These values are generally determined using valuation models that utilize management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.

The Company exercises considerable judgment when estimating fair value, particularly when judging what assumptions market participants would likely make when assessing fair value. The use of different assumptions or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values.

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation and other contingencies are reflected in the consolidated financial statements based on management’s assessments of the expected outcome of legal proceedings or the expected resolution of other contingencies. Liabilities for estimated losses are accrued if the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether the amount of an exposure is reasonably estimable. Due to uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, management reassesses potential liabilities related to pending claims and litigation and may revise its previous estimates.

Warranty

The Company generally warrants the work it performs for one to two years following substantial completion of a project. Warranty reserves are included within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Historically, the Company has not accrued material warranty reserves or experienced material warranty claims.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenues are recognized net of any estimated allowances.

Fulfillment

The Company recognizes revenues from installation and fulfillment services as the services are rendered. Fulfillment services are performed pursuant to work orders under master service or similar types of service agreements that specify units of service to be performed for a contractually stated fixed price per unit. Revenues from fulfillment services are reported net of equipment costs payable to the customer because the Company acts as an agent with respect to the equipment. Generally, the recognition of revenues in the Fulfillment segment does not require significant estimates or assumptions.

Engineering and Construction

The Company recognizes revenues from wireless telecommunication construction, project management and systems integration contracts under the percentage of completion method based on the percentage of costs incurred to date compared to estimated total costs at completion. Such services are performed pursuant to work orders under agreements or master agreements that specify units of service to be performed for a contractually stated price per unit that the Company is entitled to receive upon satisfactory completion of each unit. Contracts generally become billable upon satisfaction of contractually specified performance milestones per individual contract terms or, in most cases, for work completed to date in the event of project termination. The Company combines contracts when they are, in effect, parts of a single project with an overall profit margin. Costs used to determine percentage of completion include direct costs such as materials, labor and subcontractor costs and indirect costs specifically allocable or identifiable to each contract, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools and repairs. Contract losses are recognized currently if it becomes known that a contract will be performed at an overall loss.

Unbilled contract revenues represent revenues recognized pursuant to such contracts that are not yet billed or billable pursuant to contract terms. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings represent the value of services to customers that have been billed as of the balance sheet date but for which the requisite services have not yet been rendered.

Certain contracts include multiple deliverables, specifically systems integration contracts with a separate maintenance component for a specific period of time following implementation. The maintenance component of these contracts is typically for a period of one to ten years. The Company accounts for the maintenance component of these contracts as a separate unit of accounting with the revenue being recognized on a pro rata basis over the term of the maintenance period. The revenue for the remaining portion of the contract is recognized on the percentage of completion method. The value assigned to each unit of accounting is determined primarily based upon its separate selling price. The liability associated with these maintenance contracts is reflected within other current liabilities and other liabilities.

Costs relating to customer claims and change orders are expensed in the period incurred unless approved by the customer or persuasive evidence exists that the costs will be recovered, in which case they are included in the Company’s estimates of total contract revenues and costs. The Company determines the likelihood that costs relating to claims and change orders will be recovered based upon past practices or specific discussions, correspondence or negotiation with the customer.

At any time the Company has numerous contracts in progress which can be at various stages of completion. The percentage of completion method requires estimates of progress towards completion to determine the extent of revenue and earnings recognition. The Company reviews and revises its determination of total contract revenues and its estimates of total cost quarterly as work progresses. Any adjustments to earnings arising from such revisions are made cumulatively through the date of revision and are included in results of operations in the period of revision. The most significant estimates that the Company must make in order to recognize revenues are determining (i) the total estimated cost of each project at completion, including whether and when any contracts will be performed at an overall loss, and therefore recognizing that loss immediately; (ii) the relative values of each unit of accounting under multiple-element arrangements; (iii) the likelihood that costs related to claims and change orders will be recoverable; and (iv) for certain contracts, the estimation of total contract revenue. Such estimates, by their nature, involve judgment regarding future uncertainties and could result in significant changes in estimate in the future. To further illustrate the sensitivity of these estimates, the Company in prior years had to restate revenues in prior financial statements as a result of errors made in applying certain of these principles.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured based on the grant-date fair value of awards ultimately expected to vest. The grant-date fair value of restricted stock units and non-vested restricted shares is measured based on their intrinsic values, calculated from the quoted closing market prices for the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The number of awards ultimately expected to vest is estimated beginning on the date of grant by use of an estimated forfeiture rate. The estimated forfeiture rate is based on historical forfeiture data and expected employee turnover rates, which management reevaluates each period. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis, or as the awards vest if sooner, from the date of grant through the end of the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation has not had, and is not expected to have, any impact to cash flows because the Company does not expect to realize the benefits of the related deferred tax assets. The Company’s policy is to issue new shares of common stock upon the vesting of its stock-based awards.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Income tax expense or benefit consists of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes related to differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be deductible or taxable when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through income tax expense or benefit.

The Company establishes tax valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets, such as tax loss carry forwards, to net realizable value. The Company considers future pretax income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the net realizable value of deferred tax assets and the need for such a valuation allowance. In the event that the Company determines that it may not be able to realize all or part of the net deferred tax asset in the future, a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset is charged against income tax expense or benefit in the period such determination is made. The establishment of the valuation allowance does not preclude the Company from utilizing its deferred tax assets in the future; however, the Company has experienced ownership changes as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, and therefore the use of the tax loss carry forwards is subject to limitation.

The Company provides an intra-period tax allocation of income tax expense or benefit to continuing operations and discontinued operations.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company recognizes uncertain tax positions in its financial statements when minimum recognition criteria are met in accordance with current accounting guidance. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense or benefit.

Discontinued Operations

Discontinued Operations

The Company reports the results of operations of a business as discontinued operations if the business has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale, the operations and cash flows of the business have been or will be eliminated from ongoing operations as a result of a disposal transaction and there will not be any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the business after the disposal transaction. The results of discontinued operations, including any gain or loss recognized as a result of a disposal transaction, are reclassified from continuing operations to income or loss from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss and related footnote disclosures for all periods presented.

Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign Currency Translation

The balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries are translated into United States dollars at current period-end rates, and the statements of comprehensive income or loss are translated at average monthly rates during each monthly period. Net exchange gains or losses resulting from the translation of foreign financial statements and the effect of exchange rate changes on intercompany transactions of a long-term investment nature are accumulated and credited or charged to accumulated other comprehensive income. Any foreign currency gains or losses related to transactions are charged to other income or expense, net.

New Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Pronouncements

There were no recently issued accounting pronouncements that significantly affected the consolidated financial statements or any yet-to-be-adopted accounting standards that, when adopted, are expected to materially affect the consolidated financial statements.

XML

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets - Estimated Future Amortization Expense (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Amortization of intangible assets	$ 7,000,000	$ 10,600,000
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, Maturity Schedule [Abstract]
2014	5,960,000
2015	5,802,000
2016	4,961,000
2017	4,588,000
2018	4,554,000
Thereafter	8,098,000
Amortizable intangible assets, net	$ 33,963,000	$ 42,013,000

XML

Basis of Presentation (Details) (USD $) Share data in Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 Convertible Debt [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Convertible Debt [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Warrant [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Warrant [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Stock-based Compensation Instruments [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Stock-based Compensation Instruments [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Mar. 17, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Subsequent Event [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Net loss	$ (52,073,000)	$ (77,730,000)
Availability under revolving loan facility									8,200,000	8,200,000
Additional amount available under revolving loan facility if underlying receivables increase	$ 10,000,000
Antidilutive shares excluded from computation of income or loss per share			3.7	3.7	3.9	3.9	0.4	0.4

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Receivables [Abstract]

Schedule of components of accounts receivable, net of allowances

The following table presents the components of accounts receivable, net of allowances:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Trade accounts receivable	$	16,308		$	22,954
Contract billings	30,928			37,246
Unbilled contract revenues	26,915			42,287
Other unbilled revenues	1,376			3,686
Retainage	2,698			2,657
Accounts receivable, gross	78,225			108,830
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(4,867		)	(6,340		)
Accounts receivable, net of allowances	$	73,358		$	102,490

Schedule of components of unbilled contract revenues, net of billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings

The following table presents the components of unbilled contract revenues, as presented above, net of billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings, a component of other current liabilities:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Costs of in-process contracts	$	80,407		$	85,842
Estimated earnings, net of estimated losses	22,158			30,822
Less: progress billings	(81,799		)	(79,023		)
	$	20,766		$	37,641
Unbilled contract revenues	$	26,915		$	42,287
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings	(6,149		)	(4,646		)
	$	20,766		$	37,641

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Schedule of components of property and equipment, net

The following table presents the components of property and equipment, net:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Vehicles	$	32,456		$	36,343
Equipment	23,025			23,051
Software	4,942			4,401
Other	3,678			4,551
Property and equipment, gross	64,101			68,346
Accumulated depreciation	(49,189		)	(41,953		)
Property and equipment, net	$	14,912		$	26,393

XML

Basis of Presentation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss and related footnote disclosures present the continuing operations of the Company, with discontinued operations presented separately where applicable. The consolidated balance sheets, statements of changes in stockholders’ equity, statements of cash flows and related footnote disclosures, including disclosures of changes in balance sheet amounts, present the total operations of the Company, including discontinued operations.

We experienced losses of $52.1 million and $77.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  While a significant portion of these losses were non-cash charges or resulting from unusual events, and we entered a new loan facility in 2013 which increased our borrowing capacity and liquidity but at higher cost, our liquidity is dependent upon continued improved financial performance. If the Company is unable to improve profitability, reduce long-term debt or obtain additional financing, the related lack of liquidity or compliance with long-term debt covenants could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations. At December 31, 2013 and March 17, 2014, in addition to cash on hand, the Company had availability under its revolving loan facility of $8.2 million, and it has the ability to borrow up to an incremental $10 million if underlying eligible receivables increase.

The following reclassifications were made to the prior balance sheet to conform to the current presentation: (i) prepaid insurance was separately presented from other current assets; (ii) deferred tax assets, net, were aggregated with other assets, net; (iii) current portion of contingent consideration was aggregated with other current liabilities; and (iv) deferred tax liabilities were aggregated with other liabilities.

All intercompany transactions and balances among subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses, and certain of the amounts contained in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Although such assumptions are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions the Company may undertake in the future, actual results could differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions. The Company’s more significant estimates relate to revenue recognition, impairment testing of goodwill and other long-lived assets, fair value measurements, the allowance for doubtful accounts, accrued insurance, income taxes and contingencies.

In the ordinary course of accounting for the items discussed above, the Company makes changes in estimates as appropriate and as the Company becomes aware of circumstances surrounding those changes. Such changes in estimates are reflected in reported results of operations in the period in which the changes are made, and if material, their effects are disclosed in the notes to theconsolidatedfinancial statements.

Net Income or Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the periods presented. Diluted net income or loss per share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the periods adjusted for the dilutive effect, if any, of the exercise or conversion of instruments into common stock, such as non-vested restricted stock units, non-vested restricted shares, warrants or redeemable obligations.

During the years endedDecember 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no differences in the amount of basic and diluted net income or loss per share. Common shares from the potential redemption of an obligation into 3.7 million common shares (see Note 10), the potential exercise of warrants for 3.9 million common shares (see Note 14) and the potential issuance of 0.4 million common shares related to outstanding stock-based compensation awards (see Note 15) were excluded from the calculations of diluted net income or loss per share because their effects were anti-dilutive.

XML

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of changes in goodwill by segment

The following table presents changes in goodwill by segment:

(in thousands)	Fulfillment			Engineering and Construction			Total
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	105,308		$	58,489		$	163,797
Acquisitions	6,009			—			6,009
Impairment charges	—			(47,905		)	(47,905		)
Foreign currency translation	19			—			19
Balance at December 31, 2012	111,336			10,584			121,920
Impairment charges	(12,700		)	(10,584		)	(23,284		)
Foreign currency translation	(57		)	—			(57		)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	98,579		$	—		$	98,579

The following table presents the components of goodwill by segment:

	December 31, 2013							December 31, 2012
(in thousands)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Impairment Losses			Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Impairment Losses			Net Amount
Fulfillment	$	111,279	$	(12,700	)	$	98,579	$	111,336	$	—		$	111,336
Engineering and Construction	25,484		(25,484		)	—		25,484		(14,900		)	10,584
Total	$	136,763	$	(38,184	)	$	98,579	$	136,820	$	(14,900	)	$	121,920

Schedule of components of amortizable intangible assets

The following table presents the components of amortizable intangible assets:

	December 31, 2013						December 31, 2012
(in thousands)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount
Customer relationships	$	96,449	$	64,186	$	32,263	$	116,222	$	78,132	$	38,090
Other	4,518		2,818		1,700		7,359		3,436		3,923
Total	$	100,967	$	67,004	$	33,963	$	123,581	$	81,568	$	42,013

Schedule of estimated amortization expense

The following table presents estimated amortization expense for each of the following five years and thereafter:

(in thousands)	Estimated Amortization Expense
Year ending December 31,
2014	$	5,960
2015	5,802
2016	4,961
2017	4,588
2018	4,554
Thereafter	8,098
Total	$	33,963

XML

Restatement, Investigation and Related Costs (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Restatement, Investigation and Related Costs [Abstract]

Components of restatement, investigation and related costs

The following table presents the components of restatement, investigation and related costs:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Incremental audit fees	$	2,871	$	—
Other professional services	5,949		—
Restatement, investigation and related costs	$	8,820	$	—

XML

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets - Changes in Goodwill by Segment (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Goodwill [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ 121,920	$ 163,797
Acquisitions		6,009
Impairment charges	(23,284)	(47,905)
Foreign currency translation	(57)	19
Ending balance	98,579	121,920
Fulfillment Segment [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Beginning balance	111,336	105,308
Acquisitions		6,009
Impairment charges		0
Foreign currency translation	(57)	19
Ending balance	98,579	111,336
Engineering and Construction Segment [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Beginning balance	10,584	58,489
Acquisitions		0
Impairment charges	(10,584)	(47,905)
Foreign currency translation	0	0
Ending balance	$ 0	$ 10,584

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock-based Award Activity (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Stock-based compensation	$ 2,176	$ 4,905
Grant date fair value	94	2,580
RSUs [Member]
Shares
Beginning Balance (in shares)	232
Granted (in shares)	393
Vested (in shares)	(219)
Forfeited (in shares)	(176)
Ending balance (in shares)	230	232
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Beginning Balance (in dollars per share)	$ 6.12
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 3.40
Vested (in dollars per share)	$ 4.59
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	$ 5.26
Ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 3.58	$ 6.12
Stock-based compensation	815	1,203
Cancelled, forfeited or expired (in shares)	47
Weighted average grant date fair value	$ 3.40	$ 3.80
Grant date fair value	1,000	1,900
Non-Plan Inducement Grants [Member]
Shares
Beginning Balance (in shares)	192
Granted (in shares)	32
Vested (in shares)	(96)
Forfeited (in shares)	0
Ending balance (in shares)	128	192
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Beginning Balance (in dollars per share)	$ 2.60
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 1.64
Vested (in dollars per share)	$ 2.60
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	$ 0.00
Ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 2.36	$ 2.60
Stock-based compensation	256	114
Weighted average grant date fair value	$ 1.64	$ 2.60
Senior Executives [Member] | RSUs [Member]
Shares
Granted (in shares)	269
Senior Executives [Member] | Non-Plan Inducement Grants [Member]
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Stock-based compensation	32
Director [Member] | RSUs [Member]
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Stock-based compensation	124
Former Member of Senior Management [Member] | RSUs [Member]
Shares
Vested (in shares)	(50)
Terminated Officers [Member] | RSUs [Member]
Shares
Forfeited (in shares)	(129)
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Stock-based compensation		$ 2,600
Senior Executives and Directors [Member] | RSUs [Member]
Shares
Vested (in shares)	(169)

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 1,842	$ 3,836
Accounts receivable, net of allowances	73,358	102,490
Inventories	15,187	15,266
Prepaid insurance	6,599	760
Other current assets	4,108	6,800
Total current assets	101,094	129,152
Restricted cash	16,767	0
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $49,189 and $41,953	14,912	26,393
Amortizable intangible assets, net (includes amortizable customer relationships, net, of $32,263 and $38,090)	33,963	42,013
Goodwill	98,579	121,920
Other assets, net	5,233	6,925
Total assets	270,548	326,403
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Current portion of long-term debt	7,502	3,450
Current portion of capital lease obligations	4,849	7,688
Accounts payable	23,906	48,845
Accrued insurance	17,719	16,248
Accrued compensation and benefits	7,965	9,766
Other current liabilities	17,296	27,361
Total current liabilities	79,237	113,358
Long-term debt, net of current portion	174,044	153,014
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion	3,509	8,040
Other liabilities	2,299	3,688
Total liabilities	259,089	278,100
Commitments and contingencies
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred Stock, $0.00002 par value (20,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding)	0	0
Common Stock, $0.00002 par value (200,000 shares authorized, 19,039 and 18,736 issued and outstanding)	0	0
Additional paid-in capital	275,274	260,077
Accumulated other comprehensive income	89	57
Accumulated deficit	(263,904)	(211,831)
Total stockholders’ equity	11,459	48,303
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$ 270,548	$ 326,403

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Standard duration period before unbilled contract revenues are billed	3 months
Minimum [Member] | Coverage Period [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Service maintenance contract duration	1 year
Minimum [Member] | Coverage Period [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Service maintenance contract duration	1 year
Maximum [Member] | Coverage Period [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Service maintenance contract duration	10 years
Maximum [Member] | Coverage Period [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Service maintenance contract duration	2 years
Vehicles [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated life	3 years
Vehicles [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated life	5 years
Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated life	18 months
Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated life	7 years
Software [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated life	3 years
Software [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated life	5 years

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$ (52,073)	$ (77,730)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for doubtful accounts	2,792	4,819
Depreciation and amortization	20,353	29,016
Impairment charges	24,374	50,080
Loss on extinguishment of debt	9,247	0
Interest and fees added to debt principal	8,204	0
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount	2,943	2,180
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	(114)	10,096
Stock-based compensation	2,176	4,905
Gain on sale of property and equipment	(940)	(1,365)
Loss on sale of Wireline Group	0	978
Deferred income taxes, net	84	(5,602)
Payment of contingent consideration	0	(1,560)
Changes in working capital:
Accounts receivable	26,340	(28,029)
Inventories	79	(2,571)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2,587)	(4,268)
Accounts payable and other liabilities	(30,825)	28,001
Net cash provided by operating activities	10,053	8,950
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of property and equipment	(2,360)	(5,642)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	2,056	2,133
Cash paid for acquisition of businesses	0	(16,858)
Proceeds from sale of Wireline Group	0	5,435
Net cash used in investing activities	(304)	(14,932)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from revolving credit facilities, net	21,161	11,229
Proceeds from term loan facilities	0	33,750
Repayment of term loan facilities	(1,298)	(1,277)
Repayment of capital lease obligations	(8,174)	(11,585)
Restriction of cash to collateralize letters of credit	(24,716)	0
Release of cash restriction on collateralized letters of credit	7,949	0
Payment of contingent consideration	0	(21,480)
Payment of financing fees	(6,811)	(1,021)
Other financing activities	(79)	(362)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(11,968)	9,254
Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents	225	31
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(1,994)	3,303
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	3,836	533
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	1,842	3,836
Supplemental cash flow information:
Interest paid	20,331	13,600
Income taxes paid	382	879
Significant non-cash investing and financing activities:
Value of warrants issued to lenders under term loan facilities	13,066	0
Fair value of equity paid for acquisition	0	5,789
Acquisition of property and equipment financed by capital leases	$ 804	$ 4,313

XML

Long-Term Debt - Term Loan Facility (Details) (USD $) Share data in Thousands, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 25, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Amounts Related To Interest Description [Abstract]
Warrants, value	$ 13,100,000	$ 13,066,000	$ 0
Exercise price	0.01
Warrant, shares	3,800	3,882
Term Loan Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Face amount	135,000,000
Required annual repayments as a percentage of face amount	1.00%
Interest description		Interest is payable (i) in cash, at a rate equal to either (a) LIBOR (with a floor of 1.50%) plus a margin of 9.50% or (b) an alternate base rate (equal to the greatest of three other variable rates, as defined) plus a margin of 8.50%; and (ii) in an amount added to the principal amount of the Amended Term Loan at an annual rate equal to 4.00% of the outstanding balance.
Amounts Related To Interest Description [Abstract]
Number of variable rate options	3
Interest rate, PIK payment	4.00%
Interest rate at end of period		15.00%
Warrants, value	13,100,000
Refinancing costs paid, deferred as other assets	1,700,000
Term Loan Facility [Member] | LIBOR Based Rate [Member]
Amounts Related To Interest Description [Abstract]
Variable interest rate basis	1.50%
Debt instrument, margin	9.50%
Term Loan Facility [Member] | Alternative Base Rate [Member]
Amounts Related To Interest Description [Abstract]
Debt instrument, margin	8.50%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Amounts Related To Interest Description [Abstract]
Number of variable rate options	3
Refinancing costs paid, deferred as other assets	$ 3,600,000
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | LIBOR Based Rate [Member]
Amounts Related To Interest Description [Abstract]
Variable interest rate basis	1.00%
Debt instrument, margin	9.25%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | Alternative Base Rate [Member]
Amounts Related To Interest Description [Abstract]
Debt instrument, margin	8.25%

XML

Lease Obligations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Leases [Abstract]

Schedule of future minimum lease payments under capital and noncancelable operating leases

The following table presents future minimum lease payments under capital and noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Capital Leases		Operating Leases
Year ending December 31,
2014	$	4,916	$	9,712
2015	2,854		7,970
2016	571		3,855
2017	134		1,148
2018	50		73
Thereafter	—		—
Total minimum lease payments	$	8,525	$	22,758
Amounts representing interest	167
Capital lease obligations	8,358
Current portion of capital lease obligations	4,849
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion	$	3,509

XML

Fair Value Measurements - Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended			9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			9 Months Ended				12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2013 Wireless Business Unit [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Wireless Business Unit [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 Wireless Business Unit [Member] Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member]	Sep. 28, 2013 Wireless Business Unit [Member] Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 Wireless Business Unit [Member] Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Wireless Business Unit [Member] Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 Wireless Business Unit [Member] Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member] Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Broadband Cable Unit [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Broadband Cable Unit [Member] Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Broadband Cable Unit [Member] Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member] Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]	Sep. 29, 2012 Wireline Business Unit [Member] Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 Wireline Business Unit [Member] Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member]	Sep. 29, 2012 Wireline Business Unit [Member] Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member] Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 Goodwill [Member] Wireless Business Unit [Member] Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Fulfillment Segment [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fulfillment Segment [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Fulfillment Segment [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fulfillment Segment [Member] Broadband Cable Unit [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Engineering and Construction Segment [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Engineering and Construction Segment [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Engineering and Construction Segment [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Goodwill, fair value						$ 10,600,000		$ 10,630,000	$ 0	$ 10,630,000		$ 13,279,000	$ 13,279,000	$ 0	$ 0
Impairment charges, goodwill	23,284,000	47,905,000		10,585,000	14,900,000			14,900,000	10,585,000		12,700,000	14,900,000		33,005,000				0			12,700,000	10,584,000	47,905,000
Finite-lived Intangible Assets, Fair Value Disclosure									0
Property and equipment, fair value														3,094,000		3,094,000
Impairment charges, amortizable intangible assets							1,090,000
Impairment charges, property and equipment														2,175,000
Goodwill, carrying value	$ 98,579,000	$ 121,920,000	$ 163,797,000														$ 25,500,000	$ 111,336,000	$ 98,579,000	$ 105,308,000		$ 0	$ 10,584,000	$ 58,489,000

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The following table presents the components of income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
United States	$	(51,537	)	$	(39,058	)
Foreign	494			(60		)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	$	(51,043	)	$	(39,118	)

The following table presents the components of income tax expense or benefit:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Current income tax expense:
Federal	$	—		$	—
Foreign	(107		)	313
State	(41		)	160
Total	(148		)	473
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal	(451		)	143
Foreign	166			(304		)
State	(119		)	41
Total	(404		)	(120		)
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	(552	)	$	353

The following table presents the components of deferred tax assets, net, and deferred tax liabilities:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Deferred tax assets, net:
Net operating losses	$	53,138		$	35,000
Depreciation and amortization	19,637			21,616
Accrued liabilities	11,248			11,550
Goodwill	11,154			11,199
Other	3,005			1,655
Deferred tax assets, gross	98,182			81,020
Valuation allowance	(97,000		)	(79,655		)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	1,182		$	1,365
Deferred tax liabilities:
Goodwill	$	135		$	706
Deferred tax liabilities	$	135		$	706

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $138.0 million and $86.6 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2014 and will be fully expired in 2032. The Company has experienced an ownership change as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and therefore the use of the net operating loss carry forwards is subject to limitation.

Deferred tax assets, net, and deferred tax liabilities are included within other assets, net and other liabilities, net on the consolidated balance sheets. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased by $18.0 million and $26.1 million, respectively.

Because the Company has not yet achieved profitable operations outside of Canada, the Company determined that its non-Canadian deferred tax assets do not satisfy the criteria for realizability and established a full valuation allowance for such assets. Additionally, for tax purposes, certain goodwill is being amortized. In periods when the book basis of tax deductible goodwill exceeds its tax basis, the Company records a deferred tax liability because the basis difference will not reverse within the periods that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be recognized.

The following table presents the reconciliation of income tax expense or benefit as calculated using the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to income tax expense or benefit:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Income tax benefit at U.S. statutory federal rate	$	(18,005	)	$	(13,691	)
Shortfall of tax benefit on stock-based compensation	158			953
Nondeductible expenses	1,559			2,076
Change in blended state rate	742			(1,043		)
Change in valuation allowance	16,760			15,106
Other	(1,766		)	(3,048		)
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	(552	)	$	353

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Schedule of outstanding warrants

The following table presents information about warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2013, all of which were exercisable:

(in thousands, except per share amounts)	Outstanding (in shares)	Grant Date	Expiration Date	Exercise Price
Amended Term Loan lenders	3,791	July 25, 2013	—	$	0.01
Former employees and owners	89	September 26, 2007	September 26, 2017	140.00
Former owners of an acquired broadband cable business	2	December 2, 2010	December 2, 2020	56.00
	3,882

XML

Restatement, Investigation and Related Costs

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Restatement, Investigation and Related Costs [Abstract]

Restatement, Investigation and Related Costs

Restatement, Investigation and Related Costs

The following table presents the components of restatement, investigation and related costs:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Incremental audit fees	$	2,871	$	—
Other professional services	5,949		—
Restatement, investigation and related costs	$	8,820	$	—

On April 12, 2013, the Company announced that as a result of an internal investigation conducted by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, with the assistance of outside independent counsel and a forensic accounting firm (the “Audit Committee Investigation”), it was determined that several employees of the Company’s Pinnacle Wireless division engaged in fraudulent activities that resulted in improper revenue recognition. In connection with the Audit Committee Investigation, the former President and several other employees of the Pinnacle Wireless division were terminated. In addition, the Company’s former Chief Financial Officer, former Chief Accounting Officer and another former finance department employee were terminated.

As a result of the Audit Committee Investigation, the Company concluded that certain previously issued financial statements could no longer be relied upon due to the improper revenue recognition at the Pinnacle Wireless division and certain other errors related to the valuation of contingent consideration, the application of a revenue recognition policy and classification of debt and cash overdrafts. The Company undertook a process to restate those financial statements (the “Restatement”), which it completed with the filing of its 2012 Form 10-K in August 2013.

The Audit Committee Investigation and the Restatement required the Company to incur substantial additional costs for audit fees and other professional services, including the cost of litigation and consultants, as well as costs to indemnify current and former officers for legal costs (see Note 13). Additional costs for related legal matters are likely to arise in the future, such as the Company’s obligation to indemnify current and former officers in connection with potential regulatory or legal proceedings. Management is not able to estimate what the costs related to these matters might be, but such costs could be significant.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified			1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Surety Bond [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Surety Bond [Member]	Oct. 31, 2013 Securities Litigation, Civil Action NO. 13-2119 [Member]	Feb. 28, 2014 Securities Litigation, Civil Action NO. 13-2119 [Member] Subsequent Event [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 FLSA Collective Action [Member]	May 31, 2013 Skylink Complaint [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Preliminary settlement amount			$ 1.6
Loss contingency, estimated amount	46.4	69.0		0.3		6.0
Potential loss exposure, minimum					0
Potential loss exposure, maximum					$ 3.8

XML

Business

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Business

Business

UniTek Global Services, Inc., with its subsidiaries (the “Company”), is a full-service provider of technical services to customers in the wireless telecommunications, public safety, satellite television and broadband cable industries in the United States and Canada. The Company’s principal lines of service, or segments, and their relative importance to operations, based upon contribution to consolidated revenues, are:

• Comprehensive installation and fulfillment services (“Fulfillment”), whereby the Company deploys technicians to install its customers’ equipment, such as television receiver units, into homes and businesses. This segment makes up approximately two-thirds of the business; and

• Wireless telecommunication construction, project management and systems integration (“Engineering and Construction”), whereby the Company assembles teams of engineers and technicians to design and build large wireless infrastructure projects for its customers. This segment makes up approximately one-third of the business.

The Company’s customers are primarily satellite television, broadband cable and other telecommunications companies, their contractors, and municipalities and related agencies. The Company’s customers utilize its services to build and maintain their infrastructure and networks and to provide residential and commercial fulfillment services, which is critical to their ability to deliver voice, video and data services to end users.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Property and equipment, net - accumulated depreciation	$ 49,189	$ 41,953
Amortizable intangible assets, net	33,963	42,013
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.00002	$ 0.00002
Preferred stock, number of shares authorized	20,000,000	20,000,000
Preferred stock, number of shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, number of shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.00002	$ 0.00002
Common stock, number of shares authorized	200,000,000	200,000,000
Common stock, number of shares issued	19,039,000	18,736,000
Common stock, number of shares outstanding	19,039,000	18,736,000
Customer Relationships [Member]
Amortizable intangible assets, net	$ 32,263	$ 38,090

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities for which Fair Value is only Disclosed

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and financial instruments included in other current assets and other current liabilities are presented in the consolidated balance sheets at historical cost, which approximates fair value due to the relatively short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities (Level 2 measurements). Restricted cash is carried at historical cost, which approximates fair value (Level 2 measurement.) The carrying values of capital lease obligations and long-term debt approximate fair value because they bear interest at rates available to the Company for obligations with similar terms and remaining maturities (Level 2 measurements).

Fair Value Measurements with Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following table presents changes in contingent consideration liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

(in thousands)	Contingent Consideration
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	14,852
Acquisitions	5,816
Settlements – cash	(23,040		)
Settlements – equity	(5,789		)
Changes in fair value	10,096
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	1,935

At December 31, 2012, the remaining balance of contingent consideration was related to an earn-out for the acquisition of Skylink. This amount was fully settled during 2013 and included in long-term debt at December 31, 2013 as discussed further below.

Pinnacle

The agreement to purchase the assets of Pinnacle Wireless, Inc. (“Pinnacle”) provided for the payment of contingent consideration in the form of earn-out payments, not to exceed $30.0 million, based on the achievement of contractual EBITDA performance targets for the six months ended September 30, 2011, the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and / or the twelve months ended March 31, 2013. The asset purchase agreement provided that if the September 30, 2011 or March 31, 2012 performance targets were not met, the entire earn-out, or some portion thereof, still could be earned based on Pinnacle’s actual EBITDA attained for the twelve months ending March 31, 2013. The Company used a Monte Carlo simulation model applied to its estimate of Pinnacle’s expected EBITDA performance at each of the measurement dates to estimate the fair value of the potential earn-out. The significant assumptions used in this valuation methodology depended upon considerable judgment and included forecasted EBITDA, an estimate of the volatility of Pinnacle’s earnings based upon a selected peer group, and an interest rate tied to the Company’s credit risk profile with terms approximating the earn-out periods. Utilizing the estimated peer group volatility and an estimated range of EBITDA outcomes between 80% and 120% of the estimated EBITDA, the estimated range of outcomes on an undiscounted basis was expected to be between $17.4 million and $30.0 million as of the purchase date on April 3, 2011.

At December 31, 2011, the estimated fair value of the earn-out of $14.9 million was based on (i) Pinnacle’s actual 2011 EBITDA, (ii) Pinnacle’s revised EBITDA forecasts for the twelve month periods ending March 31, 2012 and 2013, and (iii) payments of $2.4 million made against the liability during the year ended December 31, 2011. Based on Pinnacle’s pre-restatement EBITDA data, the Company transferred an additional $19.5 million and $5.8 million in cash and shares of common stock, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2012. These payments exceeded the fair value of the liability at December 31, 2011, resulting in expense related to contingent consideration of $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Based upon the restated financial information for Pinnacle and other currently available information, the Company has concluded that no earn-out was payable under the agreement to purchase Pinnacle. The Company intends to seek repayment of the contingent consideration paid, and any amount recovered will be reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss at such time as the amount is determined and the gain has been realized.

Skylink

The fair value of contingent consideration payable to the former owners of Skylink was calculated using the average of probability-weighted contingent consideration payments resulting from expected revenues at each of the measurement dates. The significant assumptions used in these calculations included forecasted revenues and the estimated likelihood for each performance scenario. The acquisition-date fair value of the Skylink contingent consideration of $5.3 million, of which $3.5 million was paid during the year ended December 31, 2012, reflected the Company’s belief that the revenue target was highly likely to be fully met. The earn-out was settled at the end of its measurement period on March 31, 2013, with negligible changes to fair value, and subsequently reclassified to current portion of long-term debt on May 31, 2013, as discussed further at Note 10 in the section entitled “Redeemable Obligation.”

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents information about assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the two year period ended December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Measurement Date	Fair Value		Quoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Impairment Charges
Wireless reporting unit:
Goodwill	December 31, 2013	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	10,585
Amortizable intangible assets	September 28, 2013	—		—		—		—		1,090
Goodwill	September 30, 2012	10,630		—		—		10,630		14,900
Broadband Cable reporting unit:
Goodwill	December 31, 2013	13,279		—		—		13,279		14,900
Wireline Group:
Property and equipment	September 29, 2012	3,094		—		—		3,094		2,175
Goodwill	September 29, 2012	—		—		—		—		33,005

Annual Goodwill Impairment Testing

September 30, 2012

When the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2012, it determined the carrying value of the wireless reporting unit (which in 2013 constituted the Engineering and Construction segment) (“Wireless reporting unit”) exceeded its fair value. The Company determined fair value using a combination of the market-based approach and the income approach relying on a discounted cash flow analysis. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach (Level 3 measurements). The cash flows employed in the discounted cash flow analyses are based on the Company’s internal business model for 2013 and, for years beyond 2013 the growth rates used are an estimate of the future growth in the industry in which the Company participates, considering its liquidity position and the refinancing of its debt which occurred in July 2013 (See Note 10). The discount rates used in the discounted cash flow analyses are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit and are based on an estimated market participant’s cost of capital. In addition, the market-based approach utilizes comparable company public trading values, research analyst estimates and, where available, values observed in private market transactions.

For the second step of the impairment test, the Company allocated the fair value of the Wireless reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities based on their relative fair values at the date of the impairment test. The Company then compared the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill of $10.6 million to its carrying amount of $25.5 million. Since the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The Company also performed long-lived asset impairment test, which confirmed the future undiscounted cash flows of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets of the Wireless reporting unit to exceed their carrying values.

September 29, 2013

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of September 29, 2013 and determined the fair value of each of the three reporting units exceeded their respective carrying value. The Company determined fair value using a combination of the market-based approach and the income approach relying on a discounted cash flow analysis. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach (Level 3 measurements). The cash flows employed in the discounted cash flow analyses are based on the Company’s internal business model for 2013 and, for years beyond 2013 the growth rates used are an estimate of the future growth in the industry in which the Company participates, considering its liquidity position and the refinancing of its debt which occurred in July 2013 (See Note 10). The discount rates used in the discounted cash flow analyses are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit and are based on an estimated market participant’s cost of capital. In addition, the market-based approach utilizes comparable company public trading values, research analyst estimates and, where available, values observed in private market transactions. The estimated fair value of the reporting units at September 29, 2013 was supported by then current internal business forecasts.

Interim Goodwill and Long-lived Asset Impairment Testing

September 29, 2012

The Company determined that the net assets of the wireline telecommunications business unit (formerly part of the Engineering and Construction segment) met the definition of a disposal group held for sale at September 29, 2012 (the “Wireline Group”). The Company estimated the future cash flows of the property and equipment of the Wireline Group and determined that their carrying value exceeded both the sum of their undiscounted cash flows and their fair values, resulting in an impairment charge of $2.2 million. The estimated future cash flows used in the undiscounted cash flow test and the fair value measurement were based on anticipated growth rates for the Wireline Group, future economic conditions and residual values (Level 3 measurements).

The Company estimated the fair value of the Wireline Group and determined that the implied fair value of the goodwill was zero, resulting in an impairment charge of $33.0 million included in loss from discontinued operations in the year ended December 31,2012. The fair value of the goodwill was implied by calculating the fair value of the Wireline Group and subtracting from that the fair values of the assets attributable to the reporting unit other than goodwill. The fair value of the reporting unit was determined by considering both a market approach, including private bid information obtained by the Company (Level 2 measurements) and the future discounted cash flows attributable to each, which was determined using the Company’s internal operating forecasts, weighted-average cost of capital, and certain other assumptions (Level 3 measurements). The fair values of the other assets and liabilities attributable to the Wireline Group, other than property and equipment, were calculated using historical cost, which was materially representative of their fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of the assets and liabilities (Level 2 measurements) and was used only for purposes of calculating the implied fair value of goodwill.

Subsequent to the goodwill impairment, the Company measured the fair values of the assets held for sale and the liabilities held for sale of the Wireline Group, less estimated selling costs, and determined that their carrying values did not exceed this amount.

September 28, 2013

During the three months ended September 28, 2013, the Company determined that certain amortizable intangible assets of the Wireless reporting unit with a carrying value of $1.1 million were fully impaired based on information received from prospective buyers while considering the possible disposition of these assets (Level 2 measurements).

December 31, 2013

During late 2013, the Company determined that certain revenue growth assumptions and related profitability assumptions used previously in determining the Wireless and Broadband Cable reporting unit fair values would not be achieved. As a result, management determined that indicators of impairment existed at December 31, 2013 and performed interim impairment testing of goodwill and long-lived assets, based on revised forecasts, for its Wireless reporting unit and Broadband Cable reporting unit.

The Company determined the carrying values of the Wireless and Cable reporting units exceeded their respective fair values. The Company determined fair value using a combination of the market-based approach and the income approach relying on a discounted cash flow analysis. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach (Level 3 measurements). The cash flows employed in the discounted cash flow analyses are based on the Company’s internal business model for 2014 and, for the four subsequent years beyond 2014, developed as part of our budget process and to be used as we explore refinancing alternatives. The growth rates used are an estimate of the future growth in the industry in which the reporting unit participates. The forecast represented the best information available to the Company at the time. The discount rates used in the discounted cash flow analyses are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit and are based on an estimated market participant’s cost of capital. In addition, the market-based approach utilizes comparable company public trading values, research analyst estimates and, where available, values observed in private market transactions.

For the second step of the impairment test, the Company allocated the fair value of the reporting unit to all of their respective assets and liabilities based on their relative fair value at the date of the impairment test. The Company then compared the implied fair value of the Wireless reporting unit’s goodwill of $0.0 and the Broadband Cable reporting unit’s goodwill of $13.3 million to their respective carrying amounts. Since the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, the Company recognized impairment charges of $10.6 million and $12.7 million for the Wireless reporting and Broadband Cable reporting units, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Company also performed long-lived asset impairment tests, which compared the future undiscounted cash flows of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets of the Wireless and Broadband Cable reporting units to their carrying values. Each passed with considerable margin.

Should actual future results differ from those projections used in the impairment testing, or should our assumptions prove to be incorrect, the fair value of a reporting unit could decline further, which could result in additional impairment. Following the goodwill impairment charges, the Engineering and Construction and Fulfillment segments’ goodwill was $0 million and $98.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013.

Derivative Instruments

The Company held no derivative instruments at December 31, 2013. Pursuant to the requirements of the Term Loan, the Company maintained interest rate collar agreements covering 50% of the face value of the Term Loan, or $67.5 million at December 31, 2012. These interest rate collar agreements matured in July 2013. The fair value of the interest rate collar agreements and the income effect thereof were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Mar. 17, 2014	Jun. 28, 2013
Document and Entity Information
Entity Registrant Name	UniTek Global Services, Inc.
Entity Central Index Key	0000826773
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2013
Amendment Flag	false
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		19,227,041
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Public Float			$ 15,084,976

XML

Lease Obligations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Leases [Abstract]

Lease Obligations

Lease Obligations

The following table presents future minimum lease payments under capital and noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Capital Leases		Operating Leases
Year ending December 31,
2014	$	4,916	$	9,712
2015	2,854		7,970
2016	571		3,855
2017	134		1,148
2018	50		73
Thereafter	—		—
Total minimum lease payments	$	8,525	$	22,758
Amounts representing interest	167
Capital lease obligations	8,358
Current portion of capital lease obligations	4,849
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion	$	3,509

Operating lease expense was approximately $14.0 million and $10.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included as a component of cost of revenues or selling, general and administrative expenses depending on the nature of the lease.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Loss (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Statement [Abstract]
Revenues	$ 471,933	$ 437,596
Cost of revenues	387,376	356,794
Gross profit	84,557	80,802
Selling, general and administrative expenses	42,223	46,357
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	(114)	10,096
Restructuring charges	1,071	8,013
Restatement, investigation and related costs	8,820	0
Impairment charges	24,374	14,900
Depreciation and amortization	20,258	26,469
Operating loss	(12,075)	(25,033)
Interest expense	30,454	15,329
Loss on extinguishment of debt	9,247	0
Other income, net	(733)	(1,244)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(51,043)	(39,118)
Income tax (benefit) expense	(552)	353
Loss from continuing operations	(50,491)	(39,471)
Loss from discontinued operations	(1,582)	(38,259)
Net loss	(52,073)	(77,730)
Other comprehensive income or loss:
Foreign currency translation	32	39
Comprehensive loss	$ (52,041)	$ (77,691)
Net loss per share – basic and diluted
Continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (2.65)	$ (2.17)
Discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.08)	$ (2.11)
Total (in dollars per share)	$ (2.73)	$ (4.28)
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding - basic and diluted (in shares)	19,046	18,182

XML

Concentration Risks

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]

Concentration Risks

Concentration Risks

A substantial majority of the Company’s revenues and accounts receivable, net of allowances, are concentrated with a few large customers. The largest three customers accounted, respectively, for 44%, 18% and 12% of revenues for the year endedDecember 31, 2013 and for 39%, 13% and 11% of accounts receivable, net of allowances, at December 31, 2013. The largest and third-largest customers by revenues were included in the Fulfillment segment, and the second-largest customer by revenues was included in the Engineering and Construction segment.

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Receivables [Abstract]

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances

The following table presents the components of accounts receivable, net of allowances:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Trade accounts receivable	$	16,308		$	22,954
Contract billings	30,928			37,246
Unbilled contract revenues	26,915			42,287
Other unbilled revenues	1,376			3,686
Retainage	2,698			2,657
Accounts receivable, gross	78,225			108,830
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(4,867		)	(6,340		)
Accounts receivable, net of allowances	$	73,358		$	102,490

All trade accounts receivable and other unbilled revenues are expected to be collected within the next year. We expect that a substantial majority of contract billings and unbilled contract revenues will be collected within the next year; our allowance for doubtful accounts is sufficient to cover the remainder. Retainage has been billed but is not due until completion of performance and acceptance by customers according to the terms of contracts, which could occur beyond one year.

The following table presents the components of unbilled contract revenues, as presented above, net of billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings, a component of other current liabilities:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Costs of in-process contracts	$	80,407		$	85,842
Estimated earnings, net of estimated losses	22,158			30,822
Less: progress billings	(81,799		)	(79,023		)
	$	20,766		$	37,641
Unbilled contract revenues	$	26,915		$	42,287
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings	(6,149		)	(4,646		)
	$	20,766		$	37,641

XML

Discontinued Operations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Discontinued Operations and Disposal Groups [Abstract]

Discontinued Operations

Discontinued Operations

The following table presents the results of discontinued operations:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Revenues	$	1,660		$	48,692
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes	(1,565		)	(43,739		)
Income tax expense (benefit) from discontinued operations	17			(5,480		)
Loss from discontinued operations	$	(1,582	)	$	(38,259	)

Sale of Wireline Group

On December 28, 2012, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of the wireline telecommunications business (the “Wireline Group”) to NX Utilities, LLC (“NX Utilities”). The executive who previously headed the Wireline Group was a minority owner of NX Utilities and left the Company following the transaction.

The fair value of the net assets sold was estimated at $6.9 million as of the effective date of the agreement. As required by the agreement, the sale took place in two stages, the first of which occurred on December 28, 2012 and the second of which occurred on March 2, 2013. At the request of NX Utilities, the Company continued to operate certain markets of the Wireline Group through the second stage of the closing. However, due to the terms of the agreement, the Company did not bear the risk and rewards of these assets subsequent to the effective date of the agreement. Therefore, these assets were included in the sale as of December 31, 2012.

The purchase price for the net assets sold was $5.9 million, subject to certain adjustments, and was payable to the Company in two installments. The first installment of $5.4 million was due upon the closing of the Wireline Sale Agreement and was collected by the Company on December 28, 2012. The second installment of $0.5 million was held in escrow until the second stage of the asset transfers between the Company and NX Utilities. As of December 31, 2012, the Company reported the second installment of the purchase price as a receivable within other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company retained certain working capital assets of the Wireline Group, consisting primarily of accounts receivable, in lieu of additional cash consideration. The value of the working capital assets at December 28, 2012 was approximately $4.1 million. These assets were fully settled during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Wireline Group was previously reported as part of the Engineering and Construction segment, and as a result of this transaction, its results of operations have been reclassified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 included pretax impairment charges of $35.2 million, as discussed further in Note 11, and a preliminary loss on sale of $1.0 million. Discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 included an additional $0.6 million loss on sale reflecting the final settlements of the sale agreement and the retained working capital assets.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

The following sections summarize what management believes to be the most significant commitments and contingencies.

Class Action Lawsuit

As previously disclosed, a consolidated class action lawsuit was filed against the Company and certain of its current and former officers in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The case, entitled In Re UniTek Global Services, Inc. Securities Litigation, Civil Action NO. 13-2119, alleges that the Company made misstatements and omissions regarding its business, its financial condition and its internal controls and systems in violation of the Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 thereunder. In October 2013, the plaintiffs and the Company reached a preliminary agreement to settle all claims for an amount of $1.6 million, including attorneys’ fees and expenses. In February 2014, the Court entered an Order granting preliminary approval of the settlement agreement, and the hearing to approve the final settlement is set for June 2014. The Company believes that the settlement amount will be covered by insurance and has accrued the $0.3 million deductible.

Collective Action under Fair Labor Standards Act

The Company had a collective action under the Fair Labor Standards Act filed against it in the United States District Court for the Western District of Tennessee in February 2008. In October 2012, a judgment was entered for the plaintiffs. The Company intends to appeal the judgment promptly as soon as it becomes final and appealable. The Company believes that the potential loss exposure for this action is between $0.0 million and $3.8 million and that it has accrued adequate reserves for any resulting loss deemed probable.

Skylink Complaint

In August 2013, Skylink brought a complaint against the Company in the Common Pleas Court of Hancock County, Ohio alleging the Company had failed to pay an earn-out payment and requesting a declaratory judgment that the earn-out payment is due and immediately payable, together with the accrued interest thereon and costs and expenses. The Company brought a motion to dismiss the complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. Skylink thereafter amended its complaint, and the Company has filed another motion to dismiss the amended complaint. While the Company acknowledges that the earn-out payment of $6.0 million accrued on May 31, 2013, the Company has not made this payment because certain contractual conditions have not yet been met. See Note 10 for additional information.

Indemnification Obligations

Subject to certain limitations, the Company is obligated to indemnify its current and former officers in connection with any regulatory or litigation matter. This obligation arises under the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware law. An obligation to indemnify generally means that the Company is required to pay or reimburse the individual’s reasonable legal expenses and possibly damages and other liabilities that may be incurred.

Other

The Company is involved in certain other legal and regulatory actions, such as employment-related matters, tax issues, wage and hour claims, and union grievance matters, which arose in the ordinary course of business. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of these matters, but does not believe that the ultimate resolution of such matters will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. However, if certain of such matters were determined adversely to the Company, although the ultimate liability arising therefrom would not be material to the financial position of the Company, it could be material to its results of operations in an individual quarterly or annual period.

The Company is required by certain customers and licensing agencies to enter into surety bonds, which provide a guarantee to the customer or agency that the Company will perform under the terms of its contracts, including payment of subcontractors and other vendors. In the event of payments by the bonding company due to non-performance, the Company would become liable to the bonding company up to the full amount of the bond. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $46.4 million and $69.0 million of surety bonds outstanding, respectively.

The Company is also required, primarily by its insurers, to enter into standby letters of credit, which provide the insurers a guaranteed source of funding for unsettled insurance claims due from the Company. Additional details about standby letters of credit are provided in Notes 7 and 10.

XML

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets

The following table presents changes in goodwill by segment:

(in thousands)	Fulfillment			Engineering and Construction			Total
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	105,308		$	58,489		$	163,797
Acquisitions	6,009			—			6,009
Impairment charges	—			(47,905		)	(47,905		)
Foreign currency translation	19			—			19
Balance at December 31, 2012	111,336			10,584			121,920
Impairment charges	(12,700		)	(10,584		)	(23,284		)
Foreign currency translation	(57		)	—			(57		)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	98,579		$	—		$	98,579

The following table presents the components of goodwill by segment:

	December 31, 2013							December 31, 2012
(in thousands)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Impairment Losses			Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Impairment Losses			Net Amount
Fulfillment	$	111,279	$	(12,700	)	$	98,579	$	111,336	$	—		$	111,336
Engineering and Construction	25,484		(25,484		)	—		25,484		(14,900		)	10,584
Total	$	136,763	$	(38,184	)	$	98,579	$	136,820	$	(14,900	)	$	121,920

Additional information about acquisitions and impairment charges may be found in Notes 4 and 11, respectively. Fulfillment segment goodwill includes $0.9 million denominated in Canadian dollars, resulting in foreign currency translation changes from period to period.

The following table presents the components of amortizable intangible assets:

	December 31, 2013						December 31, 2012
(in thousands)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount
Customer relationships	$	96,449	$	64,186	$	32,263	$	116,222	$	78,132	$	38,090
Other	4,518		2,818		1,700		7,359		3,436		3,923
Total	$	100,967	$	67,004	$	33,963	$	123,581	$	81,568	$	42,013

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company wrote off the gross amount and accumulated amortization of intangible assets related to the sale of the wireline telecommunications business unit (see Note 17) and fully impaired acquired technology assets of the Engineering and Construction segment with a carrying value of $1.1 million (see Note 11).

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $7.0 million and $10.6 million, respectively. The following table presents estimated amortization expense for each of the following five years and thereafter:

(in thousands)	Estimated Amortization Expense
Year ending December 31,
2014	$	5,960
2015	5,802
2016	4,961
2017	4,588
2018	4,554
Thereafter	8,098
Total	$	33,963

XML

Long-Term Debt - Convertible Obligation (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended				12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Jul. 25, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 Redeemable Obligation [Member]	May 31, 2013 Redeemable Obligation [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Redeemable Obligation [Member]	Sep. 14, 2012 Redeemable Obligation [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Maximum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Common Stock [Member] Maximum [Member]
Convertible obligation
Long-term debt	$ 181,546,000		$ 156,464,000	$ 6,152,000	$ 6,200,000	$ 0
Interest rate, stated					10.00%
Equity conversion right, shares issuable				3,715,915					3,700,000
Equity conversion right, percentage of outstanding shares		19.90%					19.90%
Period over which stock price is calculated				20 days
Conversion price	$ 1.61
Amount convertible to cash for unpaid obligation								6,200,000
Debt instrument cash component redeemable									200,000
Increase in conversion price that will decrease shares issuable by $100,000 and cash payable by $200,000	$ 0.10
Result of 10 cent increase in conversion price, decrease in shares issuable	100,000
Result of 10 cent increase in conversion price, decrease in cash payable	200,000
Decrease in conversion price by which no additional shares issue and in increase in cash payable by $400,000	$ 0.10
Result of 10 cent decrease in conversion price, shares issued	0
Result of 10 cent decrease in conversion price, increase in cash payable	$ 400,000

XML

Restricted Cash

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Restricted cash [Abstract]

Restricted Cash

Restricted Cash

At December 31, 2013, the Company had $16.8 million of restricted cash, representing cash on account with its former lender as collateral for $16.2 million of standby letters of credit and fees issued thereon under the prior revolving credit facility. The cash balance becomes available to the Company upon cancellation or transfer of the standby letters of credit to the current revolving credit facility by the holders.

In connection with the July 2013 refinancing (see Note 10), the Company was required to deposit a total of $24.7 million of cash with its former lenders consisting of (i) collateral for $24.0 million of standby letters of credit then outstanding under the revolving loan agreement; and (ii) $0.7 million against which fees may be applied. In December 2013, $7.9 million of that cash became unrestricted upon the transfer of $7.8 million in standby letters of credit by the holders to the current revolving credit facility resulting in a restricted cash balance of $16.8 million at December 31, 2013 as collateral for $16.2 million of standby letters of credit. The restricted cash balance becomes available to the Company upon cancellation or transfer of the standby letters of credit to the current revolving credit facility by the holders.

In March 2014, an additional $3.7 million in standby letters of credit were transferred to the revolving credit facility and additional cash became unrestricted.

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and Equipment, Net

The following table presents the components of property and equipment, net:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Vehicles	$	32,456		$	36,343
Equipment	23,025			23,051
Software	4,942			4,401
Other	3,678			4,551
Property and equipment, gross	64,101			68,346
Accumulated depreciation	(49,189		)	(41,953		)
Property and equipment, net	$	14,912		$	26,393

Depreciation expense, including depreciation of capital lease assets, was $13.3 million and $15.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the gross amount of capital lease assets, consisting entirely of vehicles, was $30.3 million and $33.2 million, respectively, and the related accumulated depreciation was $22.3 million and $18.1 million, respectively.

XML

Long-Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Long-Term Debt

Long-Term Debt

The following table presents the components of long-term debt:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Revolving credit facility, net of discount of $3,013 at December 31, 2013	$	45,040	$	26,892
Term loan facility, net of discounts of $11,951 and $3,401	130,354		129,572
Redeemable obligation	6,152		—
Long-term debt	181,546		156,464
Current portion of long-term debt	7,502		3,450
Long-term debt, net of current portion	$	174,044	$	153,014

The following table presents future maturities of long-term debt, excluding debt discounts, at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Future Maturities
Year ending December 31,
2014	$	7,502
2015	1,350
2016	49,403
2017	1,350
2018	136,905
Thereafter	—
Total	$	196,510

Revolving Credit Facility

The Company has entered into a Revolving Credit and Security Agreement and an Amended and Restated Fee Letter, both dated July 10, 2013 and amended on July 25, 2013, with Apollo Investment Corporation (the “New Revolving Loan”). Prior to the refinancing of the Company’s debt in July 2013, the Company had entered into a Revolving Credit and Security Agreement by and among the Company and PNC Bank (the “Prior Revolving Loan”). Additional information about the refinancing is included in the section of this footnote entitled “July 2013 Refinancing.”

The New Revolving Loan is a $75.0 million facility with up to $35.0 million available for issuance of standby letters of credit. The New Revolving Loan may be used for general business purposes, and amounts may be drawn or repaid in unlimited repetition up to the maximum allowed amount so long as no event of default has occurred and is continuing. Interest is payable in cash at a rate equal to either (i) LIBOR (with a floor of 1.00%) plus a margin of 9.25%; or (ii) an alternate base rate (equal to the greatest of three other variable rates, as defined) plus a margin of 8.25%. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the New Revolving Loan was 10.25% at December 31, 2013. The New Revolving Loan is subject to a commitment fee of 2.00% on the unused portion of the facility. Standby letters of credit may be issued up to the maximum amount at an annual interest rate equal to 9.00%. At December 31, 2013 outstanding standby letters of credit issued under this facility were $7.8 million. In March 2014 (i) $2.4 million of standby letters of credit issued under the New Revolving Loan facility were cancelled by the holder and, (ii) $3.7 million in standby letters of credit were transferred to the New Revolving Loan facility and additional cash became unrestricted as described further in Note 7. The New Revolving Loan matures on April 15, 2016.

There was $8.2 million of availability under the New Revolving Loan at December 31, 2013. Availability was calculated based upon (i) total potential availability under the New Revolving Loan of $64.1 million, which was determined as the lesser of (a) the $75.0 million face amount of the facility and (b) a borrowing base of $64.1 million, calculated based upon eligible receivables of $44.1 million plus an additional amount of $20.0 million (the “Additional Amount”); less (ii) outstanding standby letters of credit under the New Revolving Loan of $7.8 million; less (iii) outstanding borrowings under the New Revolving Loan of $48.1 million. The Additional Amount varies from $0.0 million to $20.0 million based upon the total of eligible and ineligible receivables; the minimum amount is used at $60.0 million or less of total receivables, the maximum amount is used at $80.0 million of greater of total receivables, and a proportional amount is used if total receivables are between $60.0 million and $80.0 million.

In connection with the refinancing, proceeds from the New Revolving Loan were used to repay the Prior Revolving Loan. Refinancing costs paid of $1.2 million and $3.6 million were deferred as a component of other assets, net and as a discount to the New Revolving Loan, respectively. The discount and the deferred financing costs are being amortized to interest expense over the life of the New Revolving Loan.

Term Loan Facility

The term loan facility is a credit agreement with several banks and other financial institutions (the “Term Loan”). In connection with the refinancing of the Company’s debt in July 2013, the Company amended the Term Loan effective July 25, 2013 by entering into a Second Amendment and Limited Waiver to Credit Agreement (together with the Term Loan, the “Amended Term Loan”). Additional information about the refinancing is included in the section of this footnote entitled “July 2013 Refinancing.”

The face amount of the Amended Term Loan is $135.0 million. The Amended Term Loan requires quarterly repayments totaling 1.00% per annum of the face amount until maturity. Interest is payable (i) in cash, at a rate equal to either (a) LIBOR (with a floor of 1.50%) plus a margin of 9.50% or (b) an alternate base rate (equal to the greatest of three other variable rates, as defined) plus a margin of 8.50%; and (ii) in an amount added to the principal amount of the Amended Term Loan at an annual rate equal to 4.00% of the outstanding balance. The interest rate on the Amended Term Loan was 15.00% at December 31, 2013. The Amended Term Loan matures on April 15, 2018.

In connection with the amendment of the Term Loan, the Company issued $13.1 million of warrants to the lenders, which were deferred as a discount to the Amended Term Loan. The warrants are exercisable at $0.01 per share for 3.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock (see Note 14). Additionally, refinancing costs of $1.7 million were deferred as a component of other assets, net. The discount and the deferred financing costs are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the Amended Term Loan.

Redeemable Obligation

In September 2012, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets of Skylink. In accordance with the purchase agreement, a redeemable obligation of $6.2 million was accrued as of May 31, 2013 because the Company had not yet paid the second earn-out. The Company has not made this payment because certain contractual conditions have not yet been met, including compliance with debt covenants (which occurred on July 25, 2013) and minimum levels of liquidity after giving effect to such payments (which has not yet been satisfied).

The obligation accrues interest at an amount equal to 10.00% per annum commencing on May 31, 2013. The obligation also contains an equity redemption feature permitting the sellers to convert unpaid amounts into a maximum of 3,715,915 shares of the Company’s common stock, which amount is equal to 19.9% of the number of shares outstanding as of September 14, 2012, the date of the purchase agreement for the acquisition of Skylink. The conversion price would be calculated based on the 20 days trailing volume-weighted average of the closing prices of the common stock as of the date of the conversion. Any unpaid amounts not so converted would remain payable in cash up to a maximum of the $6.2 million amount of the obligation.

At December 31, 2013, this instrument was redeemable for the 3.7 million maximum number of shares of common stock plus an additional $0.2 million of cash based on a conversion price of $1.61 per share. An increase to the conversion price of $0.10 per share would have decreased both the number of shares issuable by 0.1 million and the amount payable in cash by $0.2 million, while a decrease in the conversion price of $0.10 per share would have resulted in no additional shares issued and an increase to the amount payable in cash by $0.4 million.

Security Provisions and Covenants

The New Revolving Loan and the Amended Term Loan require the Company to make customary representations and warranties and contain provisions for repayment, guarantees and other security. The New Revolving Loan provides the lenders a first lien security interest in the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory, and the Amended Term Loan provides a second lien interest in the accounts receivable and inventory and a first lien interest in all other assets of the Company. The New Revolving Loan and the Amended Term Loan also provide for customary events of default (which are in some cases subject to certain exceptions, thresholds and grace periods) including, but not limited to, nonpayment of principal and interest, failure to perform or observe covenants, breaches of representations and warranties and certain bankruptcy-related events.

The New Revolving Loan and the Amended Term Loan require the Company to comply with customary affirmative and negative covenants, and the Amended Term Loan further requires the Company to maintain the following financial condition covenants:

• a Consolidated Leverage Ratio, no greater than specified amounts, representing the Company’s long-term debt divided by adjusted earnings, as defined; and

• a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, no less than specified amounts, representing the Company’s adjusted earnings, as defined, divided by fixed charges.

The following table presents the specified amounts of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

	Consolidated Leverage Ratio		Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
Twelve months ending:
December 31, 2013	4.90	:1.00	1.32	:1.00
March 31, 2014	4.87	:1.00	1.25	:1.00
June 30, 2014	4.26	:1.00	1.31	:1.00
September 30, 2014	4.11	:1.00	1.32	:1.00
December 31, 2014	3.94	:1.00	1.38	:1.00
December 31, 2015	3.11	:1.00	1.76	:1.00
December 31, 2016	2.38	:1.00	2.22	:1.00
December 31, 2017 and thereafter	1.65	:1.00	2.82	:1.00

In the event of noncompliance with these financial condition covenants or other defined events of default, the lenders are entitled to certain remedies, including accelerated repayment of amounts outstanding.

The New Revolving Loan contains a subjective acceleration clause that can be triggered if the lenders determine that the Company has experienced a material adverse change. If triggered by the lenders, this clause would create events of default with respect to both the New Revolving Loan and the Amended Term Loan, which in turn would permit the lenders to accelerate repayment of those obligations.

At December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and all other covenants. Because these ratios become more restrictive over time, the Company will need to either increase its Adjusted EBITDA, decrease its long-term debt (including a reduction of cash collateralized standby letters of credit) or decrease its fixed charges such as cash paid for debt service, capital expenditures and income taxes, to remain in compliance.

July 2013 Refinancing

In July 2013, the Company refinanced its long-term debt by (i) entering into the New Revolving Loan, proceeds from which were used to repay the Prior Revolving Loan; and (ii) amending the Term Loan.

The following table presents the uses of proceeds from the refinancing:

(in thousands)	Revolving Credit Facility July 10, 2013		Term Loan Facility July 25, 2013
Repayment of / balance of prior long-term debt	$	24,822	$	137,720
Collateralization of standby letters of credit	24,716		—
Payment of accrued interest and fees	261		—
Second amendment waiver and amendment fee (2.00%)	—		2,765
Additional borrowings for general business purposes	15,201		—
Proceeds from / balance of current long-term debt	$	65,000	$	140,485

In connection with the repayment of the Prior Revolving Loan, the Company was required to deposit $24.7 million of cash with its former lenders as collateral for outstanding standby letters of credit under the Prior Revolving Loan, as discussed further in Note 7.

In connection with the amendment of the Term Loan, the lenders also received a waiver and amendment fee equal to 2.00% of the outstanding loan balance, or $2.8 million, which was added to the principal amount of the Amended Term Loan. In connection with entering into the Amended Term Loan, the Company issued warrants to the lenders as described further in Note 14.

The refinancing of the revolving credit facility was accounted for as an extinguishment and issuance of new debt as a result of the change in the lenders. The carrying value of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Prior Revolving Loan and refinancing costs paid to the prior lenders were included in the loss on extinguishment of debt. Refinancing costs paid to the new lenders were recorded as a discount to the New Revolving Loan, and costs paid to third parties were recorded as deferred financing costs, which will be amortized to interest expense over the life of the New Revolving Loan.

The amendment of the Term Loan was accounted for as an extinguishment and issuance of new debt because the terms of the amended debt were substantially different from the terms of the original debt. The carrying value of the unamortized deferred financing costs and debt discount related to the Term Loan and refinancing costs paid to the lenders were included in the loss on extinguishment of debt. Costs paid to third parties were recorded as deferred financing costs and are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the Amended Term Loan. A portion of the assumed proceeds from the Amended Term Loan were allocated to the warrants based on the relative fair values of the Amended Term Loan and the warrants, resulting in $13.1 million recorded as additional paid-in capital and discount on long-term debt. The discount will be amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the Amended Term Loan.

The following table presents the components of refinancing costs recognized currently in the Company’s results of operations. Such costs are presented as loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss:

(in thousands)	Revolving Credit Facility		Term Loan Facility		Total
Write-off of unamortized costs of prior debt:
Deferred financing costs	$	465	$	2,693	$	3,158
Discount on long-term debt	—		3,025		3,025
Refinancing costs paid or payable to lenders	65		2,999		3,064
Loss on extinguishment of debt	$	530	$	8,717	$	9,247

The following table presents the components of refinancing costs that have been deferred to future periods:

(in thousands)	Balance sheet location	Revolving Credit Facility		Term Loan Facility		Total
Deferred financing costs, gross	Other assets, net	$	1,195	$	1,766	$	2,961
Discount on long-term debt, gross	Long-term debt, net of current portion	3,551		13,100		16,651
Refinancing costs deferred to future periods		$	4,746	$	14,866	$	19,612

XML

Fair Value Measurements - Fair Value Measurements with Significant Unobservable Inputs (Details) (Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member], Contingent Consideration [Member], USD $)	12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended		6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 Pinnacle [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Pinnacle [Member]	Apr. 03, 2011 Pinnacle [Member] Minimum [Member]	Apr. 03, 2011 Pinnacle [Member] Maximum [Member]	Sep. 30, 2011 Pinnacle [Member] Maximum [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Pinnacle [Member] Maximum [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Pinnacle [Member] Maximum [Member]	Sep. 14, 2012 Skylink [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Cash [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Cash [Member] Pinnacle [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Cash [Member] Pinnacle [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Cash [Member] Skylink [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Equity [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Equity [Member] Pinnacle [Member]
Changes in assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs:
Beginning balance	$ 14,852,000		$ 14,900,000
Acquisitions	5,816,000								5,300,000
Settlements										(23,040,000)	(19,500,000)	(2,400,000)	(3,500,000)	(5,789,000)	(5,800,000)
Changes in fair value	10,096,000		10,500,000
Ending balance	1,935,000
Sensitivity analysis, quantitative disclosures
Sensitivity analysis, description		Utilizing the estimated peer group volatility and an estimated range of EBITDA outcomes between 80% and 120% of the estimated EBITDA, the estimated range of outcomes on an undiscounted basis was expected to be between $17.4 million and $30.0 million as of the purchase date on April 3, 2011.
Estimated range of EBITDA outcomes, undiscounted basis				$ 17,400,000	$ 30,000,000	$ 30,000,000	$ 30,000,000.0	$ 30,000,000.0
Estimated range of EBITDA outcomes, percentage				80.00%	120.00%

XML

Fair Value Measurements - Derivative Instruments (Details) (Term Loan Facility [Member], Interest Rate Collar [Member], USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012
Term Loan Facility [Member] | Interest Rate Collar [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Face value of debt covered by derivative, percentage	50.00%
Face value of debt covered by derivative, amount	$ 67.5

XML

Long-Term Debt - July 2013 Refinancing - Refinancing Costs (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 25, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Extinguishment of Debt [Line Items]
Warrants, value	$ 13,100	$ 13,066	$ 0
Components of loss on extinguishment of debt:
Unamortized costs of prior debt, deferred financing costs		3,158
Unamortized costs of prior debt, discount on long-term debt		3,025
Refinancing costs paid or payable to lenders		3,064
Loss on extinguishment of debt		9,247	0
Components of refinancing costs deferred to future periods:
Deferred financing cost, gross		2,961
Discount on long-term debt, gross		16,651
Refinancing costs deferred to future periods		19,612
Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Components of loss on extinguishment of debt:
Unamortized costs of prior debt, deferred financing costs		465
Unamortized costs of prior debt, discount on long-term debt		0
Refinancing costs paid or payable to lenders		65
Loss on extinguishment of debt		530
Components of refinancing costs deferred to future periods:
Deferred financing cost, gross		1,195
Discount on long-term debt, gross		3,551
Refinancing costs deferred to future periods		4,746
Term Loan Facility [Member]
Extinguishment of Debt [Line Items]
Warrants, value	13,100
Components of loss on extinguishment of debt:
Unamortized costs of prior debt, deferred financing costs		2,693
Unamortized costs of prior debt, discount on long-term debt		3,025
Refinancing costs paid or payable to lenders		2,999
Loss on extinguishment of debt		8,717
Components of refinancing costs deferred to future periods:
Deferred financing cost, gross		1,766
Discount on long-term debt, gross		13,100
Refinancing costs deferred to future periods		$ 14,866

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of changes in liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs

The following table presents changes in contingent consideration liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

(in thousands)	Contingent Consideration
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	14,852
Acquisitions	5,816
Settlements – cash	(23,040		)
Settlements – equity	(5,789		)
Changes in fair value	10,096
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	1,935

Schedule of information about assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

The following table presents information about assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the two year period ended December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Measurement Date	Fair Value		Quoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Impairment Charges
Wireless reporting unit:
Goodwill	December 31, 2013	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	10,585
Amortizable intangible assets	September 28, 2013	—		—		—		—		1,090
Goodwill	September 30, 2012	10,630		—		—		10,630		14,900
Broadband Cable reporting unit:
Goodwill	December 31, 2013	13,279		—		—		13,279		14,900
Wireline Group:
Property and equipment	September 29, 2012	3,094		—		—		3,094		2,175
Goodwill	September 29, 2012	—		—		—		—		33,005

XML

Restricted Cash (Details) (USD $)	1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended	1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Jul. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Mar. 13, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Subsequent Event [Member]	Jul. 31, 2013 Collateral For Letters Of Credit [Member]	Jul. 31, 2013 Application Of Fees [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Restricted cash	$ 16,800,000		$ 16,800,000
Standby letters of credit outstanding	16,200,000		16,200,000		7,800,000
Repayment of prior long-term debt		24,700,000					24,000,000	700,000
Release of cash restriction on collateralized letters of credit	7,900,000		7,949,000	0		3,700,000
Standby letters of credit transferred	$ 7,800,000

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table presents the components of stock-based compensation, a component of selling, general and administrative expenses:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Restricted stock units (“RSUs”)	$	815	$	1,203
Non-Plan Inducement Grants	256		114
Modifications:
Acceleration of RSU vesting terms	94		2,580
Amortization of deferred modification expense	1,011		1,008
Stock-based compensation	$	2,176	$	4,905

Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 included $1.0 million for amortization of deferred modification expense resulting from a 2011 tender offer, as discussed further below. Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $2.6 million for the acceleration of RSU vesting related to the separations of the Chief Executive Officer, Executive Chairman, Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Information Officer in accordance with the terms of their employment agreements, as well as accelerated vesting of director RSUs.

At December 31, 2013, there was $1.2 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years. In addition to this, RSUs were issued subsequent to December 31, 2013 as discussed further in Note 21.

Summary of Plans and Awards

The Company sponsored two stock-based compensation plans for which awards were either outstanding or available for future grant at December 31, 2013: (i) the 2009 Omnibus Securities Plan (the “2009 Plan”); and (ii) the 2013 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “2013 Plan”) (collectively, the “Plans”). The Plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or by one or more committees of the Board of Directors as designated. The administrator of the Plans and its authorized delegates have the authority to select the persons to whom awards may be granted, the number, type and value of awards and the terms and conditions of awards. Participation in the Plans is limited to employees, directors and consultants. Unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors, the 2009 Plan will expire on September 24, 2019, and the 2013 Plan will expire on December 5, 2023.

The 2013 Plan was approved by the Company’s shareholders on December 5, 2013 as the successor to the 2009 Plan. A total of 3.2 million shares of the Company’s common stock were authorized for issuance under the 2013 Plan. At December 31, 2013, 2.8 million shares were eligible for the grant of future awards under the 2013 Plan. At December 31, 2013, substantially all outstanding plan-based awards had been issued under the 2009 Plan. No additional shares were eligible for issuance under the 2009 Plan.

The Plans provide for the grant of various types of stock-based awards, of which the Company has primarily issued RSUs. The Company has also granted restricted shares and restricted stock units to certain of its executives as inducement grants, which are not included under any of the Plans (“Non-Plan Inducement Grants”). The significant features of stock-based awards are provided for in grant agreements.

The Company uses stock-based compensation to supplement the cash compensation paid to senior management and directors and to provide incentives for achieving financial performance and providing continuing service to the Company. Senior management participates in a Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). The LTIP provides for annual target grants of RSUs valued as a percentage of participants’ base salaries. Each award consists of two components:

• Time-vesting — 50% of the award vests in equal annual installments over the four-year period following the date of grant, provided that employees provide continuing service to the Company. Expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over four years commencing on the date of grant; and

• Performance-vesting — 50% of the award vests at the end of the third year following the date on which the RSUs were awarded, with the number of shares to be issued based upon the achievement of annual earnings targets for each of those three fiscal years. The number of shares to be issued is determined as follows: (a) if less than 90% of the earnings target is achieved, no shares will be issued; (b) if between 90% and 100% of the earnings target is achieved, the number of shares to be issued will be prorated from 50% (at 90% achievement) to 100% (at 100% achievement) of the initial grant; and (c) if over 100% of the earnings target is achieved, the number of shares to be issued increases commensurate with the percentage of achievement over target, up to 150% of the initial grant. Expense for performance-vesting awards is measured separately for each performance year based on the intrinsic value of the awards and adjusted by a factor reflecting management’s estimate of earnings performance for each year. Expense is recognized on a straight-line basis from each date of grant, discussed further in the following sentence, through the end of the third year following the date on which the RSUs were awarded. The grant date typically occurs upon Board approval of the annual performance target at the beginning of each year. Management reevaluates estimated earnings achievement quarterly, with cumulative adjustments to expense provided in any periods of change.

Directors receive an annual stipend of RSUs that vests in four equal installments at the end of each quarter in the year, provided that the directors provide continuing service to the Company. Expense for these awards is measured based on the quoted market price of common stock on the grant date and recognized on a straight-line basis over each quarterly vesting period of the award.

In January 2011, the Company completed a tender offer whereby substantially all stock-based awards previously issued to management were tendered for replacement stock options and RSUs under the 2009 Plan. No stock options have been granted or exercised since, and substantially all of the replacement options had been forfeited or expired as of December 31, 2013. The tender offer was accounted for as a modification of the previous awards. As a result of the modification, $3.5 million of unamortized expense related to the previous stock options are being recorded on a straight-line basis over the 3.5 year life of the replacement RSUs, of which $1.0 million was recognized during each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The expense related to the modification will cease beginning in the third quarter of 2014.

Upon a change of control of the Company, the grant agreements provide that all RSUs and Non-Plan Inducement Grants will immediately become fully vested.

Stock-Based Award Activity

The following table presents changes in outstanding stock options and nonvested RSUs and Non-Plan Inducement Grants:

	RSUs				Non-Plan Inducement Grants
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value		Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Balance at December 31, 2012	232		$	6.12	192		$	2.60
Granted	393		3.40		32		1.64
Vested	(219	)	4.59		(96	)	2.60
Forfeited	(176	)	5.26		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2013	230		$	3.58	128		$	2.36

During the year endedDecember 31, 2013, the Company granted 269 thousand RSUs and 32 thousand Non-Plan Inducement Grants to senior executives and 124 thousand RSUs to members of the Board of Directors as a portion of their compensation for services provided to the Company. During that same period, 169 thousand RSUs and 96 thousand Non-Plan Inducement Grants vested as scheduled, and the Company entered into an agreement with a former member of senior management entitling him to the immediate vesting of 50 thousand RSUs. As a result of the Audit Committee Investigation, described further in Note 18, the former Chief Financial Officer, the former Chief Accounting Officer and the former President of Pinnacle Wireless were terminated, resulting in the forfeiture of 129 thousand RSUs. An additional 47 thousand RSUs were canceled, were forfeited or expired pursuant to underlying agreements or the terms of the Plans.

The following table presents the weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs and Non-Plan Inducement Grants granted:

	Year Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
RSUs	$	3.40	$	3.80
Non-Plan Inducement Grants	1.64		2.60

The fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $1.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

XML

Segment Reporting

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Reporting

Segment Reporting

The Company reports its results in two segments based on the services that it provides and the industries that it serves. The Company’s Fulfillment segment provides comprehensive installation and fulfillment services to customers in the satellite television and broadband cable industries. This segment represents the aggregation of the Company’s satellite and broadband cable operating segments. Revenues in this segment are primarily recurring in nature and based on predetermined rates for each type of service performed. The Company’s Engineering and Construction segment provides wireless telecommunication construction, project management and systems integration services to customers in the wireless telecommunications and public safety industries. Revenues in this segment are primarily contract-based and are recognized primarily using the percentage-of-completion method using estimated costs incurred to date or milestones achieved to measure progress towards completion.

The following table presents selected segment financial information:

	Year Ended December 31, 2013									Year Ended December 31, 2012
(in thousands)	Fulfillment			Engineering & Construction			Total			Fulfillment			Engineering & Construction			Total
Revenues	$	316,882		$	155,051		$	471,933		$	305,307		$	132,289		$	437,596
Cost of revenues	252,988			134,388			387,376			243,503			113,291			356,794
Gross profit	63,894			20,663			84,557			61,804			18,998			80,802
Selling, general and administrative expenses	25,313			16,910			42,223			27,276			19,081			46,357
(Income) expense related to contingent consideration	(114		)	—			(114		)	(381		)	10,477			10,096
Restructuring charges	709			362			1,071			5,222			2,791			8,013
Restatement, investigation and related costs	5,851			2,969			8,820			—			—			—
Impairment charges	12,700			11,674			24,374			—			14,900			14,900
Depreciation and amortization	13,390			6,868			20,258			19,615			6,854			26,469
Operating income (loss)	$	6,045		$	(18,120	)	$	(12,075	)	$	10,072		$	(35,105	)	$	(25,033	)
Acquisition of property and equipment	$	459		$	1,901		$	2,360		$	2,269		$	3,373		$	5,642

At December 31, 2013, the total assets of the Fulfillment segment and the Engineering and Construction segment were $173.5 millionand $97.1 million, respectively, compared to $193.0 million and $133.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately $4.9 million and $5.3 million, respectively, of the Company’s assets related to its Canadian operations, of which $4.9 million and $2.2 million were property and equipment.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized revenues of $15.7 million and $15.4 million, respectively, from customers located in Canada.

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Components of accounts receivable, net of allowances:
Trade accounts receivable	$ 16,308	$ 22,954
Contract billings	30,928	37,246
Unbilled contract revenues	26,915	42,287
Other unbilled revenues	1,376	3,686
Retainage	2,698	2,657
Accounts receivable, gross	78,225	108,830
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(4,867)	(6,340)
Accounts receivable, net of allowances	73,358	102,490
Components of unbilled contract revenues, net of billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings:
Costs of in-process contracts	80,407	85,842
Estimated earnings, net of estimated losses	22,158	30,822
Less: progress billings	(81,799)	(79,023)
Net costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings	20,766	37,641
Unbilled contract revenues	26,915	42,287
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings	$ (6,149)	$ (4,646)

XML

Restructuring (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Schedule of changes in accrued restructuring costs

The following table presents changes in accrued restructuring costs:

(in thousands)	One-Time Termination Benefits			Other			Total
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	—		$	—		$	—
Restructuring charges	6,356			1,936			8,292
Amounts paid	(3,544		)	(1,936		)	(5,480		)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	2,812		$	—		$	2,812
Restructuring charges	1,071			—			1,071
Amounts paid	(3,100		)	—			(3,100		)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	783		$	—		$	783

XML

Consolidated Statement of Stockholder's Equity (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Accumulated Deficit [Member]
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 115,662	$ 0	$ 249,745	$ 18	$ (134,101)
Balance ( in shares) at Dec. 31, 2011		16,305
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Net loss	(77,730)				(77,730)
Foreign currency translation	39			39
Shares of common stock issued in connection with:
Stock-based compensation plans (shares)		326
Stock-based compensation plans	(362)		(362)
Warrants issued	0
Business acquisitions (shares)		2,105
Business acquisitions	5,789		5,789
Stock-based compensation	4,905		4,905
Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	48,303	0	260,077	57	(211,831)
Balance ( in shares) at Dec. 31, 2012		18,736
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Net loss	(52,073)				(52,073)
Foreign currency translation	32			32
Shares of common stock issued in connection with:
Stock-based compensation plans (shares)		303
Stock-based compensation plans	(45)		(45)
Warrants issued	13,066		13,066
Stock-based compensation	2,176		2,176
Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	$ 11,459	$ 0	$ 275,274	$ 89	$ (263,904)
Balance ( in shares) at Dec. 31, 2013		19,039

XML

Business Combinations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Business Combinations

Business Combinations

The following table presents the calculation and allocation of purchase price for business combinations completed during the two year period ended December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Skylink			Cable Acquisitions
Calculation of purchase price:
Cash	$	14,000		$	2,858
Fair value of equity consideration	4,018			—
Fair value of contingent consideration	5,332			484
Purchase price	$	23,350		$	3,342
Allocation of purchase price:
Accounts receivable	$	1,789		$	—
Inventories	1,548			—
Property and equipment	1,115			599
Amortizable intangible assets	17,490			690
Goodwill	3,752			2,257
Accounts payable and other current liabilities	(2,344		)	—
Capital lease obligations	—			(204		)
Purchase price	$	23,350		$	3,342

The following table presents additional information about acquired amortizable intangible assets:

	Skylink		Cable Acquisitions
Acquired amortizable intangible assets (in thousands):
Customer relationships	$	17,000	$	560
Other	490		130
Total	$	17,490	$	690
Weighted average amortization period (in years):
Customer relationships	7.0		2.0
Other	3.0		1.0
Total	6.9		1.8

Skylink

On September 14, 2012, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of Skylink LTD (“Skylink”) relating to its business of conducting video, Internet and multi-dwelling unit fulfillment and installation for DIRECTV in various markets in Indiana, Ohio and West Virginia.

In accordance with the asset purchase agreement, the Company agreed to pay the former owners of Skylink an aggregate purchase price of up to $23.5 million, subject to certain conditions and adjustments as set forth in the agreement, consisting of (i) a cash payment at closing of $14.0 million; (ii) deferred consideration with a fair value of $4.0 million, consisting primarily of the minimum portion of an earn-out payment (as described further below); and (iii) contingent consideration of up to $5.5 million.

The contingent consideration was in the form of earn-out payments. The initial earn-out payment of $3.5 million, which was paid in December 2012, was based upon the achievement of certain metrics related to the timely transition of operations to the Company. The second earn-out payment of $6.0 million, consisting of a $4.0 million deferred payment and contingent consideration of up to an additional $2.0 million, was based upon the achievement of revenue targets as defined in the asset purchase agreement and was payable no later than May 31, 2013, subject to certain conditions. These conditions have not yet been satisfied, and thus the second earn-out has not yet been paid and has been included within the current portion of long-term debt. Additional details are provided in the section entitled “Redeemable Obligation” within Note 10.

The customer relationships acquired consisted primarily of contractual rights to perform fulfillment services for DIRECTV. The Company expects that these contracts will be renewed at the end of their four-year remaining term.

The results of Skylink have been included in the Fulfillment segment since the date of acquisition. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the acquisition of Skylink contributed revenues of approximately $8.5 million and operating income of approximately $2.2 million. Acquisition related costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.2 million, which were recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses. The recognized goodwill which is expected to be tax deductible, representing the value of the existing workforce as well as expected synergies from the combination of operations, and is included within the assets of the Fulfillment segment.

The following table presents unaudited pro forma revenues and income or loss from continuing operations as if the acquisition of Skylink occurred on January 1, 2012:

(in thousands)	Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenues	$	456,898
Loss from continuing operations	(37,862		)

Cable Acquisitions

The Company acquired certain broadband cable fulfillment businesses (the “Cable Acquisitions”) during the year ended December 31, 2012:

• On March 2, 2012, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Cableview Communications Inc. (“Cableview”), a provider of broadband cable installation services in the eastern United States, for a purchase price of $2.9 million; and

• On January 3, 2012, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Streamline Communications, Inc., a provider of broadband cable installation services in the greater Dallas, Texas market, for a purchase price of $0.5 million.

The Cable Acquisitions have expanded the Company’s broadband cable installation presence in certain geographies within the United States and enhanced the Company’s customer diversification.

The Company issued contingent consideration to acquire Cableview in the form of earn-out payments. The earn-out payments were based on the achievement of certain revenue levels for the six- and twelve-month periods subsequent to the acquisition date up to maximum amounts of $0.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The Company estimated that the fair value of the earn-out payments was $0.5 million on the acquisition date. The revenue targets were not met, so no earn-out payments were made, and the Company recognized income related to contingent consideration of $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

The results of the Cable Acquisitions have been included in the Fulfillment segment since their respective acquisition dates. The contribution of the Cable Acquisitions to consolidated revenues and operating income or loss was not material to the Company’s results of operations, on either an actual or a pro forma basis. The recognized tax deductible goodwill, represents the value of the existing workforce as well as expected synergies from the combination of operations, and is included within the assets of the Fulfillment segment.

XML

Long-Term Debt - Revolving Credit Facility (Details) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended	1 Months Ended		0 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Jul. 25, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] variable_rate_option	Dec. 31, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Mar. 13, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Subsequent Event [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Subsequent Event [Member]	Mar. 17, 2014 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Subsequent Event [Member]	Jul. 25, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] LIBOR Based Rate [Member]	Jul. 25, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Alternative Base Rate [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Letter of Credit [Member]	Jul. 25, 2013 Letter of Credit [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Accounts Receivable [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Minimum [Member] Total Receivables [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Maximum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Maximum [Member] Total Receivables [Member]
Revolving Credit Facility
Maximum facility amount				$ 75,000,000	$ 75,000,000.0							$ 35,000,000
Variable interest rate basis									1.00%
Interest description					Interest is payable in cash at a rate equal to either (i) LIBOR (with a floor of 1.00%) plus a margin of 9.25%; or (ii) an alternate base rate (equal to the greatest of three other variable rates, as defined) plus a margin of 8.25%.						Letters of credit may be issued up to the maximum amount at an annual interest rate equal to 9.00%.
Amounts Related To Interest Description [Abstract]
Debt instrument, margin									9.25%	8.25%
Number of variable rate options				3
Interest rate at period end					10.25%
Commitment fee				2.00%
Line of credit facility, stated interest rate											9.00%
Amounts related to availability description:
Maximum facility amount				75,000,000	75,000,000.0							35,000,000
Availability under revolving loan facility					8,200,000			8,200,000
Availability description					Availability was calculated based upon (i) $64.1 million, which was determined as the lesser of (a) the $75.0 million amount of the facility and (b) a borrowing base of $64.1 million, calculated based upon eligible receivables of $44.1 million plus an additional amount of $20.0 million (the “Additional Amount”); less (ii) outstanding letters of credit under the New Revolving Loan of $7.8 million; less (iii) outstanding borrowings under the New Revolving Loan of $48.1 million.
Current borrowing capacity					64,100,000
Borrowing base amount					64,100,000								44,100,000		60,000,000.0		80,000,000.0
Line of credit, additional computed amount		20,000,000.0												0		20,000,000
Letters of credit outstanding	16,200,000	16,200,000			7,800,000
Letters of credit canceled							2,400,000
Release of cash restriction on collateralized letters of credit	7,900,000	7,949,000	0			3,700,000
Line of credit facility, determinate range for prorata collateral															60,000,000.0		80,000,000.0
Outstanding borrowings					48,100,000
Proceeds from prior revolving credit facility, net		21,161,000	11,229,000	1,200,000
Refinancing costs paid, deferred as other assets				$ 3,600,000

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 25, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Stockholders' Equity
Preferred stock, number of shares authorized		20,000,000	20,000,000
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)		$ 0.00002	$ 0.00002
Common stock, number of shares authorized		200,000,000	200,000,000
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)		$ 0.00002	$ 0.00002
Warrants:
Outstanding	3,800,000	3,882,000
Exercise price	0.01
Percentage of outstanding shares	19.90%
Warrants, value	$ 13,100	$ 13,066	$ 0
Amended Term Loan Lenders [Member]
Warrants:
Outstanding		3,791,000
Exercise price		0.01
Former Employees or Former Owners [Member]
Warrants:
Outstanding		89,000
Exercise price		140.00
Former Owners of An Acquired Broadband Cable Business [Member]
Warrants:
Outstanding		2,000
Exercise price		56.00

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

Subsequent Events

Stock-Based Compensation

On February 3, 2014, the Board of Directors awarded an aggregate of 499,203 RSUs to senior management under the Company’s LTIP program. On February 19, 2014, the Board of Directors were awarded an aggregate of 260,875 RSUs as part of their annual stipend for continuing service to the Company. See Note 15 for further information about the Company’s stock-based compensation programs.

Change in Control Plan

In March 2014, the Board of Directors approved the Company’s entering into a Change in Control Plan (“CIC Plan). The CIC Plan covers certain key executives. The CIC Plan provides severance benefits in the event of a termination connected with a change of control of the Company.

XML

Discontinued Operations (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 Wireline Business Unit [Member] Installment	Dec. 31, 2012 Wireline Business Unit [Member]	Dec. 28, 2012 Wireline Business Unit [Member] Stage	Dec. 28, 2012 Wireline Business Unit [Member] First Payment [Member]	Dec. 28, 2012 Wireline Business Unit [Member] Second Payment [Member]
Discontinued operations
Revenues		$ 1,660,000	$ 48,692,000
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes		(1,565,000)	(43,739,000)
Income tax (benefit) expense from discontinued operations		17,000	(5,480,000)
Loss from discontinued operations		(1,582,000)	(38,259,000)
Net assets sold	6,900,000
Number of stages				2
Assets sold to NX Utilities				5,900,000	5,400,000	500,000
Number of installments		2
Net working capital retained after Wireline sale				4,100,000
Pre-tax impairment charges related to property and equipment and goodwill			35,200,000
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes		$ 600,000	$ 1,000,000

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of components of income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes

The following table presents the components of income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
United States	$	(51,537	)	$	(39,058	)
Foreign	494			(60		)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	$	(51,043	)	$	(39,118	)

Schedule of components of income tax expense or benefit

The following table presents the components of income tax expense or benefit:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Current income tax expense:
Federal	$	—		$	—
Foreign	(107		)	313
State	(41		)	160
Total	(148		)	473
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal	(451		)	143
Foreign	166			(304		)
State	(119		)	41
Total	(404		)	(120		)
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	(552	)	$	353

Schedule of components of deferred tax assets, net, and deferred tax liabilities

The following table presents the components of deferred tax assets, net, and deferred tax liabilities:

(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Deferred tax assets, net:
Net operating losses	$	53,138		$	35,000
Depreciation and amortization	19,637			21,616
Accrued liabilities	11,248			11,550
Goodwill	11,154			11,199
Other	3,005			1,655
Deferred tax assets, gross	98,182			81,020
Valuation allowance	(97,000		)	(79,655		)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	1,182		$	1,365
Deferred tax liabilities:
Goodwill	$	135		$	706
Deferred tax liabilities	$	135		$	706

Schedule of reconciliation of income tax expense or benefit as calculated using the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to income tax expense or benefit

The following table presents the reconciliation of income tax expense or benefit as calculated using the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to income tax expense or benefit:

	Year Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Income tax benefit at U.S. statutory federal rate	$	(18,005	)	$	(13,691	)
Shortfall of tax benefit on stock-based compensation	158			953
Nondeductible expenses	1,559			2,076
Change in blended state rate	742			(1,043		)
Change in valuation allowance	16,760			15,106
Other	(1,766		)	(3,048		)
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	(552	)	$	353

XML

Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity

Stockholders’ Equity

The Company is authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00002 per share, and 200 million shares of common stock, par value $0.00002 per share.

Warrants

The following table presents information about warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2013, all of which were exercisable:

(in thousands, except per share amounts)	Outstanding (in shares)	Grant Date	Expiration Date	Exercise Price
Amended Term Loan lenders	3,791	July 25, 2013	—	$	0.01
Former employees and owners	89	September 26, 2007	September 26, 2017	140.00
Former owners of an acquired broadband cable business	2	December 2, 2010	December 2, 2020	56.00
	3,882

In connection with entering into the Amended Term Loan, on July 25, 2013, the Company issued warrants exercisable at $0.01 per share for 3.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock, an amount equal to 19.9% of the shares outstanding prior to the effective date of the Amended Term Loan. The warrants may be partially or fully exercised at any time at the option of the holder (i) for the stated number of shares, following the Company’s receipt of the exercise price in cash; or (ii) on a cashless basis for a number of shares net of the amount required to cover the exercise price otherwise due based on the current NASDAQ closing price. The warrants do not have an expiration date and also contain customary anti-dilution provisions. The warrants were recorded as $13.1 million of additional paid-in capital and discount to the Amended Term Loan based upon an allocation of assumed proceeds from the Amended Term Loan, as discussed further in Note 10.

The warrants were issued with an accompanying registration rights agreement providing that the Company use reasonable best efforts to cause a registration statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than November 15, 2013. The Company satisfied its obligations by filing the registration statement in November 2013.